2k16_CS6_GMC_Yukon_Den_XL_23133524A.ai 1 6/25/2015 1:43:27 PM
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Contents Introduction ...... 2 In Brief ...... 5 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25 Seats and Restraints ...... 51 Storage ...... 106 Instruments and Controls ...... 110 Lighting ...... 165 Infotainment System ...... 173 Climate Controls ...... 174 Driving and Operating ...... 181 Vehicle Care ...... 260 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343 Technical Data ...... 357 Customer Information ...... 360 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 371 OnStar ...... 374 Index ...... 384 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
2 Introduction Introduction This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that Propriétaires Canadiens was not purchased on the vehicle, A French language manual can be model variants, country obtained from your dealer, at specifications, features/applications www.helminc.com, or from: that may not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to On peut obtenir un exemplaire de the printing of this owner manual. ce guide en français auprès du The names, logos, emblems, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse Refer to the purchase savant: slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the Helm, Incorporated this manual including, but not limited features. Attention: Customer Service to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the 47911 Halyard Drive GMC Truck Emblem, YUKON, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for Plymouth, MI 48170 DENALI are trademarks and/or quick reference. service marks of General Motors Using this Manual LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the For vehicles first sold in Canada, back of the manual. It is an substitute the name “General alphabetical list of what is in the Motors of Canada Limited” for GMC manual and the page number where wherever it appears in this manual. it can be found.
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 23133524 A First Printing © 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Introduction 3
Danger, Warning, and Vehicle Symbol Chart Caution Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle Warning messages found on vehicle and what they mean. For more labels and in this manual describe information on the symbol, refer to hazards and what to do to avoid or the Index. reduce them. A circle with a slash through it is a 0 : Adjustable Pedals safety symbol which means “Do { Danger Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let 9 : Airbag Readiness Light this happen.” ! Danger indicates a hazard with a : Antilock Brake System (ABS) high level of risk which will result Symbols g : Audio Steering Wheel Controls in serious injury or death. or OnStar® (if equipped) The vehicle has components and $ labels that use symbols instead of : Brake System Warning Light text. Symbols are shown along with " : Charging System { Warning the text describing the operation or : Cruise Control information relating to a specific I Warning indicates a hazard that component, control, message, ` : Do Not Puncture could result in injury or death. gauge, or indicator. ^ : Do Not Service M : Shown when the owner B : Engine Coolant Temperature manual has additional instructions : Exterior Lamps Caution or information. O * : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited Caution indicates a hazard that manual has additional instructions # : Fog Lamps could result in property or vehicle or information. damage. . : Fuel Gauge 0 : Shown when there is more + : Fuses information on another page — “see page.” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
4 Introduction
3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ( : Heated Steering Wheel j : LATCH System Child Restraints * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure g : Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors O : Power / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Safety Belt Reminders 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor _ : Tow/Haul Mode d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak® a : Under Pressure M : Windshield Washer Fluid GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 5
Transmission ...... 17 Roadside Assistance In Brief Four-Wheel Drive ...... 18 Program ...... 24 Vehicle Features Instrument Panel Infotainment System ...... 19 Instrument Panel ...... 6 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 19 Cruise Control ...... 19 Initial Drive Information Driver Information Initial Drive Information ...... 8 Center (DIC) ...... 19 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System ...... 8 System ...... 20 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 9 Front Automatic Braking (FAB) Door Locks ...... 9 System ...... 20 Liftgate ...... 10 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 20 Windows ...... 10 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 20 Seat Adjustment ...... 11 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21 Memory Features ...... 11 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Second Row Seats ...... 12 System ...... 21 Third Row Seats ...... 12 Parking Assist ...... 21 Heated and Cooled Front Power Outlets ...... 21 Seats ...... 12 Universal Remote System . . . . . 22 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 12 Sunroof ...... 22 Safety Belts ...... 13 Passenger Sensing System . . . 13 Performance and Maintenance Mirror Adjustment ...... 13 Traction Control/Electronic Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 14 Stability Control ...... 23 Throttle and Brake Pedal Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 23 Adjustment ...... 14 Engine Oil Life System ...... 23 Interior Lighting ...... 15 Driving for Better Fuel Exterior Lighting ...... 15 Economy ...... 24 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 16 Climate Controls ...... 17 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
6 In Brief Instrument Panel GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 179. Volume Switches (Out of View). 15. Steering Wheel Controls. See 2. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 140. See “Steering Wheel Controls” the infotainment manual. in the infotainment manual. 16. Horn 0 112. 3. g Traction Control/Electronic 6. Hazard Warning Flashers Stability Control 0 218. 0 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment 168. 0 111. j Power Assist Steps 0 40 (If 0 7. Instrument Cluster 120. 18. Hood Release. See Hood Equipped). 8. Shift Lever. See Automatic 0 263. 0 X Parking Assist Button (If Transmission 207. 19. Cruise Control 0 221. Equipped). See Assistance Tow/Haul Selector Button. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 224 Systems for Parking or Backing 0 Tow/Haul Mode 212. (If Equipped). 0 231. Range Selection Mode (If Forward Collision Alert (FCA) A Lane Departure Warning Equipped). See Manual Mode System 0 234 (If Equipped). (LDW) 0 240 (If Equipped). 0 209. 20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If 0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If 9. Light Sensor. See Automatic Equipped). See Towing Headlamp System 0 167. Equipped). See Adjustable Equipment 0 251. 0 Throttle and Brake Pedal 10. Infotainment 173. 21. Data Link Connector (DLC) 0 198. 11. Dual Automatic Climate Control (Out of View). See Malfunction 4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn System 0 174 Indicator Lamp (Check Engine 0 and Lane-Change Signals 12. Driver and Passenger Heated Light) 129. 0 168. and Cooled Front Seat 22. Automatic Transfer Case Knob Windshield Wiper/Washer Buttons. See Heated and (If Equipped). See Four-Wheel 0 112. Cooled Front Seats 0 57. Drive 0 213. 5. Favorite Switches (Out of 13. Rear Climate Control Buttons. 23. Parking Brake 0 217. View). See “Steering Wheel See Rear Climate Control 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 165. Controls” in the infotainment System 0 178. manual. 14. Ignition Positions 0 199. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
8 In Brief Fog Lamps 0 169 (If Initial Drive Equipped). 25. Instrument Panel Illumination Information Control 0 169. This section provides a brief overview about some of the important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. The RKE transmitter is used to Press K again within three seconds remotely lock and unlock the doors to unlock all remaining doors. and it may work up to 60 m (197 ft) Q : Press to lock all doors. away from the vehicle. Lock and unlock feedback can be personalized. See Vehicle Personalization 0 155. b : Press twice to open or close the liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from moving. c : Press twice to open the liftglass. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 9
7 : Press and release to initiate Remote start can be extended. To lock or unlock the doors from K vehicle locate. The turn signal Canceling a Remote Start outside the vehicle press Q or on lamps flash and the horn sounds the RKE transmitter. See Remote three times. To cancel a remote start, do one of Keyless Entry (RKE) System the following: Operation 0 27. Press 7 and hold for more than three seconds to sound the panic . Press and hold / until the Power Door Locks alarm. parking lamps turn off. Press 7 again to cancel the panic . Turn on the hazard warning alarm. flashers. See Keys 0 25 and Remote Keyless . Turn the vehicle on and then off. Entry (RKE) System 0 26. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33. Remote Vehicle Start Door Locks If equipped, the engine can be To lock or unlock the doors from started from outside of the vehicle. inside the vehicle: Starting the Vehicle . Press Q or K on a power door lock switch. 1. Press and release Q on the RKE transmitter. . Pushing down the manual lock Q : Press to lock the doors. knob on the driver door will lock 2. Immediately, press and hold / all doors. Pushing down the lock K : Press to unlock the doors. for at least four seconds or until knob on a passenger door will See Door Locks 0 34. the turn signal lamps flash. lock that door only. Keyless Access 3. Start the vehicle normally after . Pulling the door handle once will entering. unlock that door. Pulling the If equipped with Keyless Access, the RKE transmitter must be within When the vehicle starts, the parking handle again will unlatch it. 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door. lamps will turn on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
10 In Brief
Pressing the button on the driver underside of the liftgate handle and Windows door handle will unlock the driver lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry door. If the handle button is pressed (RKE) System Operation 0 27. again within five seconds, the Use the pull cup to lower and close passenger doors and liftgate will the liftgate. Do not press the touch unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry 0 pad while closing the liftgate. This (RKE) System Operation 27. will cause the liftgate to be unlatched. Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation If equipped with a power liftgate, the switch is on the overhead console. The vehicle must be in P (Park). Choose the power liftgate mode by selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8 on The power windows work when the the overhead console. On the RKE ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, or in Retained transmitter press twice quickly. b Accessory Power (RAP). See Pressing and releasing b while the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. 203. Pressing again reverses the If equipped, the front and rear direction. windows have an express-down To open the liftgate, press K on the l feature. The front windows have an power door lock switch or press K To close, press on the bottom express-up feature. See Windows on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) of the liftgate next to the latch. 0 47 and Power Windows 0 47. transmitter twice to unlock all doors. To disable the power liftgate Press the touch pad on the function, select OFF on the liftgate switch. See Liftgate 0 36. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 11
Seat Adjustment Lumbar Adjustment Memory Features Power Seats
To adjust the lumbar support: The SET, 1, 2, and B (Exit) buttons Press and hold the control To adjust the seat: . on the driver door are used to forward to increase or rearward manually store and recall memory . Move the seat forward or to decrease upper and lower settings for the driver seat, outside rearward by sliding the control lumbar support at the same time. mirrors, power tilt and telescoping forward or rearward. . Press and hold the control up to steering column, and adjustable . Raise or lower the front part of increase upper lumbar support pedals. the seat cushion by moving the and decrease lower lumbar Automatic Memory Recall and/or front of the control up or down. support. Easy Exit Recall features may be . Raise or lower the seat by Press and hold the control down enabled in the vehicle moving the rear of the control up to increase lower lumbar support personalization menus to or down. and decrease upper lumbar automatically recall positions stored B See Power Seat Adjustment 0 53. support. to the 1, 2, and buttons. See Lumbar Adjustment 0 54. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
12 In Brief
See Memory Seats 0 55 and Heated and Cooled Front See Heated and Cooled Front Seats 0 0 Vehicle Personalization 155. Seats 57. Second Row Seats Head Restraint The second row seatbacks can be Adjustment folded for additional cargo space, Do not drive until the head restraints or the seats can be folded and for all occupants are installed and tumbled for easy entry/exit to the adjusted properly. third row seats. The seatbacks also recline. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback 0 See Second Row Seats 59. recline angle as little as necessary while keeping the seat and the head Third Row Seats restraint height in the proper Third row seatbacks can be folded. position. See Third Row Seats 0 63. See Head Restraints 0 52 and The buttons are on the center stack 0 below the climate control system. To Power Seat Adjustment 53. operate, the engine must be running. Press I to heat the driver or passenger seatback only. Press J to heat the driver or passenger seat cushion and seatback. Press A to cool the driver or passenger seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 13
Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status indicator will light on the overhead System console when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 127. Mirror Adjustment Exterior Mirrors United States
Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico 0 . Safety Belts 65. The passenger sensing system will . How to Wear Safety Belts turn off the front outboard Properly 0 66. passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67. is affected by the passenger To adjust the mirrors: . Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the 0 Children (LATCH System) 92. Sensing System 0 80 driver or passenger side mirror. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror in the desired direction. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
14 In Brief
3. Press either (1) or (2) again to when the vehicle is started. See Do not adjust the steering wheel deselect the mirror. Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror while driving. 0 46. Power Folding Mirrors Throttle and Brake Pedal To power fold the mirrors: Steering Wheel Adjustment 1. Press { to fold the mirrors Adjustment If equipped, the position of the inward. Power Tilt and Telescoping throttle and brake pedals can be 2. Press { again to return the Steering Wheel changed. mirrors to the driving position. See Power Mirrors 0 44. Heated Mirrors Press 1 to heat the mirrors. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 174. Interior Mirror Adjustment Adjust the mirror to view the area To adjust the power tilt and The switch used to adjust the behind the vehicle. telescoping steering wheel, pedals is to the left of the steering Automatic Dimming Rearview if equipped: wheel. Mirror Press the control to move the Press the switch to the left to move The mirror automatically reduces steering wheel up and down or the pedals closer to your body. the glare of headlamps from behind. forward and rearward. Press the switch to the right to move The dimming feature comes on the pedals away. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 15
See Adjustable Throttle and Brake To change the dome lamp settings, Pedal 0 198. press the following: The vehicle may have a memory OFF : Turns the lamps off, even function, which lets pedal settings when a door is open. be saved and recalled. See Memory 0 DOOR : The lamps come on Seats 55. automatically when a door is opened. Interior Lighting ON : Turns all dome lamps on. Dome Lamps m n Reading Lamps Press or next to each reading lamp to turn it on or off. Exterior Lighting
There are dome lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, There are reading lamps in the if equipped. overhead console and the headliner, if equipped. To operate, the ignition must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY The exterior lamp control is on the or ON/RUN position or using instrument panel to the left of the Retained Accessory Power (RAP). steering wheel. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
16 In Brief
There are four positions. Windshield Wiper/Washer FRONT band up for more frequent O : Turns off the automatic wipes or down for less frequent headlamps and Daytime Running wipes. Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp To turn on Rainsense, press z control to the off position again to AUTO on the lever, then turn turn the automatic headlamps or the z FRONT band on the wiper DRL back on. lever to adjust the sensitivity. For vehicles first sold in Canada, . Turn the band up to a higher INT the off position will only work when The windshield wiper control is on setting for more sensitivity to the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). the turn signal lever. moisture. AUTO : Automatically turns on the The windshield wipers are controlled headlamps, parking lamps, . Turn the band down to the lower by turning the band with z INT setting for less sensitivity to taillamps, instrument panel lights, FRONT on it. roof marker lamps (if equipped), and moisture. 1 license plate lamps. : Fast wipes. Move the band out of the 3 INT ; : Turns on the parking lamps w : Slow wipes. position to deactivate Rainsense. including all lamps, except the OFF : Turns the windshield headlamps. wipers off. 5 : Turns on the headlamps with 8 : For a single wipe, turn to 8, the parking lamps and instrument then release. For several wipes, panel lights. hold the band on 8 longer. See: Lm : Push the paddle at the top of . Exterior Lamp Controls 0 165 3 INT : Use this setting for the lever to spray washer fluid on intermittent wipes or Rainsense™. . Fog Lamps 0 169 the windshield. For intermittent wipes, turn the z See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 112. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 17
Climate Controls 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control Transmission Lockout) This system controls the heating, Range Selection Mode cooling, and ventilation. 10. Rear Temperature Control 11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control 12. Rear Fan Control 13. Front Climate Control Power Button 14. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation) The Range Selection Mode switch, 15. Rear Climate Control Power if equipped, is on the shift lever. Button 1. To enable the Range Selection 16. Air Recirculation feature, move the shift lever to 17. AUTO (Automatic Operation) the M (Manual Mode) position. The current range will appear 1. Driver Temperature Control See Dual Automatic Climate Control next to the M. This is the System 0 174 and Rear Climate 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) highest attainable range with Control System 0 178 (if equipped). all lower gears accessible. As 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls an example, when 5 (Fifth) 4. Fan Control gear is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are 5. Defrost available. 6. Passenger Temperature 2. Tap the plus/minus buttons on Control the shift lever to select the 7. SYNC (Synchronized desired range of gears for Temperature) current driving conditions. See Manual Mode 0 209. 8. Rear Window Defogger GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
18 In Brief
While using Range Selection Mode, Automatic Transfer Case 4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive High cruise control and the Tow/Haul position when extra traction is Mode can be used. needed, such as on snowy or icy Grade Braking is not available when roads or in most off-road situations. Range Selection Mode is active. 4 : This setting engages the front See Tow/Haul Mode 0 212. n axle and delivers extra torque. Four-Wheel Drive Choose 4 n if you are driving off-road in deep sand, mud, If equipped, four-wheel drive or snow, and while climbing or engages the front axle for extra descending steep hills. traction. N (Neutral) : Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral) only when towing the Two Speed Automatic vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Transfer Case Towing 0 330 or Towing the Vehicle 0 330. The transfer case knob is to the left of the steering wheel. Use this knob See Four-Wheel Drive 0 213. to shift into and out of the different four-wheel drive modes. 2 m : This setting is used for driving in most street and highway situations. AUTO : This setting is ideal for use when road surface traction conditions are variable. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 19
Vehicle Features Cruise Control * : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set Infotainment System speed from memory. See Cruise Control 0 221 or See the infotainment manual for Adaptive Cruise Control 0 224 (If information on the radio, audio Equipped). players, phone, navigation system, and voice or speech recognition. It also includes information on Driver Information settings. Center (DIC) The DIC display is in the instrument Steering Wheel Controls cluster. It shows the status of many The infotainment system can be vehicle systems. operated by using the steering wheel controls. See "Steering Wheel Controls" in the infotainment 5 : Press to turn the system on or manual. off. The indicator light is white when cruise control is on and turns off when cruise control is off. SET − : Press briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed. +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, press to resume that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is or : Press to move up or already active, use to increase w x down in a list. vehicle speed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
20 In Brief
o or p : Press to move between Front Automatic Braking it detects that you are actively the interactive display zones in the (FAB) System steering. Override LKA by turning cluster. the steering wheel. LKA uses a V If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise camera to detect lane markings : Press to open a menu or select Control (ACC), it also has FAB, between 60 km/h (37 mph) and a menu item. Press and hold to which includes Intelligent Brake 180 km/h (112 mph). reset values on certain screens. Assist (IBA). When the system See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) See Driver Information Center (DIC) detects a vehicle ahead in your path 0 240 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 137. that is traveling in the same 0 240. direction that you may be about to Forward Collision Alert crash into, it can provide a boost to Lane Change Alert (LCA) (FCA) System braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or If equipped, the LCA system is a If equipped, FCA may help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when lane-changing aid that assists reduce the harm caused by driving in a forward gear. drivers with avoiding lane change front-end crashes. FCA provides a See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) crashes that occur with moving green indicator, V, when a vehicle System 0 236. vehicles in the side blind zone (or is detected ahead. This indicator spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly displays amber if you follow a Lane Keep Assist (LKA) approaching these areas from vehicle much too closely. When behind. The LCA warning display approaching a vehicle ahead too If equipped, LKA may help avoid will light up in the corresponding quickly, FCA provides a flashing red crashes due to unintentional lane outside side mirror and will flash if alert on the windshield and rapidly departures. It may assist by gently the turn signal is on. The Side Blind beeps or pulses the driver seat. turning the steering wheel if the Zone Alert (SBZA) system is vehicle approaches a detected lane included as part of the LCA system. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) marking without using a turn signal System 0 234. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) in that direction. It may also provide 0 238 and Lane Change Alert (LCA) a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 238. alert as the lane marking is crossed. The system will not assist or alert if GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 21
Rear Vision avoiding objects while in . One inside the center storage Camera (RVC) R (Reverse). It operates at speeds console. less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may . One on the rear of the center If equipped, RVC displays a view of display a warning triangle on the storage console. the area behind the vehicle on the Rear Vision Camera screen and a center stack display when the graphic on the instrument cluster to . One in the third row seat on the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to provide the object distance. In driver side. aid with parking and low-speed addition, multiple beeps or seat . One in the rear cargo area on backing maneuvers. pulses may occur if very close to an the passenger side. object. See Assistance Systems for Parking Vehicles with Bench Seats or Backing 0 231. The vehicle may also have the Front Parking Assist system. . One on the center stack below the climate control system. Rear Cross Traffic Alert See Assistance Systems for Parking (RCTA) System or Backing 0 231. . One in the storage area on the bench seat. If equipped, the RCTA system uses a triangle with an arrow displayed Power Outlets . One on the rear of the center armrest storage. on the RVC screen to warn of traffic Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct behind your vehicle that may cross Current . One in the third row seat area on your vehicle's path while in the driver side. R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will Accessory power outlets can be . One in the rear cargo area on sound, or the driver seat will pulse. used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone, MP3 the passenger side. See Assistance Systems for Parking player, etc. Lift the cover to access and replace or Backing 0 231. The vehicle may have up to five when not in use. Parking Assist accessory power outlets: See Power Outlets 0 116. If equipped, Rear Parking Assist Vehicles with a Center Console (RPA) uses sensors on the rear . One in front of the cupholders on bumper to assist with parking and the center console. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
22 In Brief
Universal Remote System Sunroof Open/Close : To open the sunroof, press and hold switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the front of switch (1) to close it. Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. To express-close the sunroof, fully press and release the front of switch (1). Press the switch again to stop it. If equipped with the Universal 1. Open or Close When the sunroof is opened, an air Remote system, these buttons will 2. Vent deflector will automatically raise. be in the front overhead console. The air deflector will retract when On vehicles with a sunroof, the the sunroof is closed. This system provides a way to sunroof only operates when the replace up to three remote control ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or The sunroof also has a sunshade transmitters used to activate ON/RUN, or when Retained which can be pulled forward to block devices such as garage door Accessory Power (RAP) is active. sun rays. The sunshade must be openers, security systems, and See Retained Accessory Power opened and closed manually. home automation devices. (RAP) 0 203. If an object is in the path of the See Universal Remote System Vent : From the closed position, sunroof while it is closing, the 0 162. press the rear of switch (2) to vent anti-pinch feature will detect the the sunroof. object and stop the sunroof. See Sunroof 0 50. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
In Brief 23 Performance and in the instrument cluster and the the tires to the recommended appropriate DIC message pressure shown on the Tire and Maintenance displays. See Ride Control Loading Information label. See System Messages 0 150. Vehicle Load Limits 0 194. The Traction Control/ warning light will remain on until the . Press and release g again to tire pressure is corrected. Electronic Stability turn on both systems. Control The low tire pressure warning light StabiliTrak will automatically turn on may come on in cool weather when The vehicle has a traction control if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h the vehicle is first started, and then system that limits wheel spin and (35 mph). Traction control will turn off as the vehicle is driven. This the StabiliTrak system that assists remain off. may be an early indicator that the with directional control of the vehicle See Traction Control/Electronic tire pressures are getting low and in difficult driving conditions. Both Stability Control 0 218. the tires need to be inflated to the systems come on automatically proper pressure. when the vehicle is started and Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal begins to move. This vehicle may have a Tire monthly tire maintenance. Maintain To turn off traction control, press . Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). the correct tire pressures. and release g on the instrument See Tire Pressure Monitor System panel to the left of the steering 0 305. wheel. The traction off light i displays in the instrument Engine Oil Life System cluster. The appropriate DIC message displays. See Ride The engine oil life system calculates Control System Messages engine oil life based on vehicle use 0 150. and displays a DIC message when The low tire pressure warning light it is necessary to change the engine . To turn off both traction control alerts to a significant loss in oil and filter. The oil life system and StabiliTrak, press and pressure of one of the vehicle's should be reset to 100% only hold until i and illuminate tires. If the warning light comes on, following an oil change. g g stop as soon as possible and inflate GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
24 In Brief
Resetting the Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel . Follow recommended scheduled To reset the engine oil life system: Economy maintenance. 1. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE Driving habits can affect fuel Roadside Assistance on the DIC. See Driver mileage. Here are some driving tips Program Information Center (DIC) 0 137. to get the best fuel economy U.S.: 1-888-881-3302 2. Press and hold the V button on possible. the DIC. The oil life will change . Avoid fast starts and accelerate TTY Users (U.S. Only): to 100%. smoothly. 1-888-889-2438 The oil life system can also be reset . Brake gradually and avoid Canada: 1-800-268-6800 as follows: abrupt stops. New GMC owners are automatically 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN . Avoid idling the engine for long enrolled in the Roadside Assistance with the engine off. periods of time. Program. 2. Fully press the accelerator . When road and weather See Roadside Assistance Program pedal slowly three times within conditions are appropriate, use 0 364. five seconds. cruise control. 3. Display REMAINING OIL LIFE . Always follow posted speed on the DIC. If the display limits or drive more slowly when shows 100%, the system is conditions require. reset. . Keep vehicle tires properly See Engine Oil Life System 0 267. inflated. . Combine several trips into a single trip. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire's sidewall near the size. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 Power Mirrors ...... 44 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors ...... 45 Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 45 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 45 Keys Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 46 { Warning Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors Keys ...... 25 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 46 Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Automatic Dimming Rearview System ...... 26 an ignition key or Remote Mirror ...... 46 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Child-View Mirror ...... 47 System Operation ...... 27 dangerous and children or others Remote Vehicle Start ...... 33 Windows could be seriously injured or Door Locks ...... 34 Windows ...... 47 killed. They could operate the Power Door Locks ...... 34 Power Windows ...... 47 power window or other controls or Delayed Locking ...... 35 Sun Visors ...... 49 make the vehicle move. The Automatic Door Locks ...... 35 windows will function with the key Lockout Protection ...... 35 Roof in the ignition or with the RKE Safety Locks ...... 35 Sunroof ...... 50 transmitter in the vehicle, and Doors children or others could be caught Liftgate ...... 36 in the path of a closing window. Power Assist Steps ...... 40 Do not leave children in a vehicle with the ignition key or an RKE Vehicle Security transmitter. Vehicle Security ...... 41 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 41 Immobilizer ...... 43 Immobilizer Operation ...... 43 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 44 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
With an active OnStar subscription, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 374. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System See Radio Frequency Statement 0 370. If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range: The transmitter has a button on the . Check the distance. The side used to remove the key. Do not transmitter may be too far from pull the key out without pressing the the vehicle. button. . Check the location. Other The key has a bar-coded key tag vehicles or objects may be that the dealer or qualified locksmith blocking the signal. can use to make new keys. Store this information in a safe place, not . Check the transmitter's battery. in the vehicle. See “Battery Replacement” later in this section. See your dealer if a replacement key or additional key is needed. . If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your If it becomes difficult to turn a key, There is a key in the transmitter. dealer or a qualified technician inspect the key blade for debris. for service. This key is used for the driver door Periodically clean with a brush and glove box. or pick. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
Remote Keyless Entry when Q is pressed again within (RKE) System Operation three seconds. See Vehicle Personalization 0 155. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the If the driver door is open when Q is transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See pressed all doors will lock and then “Keyless Access Operation” later in the driver door will immediately this section. unlock, if enabled in Vehicle Personalization. See Vehicle The RKE transmitter functions may 0 work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from Personalization 155. the vehicle. If the passenger door is open Other conditions can affect the when Q is pressed, all doors lock. With Remote Start (without performance of the transmitter. See Remote Start Similar) Pressing Q arms the alarm system. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 System 0 26. / : If equipped, press and See Vehicle Alarm System 41. release Q, then immediately press If equipped with auto mirror folding, and hold / until the turn signal pressing and holding Q for flash or for at least four seconds. one second will fold the mirrors. The The engine may be started from auto mirror folding feature will not outside the vehicle using the RKE operate unless it is enabled. See 0 transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Vehicle Personalization 155. Start 0 33. K : Press once to unlock only the Q : Press to lock all doors. driver door. If K is pressed again If enabled through the Driver within three seconds, all remaining Information Center (DIC), the turn doors unlock. The interior lamps signal lamps flash once to indicate may come on and stay on for locking has occurred. If enabled 20 seconds or until the ignition is through the DIC, the horn chirps turned on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
If enabled through the DIC, the turn and the horn sounds repeatedly for If the lock/unlock button is pressed signal lamps flash twice to indicate 30 seconds. The alarm turns off again within five seconds, all unlocking has occurred. If enabled when the ignition is moved to ON/ passenger doors and the liftgate will through the DIC, the exterior lamps RUN or 7 is pressed again. The unlock. may turn on. See Vehicle ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for 0 Personalization 155. the panic alarm to work. Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Keyless Access Operation disarms the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 41. The Keyless Access system allows for doors and the liftgate to be If equipped with auto mirror folding, accessed without pressing the RKE pressing and holding K for transmitter button. The RKE one second will unfold the mirrors. transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) The auto mirror folding feature will of the door being opened. If the not operate unless it is enabled. vehicle has this feature, there will be See Vehicle Personalization 0 155. a button on the outside door handles. b : Press twice to open or close Driver Side Shown, Passenger the liftgate. Press once to stop the Keyless Access can be Side Similar liftgate from moving. programmed to unlock all doors on Pressing the lock/unlock button will the first lock/unlock press from the c : Press twice to open the cause all doors to lock if any of the driver door. See Vehicle liftglass. following occur: Personalization 0 155. 7 : Press and release to initiate . It has been more than vehicle locate. The turn signal Keyless Unlocking/Locking from five seconds since the first lock/ lamps flash and the horn sounds the Driver Door unlock button press. three times. When the doors are locked and the . Two lock/unlock button presses 7 RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) were used to unlock all doors. Press and hold for more than of the door handle, pressing the three seconds to activate the panic lock/unlock button on the driver door alarm. The turn signal lamps flash handle will unlock the driver door. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29
. Any vehicle door has been If other electronic devices interfere Keyless Liftgate Opening opened and all doors are now with the RKE transmitter signal, the Press the touch pad on the closed. vehicle may not detect the RKE underside of the liftgate handle to transmitter inside the vehicle. open the liftgate when all doors are Keyless Unlocking/Locking from If passive locking is enabled, the the Passenger Doors unlocked, or when the transmitter is doors may lock with the RKE within 1 m (3 ft). When the doors are locked and the transmitter inside the vehicle. Do RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) not leave the RKE transmitter in an Keyless Liftglass Opening of the door handle, pressing the unattended vehicle. Press the exterior liftglass button to lock/unlock button on a passenger To customize the doors to open the liftglass when all doors are door handle will unlock all doors. automatically lock when exiting the unlocked, or when the transmitter is Pressing the lock/unlock button will vehicle, see Remote Lock, Unlock, within 1 m (3 ft). cause all doors to lock if any of the “ Start” under Vehicle Personalization See Liftgate 0 36. following occur: 0 155. . The lock/unlock button was used Keyed Access to unlock all doors. Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Feature To access a vehicle with a dead . Any vehicle door has been transmitter battery, see Door Locks opened and all doors are now Temporarily disable passive locking 0 34. closed. by pressing and holding K on the interior door switch with a door open Programming Transmitters to Passive Locking for at least four seconds, or until the Vehicle If equipped with Keyless Access, three chimes are heard. Passive Only RKE transmitters programmed this feature will lock the vehicle locking will then remain disabled to the vehicle will work. If a several seconds after all doors are until Q on the interior door is transmitter is lost or stolen, a closed, if the vehicle is off and at pressed, or until the vehicle is replacement can be purchased and least one RKE transmitter has been turned on. programmed through your dealer. removed from the interior, or none The vehicle can be reprogrammed remain in the interior. so that lost or stolen transmitters no GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows
longer work. Each vehicle can have 6. Remove the transmitter from up to eight transmitters matched the transmitter pocket and to it. press K or Q on the Programming with a Recognized transmitter. Transmitter (Keyless Access To program additional Vehicles Only) transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6. A new transmitter can be When all additional transmitters programmed to the vehicle when are programmed, press and there is one recognized transmitter. hold the ENGINE START/ To program, the vehicle must be off STOP button for approximately and all transmitters, both currently 12 seconds to exit recognized and new, must be 4. Place the new transmitter in programming mode. with you. the transmitter pocket/insert. 7. Return the key back into the 1. Remove the key from the Open the center console transmitter. recognized transmitter. storage area and the storage Programming without a 2. Place the recognized tray. The transmitter pocket/ Recognized Transmitter (Keyless transmitter(s) in the cupholder insert is in front of the storage Access Vehicles Only) area next to the center console or on the passenger seat. If there are no currently recognized storage area between the transmitters available, follow this 3. Insert the vehicle key into the driver and front passenger procedure to program up to eight key lock cylinder on the driver seats. door handle. Then turn the key transmitters. This feature is not counterclockwise, to the unlock 5. Press the ENGINE START/ available in Canada. This procedure position, five times within STOP button. When the will take approximately 30 minutes 10 seconds. transmitter is learned, the DIC to complete. The vehicle must be off display will show that it is ready and all transmitters to be The Driver Information Center to program the next transmitter. programmed must be with you. (DIC) displays READY FOR REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC. 1. Remove the vehicle key from the transmitter. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
2. Insert the vehicle key into the 7. Remove the transmitter from key lock cylinder on the driver the transmitter pocket/insert door handle; then turn the key and press K or Q on the counterclockwise, to the unlock transmitter. position, five times within 10 seconds. To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7. The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays REMOTE When all additional transmitters LEARN PENDING, are programmed, press and PLEASE WAIT. hold the ENGINE START/ STOP button for approximately 3. Wait for 10 minutes until the 12 seconds to exit DIC displays PRESS ENGINE programming mode. START BUTTON TO LEARN, 5. Place the new transmitter in then press the ENGINE the transmitter pocket/insert. 8. Return the key back into the START/STOP button. Open the center console transmitter. The DIC display will again storage area and the storage Starting the Vehicle with a Low show REMOTE LEARN tray. The transmitter pocket/ Transmitter Battery PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. insert is in front of the storage area next to the center console If the transmitter battery is weak or if 4. Repeat Step 3 two additional storage area between the there is interference with the signal, times. After the third time all driver and front passenger the DIC may display NO REMOTE previously known transmitters seats. DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY will no longer work with the WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN vehicle. Remaining transmitters 6. Press the ENGINE START/ TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN can be relearned during the STOP button. When the START YOUR VEHICLE when next steps. transmitter is learned, the DIC starting the vehicle. See Key and display will show that it is ready Lock Messages 0 147. The DIC display should now to program the next transmitter. show READY FOR REMOTE # 1. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows
To start the vehicle: Battery Replacement 1. With the key removed, insert a flat, thin object in the center of 1. Open the center console Replace the battery in the the transmitter to separate and storage area and the transmitter soon if the REPLACE remove the back cover. storage tray. BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC.
Caution
When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.
To replace the battery:
2. Place the transmitter in the 2. Lift the battery with a flat transmitter pocket/insert. object. 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or 3. Remove the battery. N (Neutral) press the brake 4. Insert the new battery, positive pedal and the ENGINE START/ side toward the back cover. STOP button. Replace with a CR2032 or Replace the transmitter battery equivalent battery. as soon as possible. 5. Push together the transmitter. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 33
Remote Vehicle Start The engine will turn off during a The engine will continue to run remote vehicle start if: for 10 minutes. Repeat If equipped with the remote start . The coolant temperature gets Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute feature, the climate control system time extension. will come on when the vehicle is too high. started remotely depending on the . The oil pressure gets low. Place the ignition in ON/RUN/ outside temperature. START to operate the vehicle. The RKE transmitter range may be The rear defog and heated and reduced while the vehicle is running. Extending Engine Run Time cooled seats, if equipped, may also The engine run time can be come on. See Heated and Cooled Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See extended by 10 minutes, for a total Front Seats 0 57 and Vehicle Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) of 20 minutes, if during the first Personalization 0 155. System 0 26 or Vehicle 10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are Laws in some communities may Personalization 0 155. repeated while the engine is still restrict the use of remote starters. running. An extension can be Check local regulations for any Starting the Engine Using Remote requested, 30 seconds after requirements on remote starting of Start starting. vehicles. 1. Press and release Q. A maximum of two remote starts, Do not use remote start if the / or a single start with an extension, vehicle is low on fuel. 2. Immediately press and hold is allowed between ignition cycles. until the turn signal lamps flash The vehicle cannot be remote or for at least four seconds. The vehicle's ignition must be started if: turned on and then back off to use When the vehicle starts, the remote start again. . The transmitter is in the vehicle. parking lamps will turn on. The Canceling a Remote Start . The hood is not closed. doors will be locked and the climate control system may To cancel a remote start, do one of . There is an emission control come on. the following: system malfunction and the malfunction indicator lamp is on. . Press and hold / until the parking lamps turn off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
34 Keys, Doors, and Windows
. Turn on the hazard warning . Pushing down the manual lock flashers. Warning (Continued) knob on the driver door will lock . Turn the ignition on and then off. all doors. Pushing down the . Young children who get into manual lock knob on a unlocked vehicles may be passenger door will lock only Door Locks unable to get out. A child that door. can be overcome by { Warning extreme heat and can suffer . Pulling an interior door handle permanent injuries or even will unlock the door. Pulling the Unlocked doors can be death from heat stroke. door handle again unlatches it. dangerous. Always lock the vehicle Keyless Access whenever leaving it. . Passengers, especially If equipped, the RKE transmitter children, can easily open . Outsiders can easily enter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door the doors and fall out of a through an unlocked door being opened. Press the button on moving vehicle. When a when you slow down or stop the door handle to open. See the vehicle. Locking the door is locked, the handle “Keyless Access Operation” in will not open it. The chance doors can help prevent this Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) of being thrown out of the from happening. System Operation 0 27. vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are To lock or unlock the doors from Power Door Locks not locked. So, all outside the vehicle: passengers should wear Press Q or K on the Remote safety belts properly and the . Press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. doors should be locked Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 whenever the vehicle is . Use the key in the driver door. System Operation 27. driven. To lock or unlock the doors from (Continued) inside the vehicle: . Press Q or K on the power door lock switch. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 35
This feature will not operate if the number of RKE transmitters inside key is in the ignition. has not reduced, the driver door will This feature can be programmed unlock and the horn will chirp three using the Driver Information times. Center (DIC). See “Delayed Door Lockout Protection can be manually Lock” under Vehicle Personalization overridden with the driver door open 0 155. by pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch. Automatic Door Locks Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout is be programmed using the Driver turned on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is open, and locking is Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors. Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization 0 155. requested, all the doors will lock and K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the only the driver door will unlock. The doors. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature Lockout Protection can be turned on or off using the Delayed Locking If the vehicle is in ACC/ vehicle personalization menus. See ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and the Vehicle Personalization 0 155. When locking the doors with the power door lock switch is pressed power lock switch and a door or the with the driver door open, all the Safety Locks liftgate is open, the doors will lock doors will lock and only the driver five seconds after the last door is door will unlock. The rear door safety locks prevent closed. You will hear three chimes passengers from opening the rear to signal that the delayed locking If the vehicle is off and locking is doors from inside the vehicle. feature is in use. requested while a door is open, when all doors are closed the Pressing the power lock switch vehicle will check for RKE twice will override the delayed transmitters inside. If an RKE locking feature and immediately lock transmitter is detected and the all the doors. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
36 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Doors Warning (Continued) Liftgate and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See { Warning “Climate Control Systems” in the Index. Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped vehicle if it is driven with the with a power liftgate, disable liftgate or trunk/hatch open, the power liftgate function. or with any objects that pass See Engine Exhaust 0 206. through the seal between the { body and the trunk/hatch or Press to activate the safety locks liftgate. Engine exhaust contains on the rear doors. The indicator light carbon monoxide (CO) which Caution comes on when activated. cannot be seen or smelled. It can To avoid damage to the liftgate or Press { again to deactivate the cause unconsciousness and even liftgate glass, make sure the area safety locks. death. above and behind the liftgate is If the vehicle must be driven with clear before opening it. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: . Close all of the windows. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. . Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 37
Manual Liftgate There will be a delay in the release Power Liftgate Operation of the liftglass if there is an attempt to open it while the rear wipers are { Warning in motion. Use the pull cup to lower and close You, or others, could be injured if the liftgate. Do not press the touch caught in the path of the power pad while closing the liftgate. This liftgate. Make sure there is no one will cause the liftgate to be in the way of the liftgate as it is unlatched. opening and closing. If equipped with Keyless Access, the RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to automatically unlock it. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System To open the liftgate, press K on the Operation 0 27. power door lock switch or press K The liftgate has an electric latch. on the RKE transmitter twice to If the battery is disconnected or has unlock all doors. Press the touch low voltage, the liftgate will not pad (1) on the underside of the open. The liftgate will resume liftgate handle and lift up. operation when the battery is reconnected and charged. Press the button (2) above the license plate to open the liftglass, or press c twice quickly on the If equipped, the switch is on the RKE transmitter. Do not leave the overhead console. The vehicle must liftglass open when raising the be in P (Park). liftgate. The modes are: . MAX: Opens to maximum height. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
38 Keys, Doors, and Windows
. 3/4: Opens to a reduced height time. If this occurs, the liftgate can that can be set from 3/4 to fully still be operated manually. Select open. Use to prevent the liftgate OFF on the liftgate switch. from opening into overhead If the vehicle is shifted out of objects such as a garage door or P (Park) while the power function is roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate in progress, the liftgate will continue can be opened all the way to completion. If the vehicle is manuallly. accelerated before the liftgate has . OFF: Opens manually only. completed moving, the liftgate may To open or close the liftgate, select stop or reverse direction. Make sure MAX or 3/4 mode and then: the liftgate is closed and latched before driving. . Press b twice quickly on the . Press l on the bottom edge of If the power liftgate support strut RKE transmitter until the liftgate the liftgate next to the latch to has lost pressure, the turn signals moves. close. will flash and a chime will sound . Press 8 on the overhead Press any liftgate button, the touch while the liftgate automatically closes. See your dealer for service console. The driver door must pad, or b on the RKE transmitter before using the power liftgate. be unlocked. while the liftgate is moving to stop it. . Press the touch pad on the Pressing again restarts the Obstacle Detection Features operation in the reverse direction. outside liftgate handle after If the liftgate encounters an obstacle unlocking all doors. If equipped The touch pad on the liftgate handle cannot be used to close the liftgate. during a power open or close cycle, with Keyless Access, a locked a warning chime will sound and the vehicle can be opened if the Do not manually force the liftgate to liftgate will automatically reverse RKE transmitter is within 1 m open or close during a power cycle. direction and move a short distance (3 ft) of the touch pad. The power liftgate may be away from the obstacle. After temporarily disabled in extremely removing the obstruction, the power low temperatures, or after repeated liftgate operation can be used again. power cycling over a short period of If the liftgate encounters multiple obstacles on the same power cycle, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 39
the power function will deactivate. 3. Press and hold l next to the The liftgate will not operate if the After removing the obstructions, latch on the outside of the RKE transmitter is not within manually close the liftgate. This will liftgate until the turn signals 1 m (3 ft). allow normal power operation flash and a beep sounds. This The hands-free feature will not work functions to resume. indicates the setting has been while the liftgate is moving. To stop If the vehicle is locked while the recorded. the liftgate while in motion use one liftgate is closing, and an obstacle The liftgate cannot be set below a of the liftgate switches. prevents the liftgate from completely minimum programmable height. closing, the horn will sound as an If there is no light flash or sound, alert that the liftgate did not close. then the height adjustment may be Pinch sensors are on the side too low. edges of the liftgate. If an object is Manual Operation caught between the liftgate and the vehicle and presses against a Select OFF to manually operate the sensor, the liftgate will reverse liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the direction and open fully. The liftgate beginning of this section. will remain open until it is activated again or closed manually. Caution
Setting the 3/4 Mode Do not use too much force when To change the position the liftgate closing the liftgate to avoid stops at when opening: damage. 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and open the liftgate. Hands-Free Operation 2. Stop the liftgate movement at If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle the desired height by pressing Access, the liftgate may be any liftgate button. Manually operated with a kicking motion adjust the liftgate position if under the rear bumper. needed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
40 Keys, Doors, and Windows
When closing the liftgate using this Caution feature, there will be a short delay. The rear lights will flash and a Splashing water may cause the chime will sound. Step away from liftgate to open. Keep the RKE the gate before it starts moving. transmitter away from the rear bumper detection area or turn the Power Assist Steps liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning or working near the rear bumper to avoid accidental opening.
Length of Kick Zone . Do not sweep your foot side to side. . Do not keep your foot under the bumper; the liftgate will not activate. . Do not touch the liftgate until it has stopped moving. . This feature may be temporarily If equipped, the power assist steps disabled under some conditions. will deploy when the door is opened If the liftgate does not respond to and automatically retract the kick, open or close the three seconds after the door is liftgate by another method or closed. The power assist steps will start the vehicle. The feature will retract immediately if the vehicle To operate, kick your foot straight up be re-enabled. starts moving. in one swift motion under the center of the rear bumper, then pull it back. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 41 Keep hands, children, pets, objects, Vehicle Security Arming the Alarm System and clothing clear of the power 1. Turn off the vehicle. assist steps when in motion. The This vehicle has theft-deterrent steps will reverse direction if they features; however, they do not make 2. Lock the vehicle in one of encounter an obstruction when the vehicle impossible to steal. three ways: opening or closing. Remove the . Use the RKE transmitter. obstruction, then open and close the Vehicle Alarm System door on the same side to complete . Use the Keyless Access the motion of the assist steps. If the system. obstruction is not cleared, the assist . With a door open, press steps remain extended while driving. Q on the interior of the door. There are two other modes of 3. After 30 seconds the alarm operation: system will arm, and the Deploy Mode: To extend both power indicator light will begin to assist steps for cleaning, press j slowly flash. Pressing Q on the while the vehicle is in P (Park) or RKE transmitter a second time N (Neutral). Press j again to The indicator light, on the will bypass the 30-second retract them. The DIC will display a instrument panel near the delay and immediately arm the message. windshield, indicates the status of alarm system. the system. Lock Mode: Press and hold j for The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the doors are locked with four seconds to lock and disable the Off : Alarm system is disarmed. the key. power assist steps. Press and On Solid : Vehicle is secured hold j for four seconds again to during the delay to arm the system. If the driver door is opened without first unlocking with the RKE enable them. The DIC will display a Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. transmitter, the horn will chirp and message. A door, liftgate, or the hood is open. the lights will flash to indicate Slow Flash : Alarm system is pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not armed. started, or the door is not unlocked GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
42 Keys, Doors, and Windows
by pressing K on the RKE . Always unlock a door with the power source, and can sound an transmitter during the 10-second RKE transmitter, or use the alarm if the vehicle’s battery is pre-alarm, the alarm will be Keyless Access system. compromised. activated. Unlocking the driver door with The inclination sensor can set off The alarm will also be activated if a the key will not disarm the the alarm if it senses movement of passenger door, the liftgate, or the system or turn off the alarm. the vehicle, such as a change in vehicle orientation. hood is opened without first How to Detect a Tamper disarming the system. When the Condition The intrusion sensor monitors the alarm is activated, the turn signals vehicle interior, and can activate the flash and the horn sounds for about If K is pressed on the RKE alarm if it senses unauthorized entry 30 seconds. The alarm system will transmitter and the horn chirps three into the vehicle’s interior. Do not then re-arm to monitor for the next times, an alarm occurred previously allow passengers or pets to remain unauthorized event. while the alarm system was armed. in the vehicle when the intrusion sensor is activated. Disarming the Alarm System If the alarm has been activated, a message will appear on the DIC. Before arming the theft-deterrent To disarm the alarm system or turn See Security Messages 0 151. system and activating the intrusion off the alarm if it has been activated: sensor: Power Sounder, Inclination . Press K on the RKE transmitter. Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor . Make sure all doors and . Unlock the vehicle using the windows are completely closed. Keyless Access system. In addition to the standard theft-deterrent system features, this . Secure any loose items such as . Start the vehicle. system may also have a power a sunshades. To avoid setting off the alarm by sounder, inclination sensor, and . Make sure there are no accident: intrusion sensor. obstructions blocking the The power sounder provides an sensors in the front overhead . Lock the vehicle after all console. occupants have exited. audible alarm which is distinct from the vehicle’s horn. It has its own . Close DVD screens before leaving the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 43
Intrusion and Inclination Immobilizer The system has one or more Sensors Disable Switch transmitters matched to an See Radio Frequency Statement immobilizer control unit in the 0 370. vehicle. Only a correctly matched transmitter will start the vehicle. Immobilizer Operation If the transmitter is ever damaged, This vehicle has a passive you may not be able to start the theft-deterrent system. vehicle. The system does not have to be When trying to start the vehicle, the manually armed or disarmed. security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on. The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the vehicle is If the engine does not start and the turned off. security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the The immobilization system is vehicle off and try again. It is recommended that the intrusion disarmed when the ignition button is If the RKE transmitter appears to be and inclination sensors be pressed in and a valid transmitter is undamaged, try another transmitter deactivated if pets are left in the found in the vehicle. or place the transmitter in the vehicle or the vehicle is being transmitter pocket/insert next to the transported. center console storage area With the vehicle off, press o in between the driver and front the front overhead console to turn passenger seats. See “Starting the off the feature. Vehicle with a Low Transmitter” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The indicator light will come on System Operation 0 27. momentarily, indicating that these The security light in the instrument sensors have been disabled until cluster comes on if there is a If the engine does not start with the the next time the alarm system is problem with arming or disarming other transmitter or when the armed. the theft-deterrent system. transmitter is in the pocket in the center console, the vehicle needs GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
44 Keys, Doors, and Windows service. See your dealer who can Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors service the theft-deterrent system and have a new transmitter programmed to the vehicle. Convex Mirrors Do not leave the transmitter or device that disarms or deactivates { Warning the theft-deterrent system in the A convex mirror can make things, vehicle. like other vehicles, look farther away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a vehicle on the right. Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. To adjust the mirrors: The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press (1) or (2) to select the shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger side mirror. curved so more can be seen from 2. Press the arrows on the control the driver seat. pad to move each mirror in the desired direction. 3. Press either (1) or (2) again to deselect the mirror. Power Folding Mirrors To power fold the mirrors: 1. Press { to fold the mirrors inward. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 45
2. Press { again to return the Automatic Dimming Driving with the Blind Spot mirrors to the driving position. Mirror Mirror Turn Signal Indicator The driver outside mirror The vehicle may also have a turn automatically adjusts for the glare of signal indicator on the mirror. An headlamps from behind. arrow on the mirror flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. Blind Spot Mirrors If equipped, there is a small convex Heated Mirrors mirror built into the upper and outer The heated outside rearview mirrors corner of the driver outside rearview turn on when the rear window mirror. It can show objects that may defogger is on. be in the vehicle's blind zone. 1 (Rear Window Defogger) : Press to heat the mirror. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 174.
Actual Mirror View GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
46 Keys, Doors, and Windows 1. When the approaching vehicle zone. Then, glance over your Interior Mirrors is a long distance away, the shoulder to double check image in the main mirror is before moving slowly into the small and near the inboard adjacent lane. Interior Rearview Mirrors edge of the mirror. Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the Reverse Tilt Mirrors view of the area behind your vehicle. image in the main mirror gets If equipped with memory seats, the larger and moves outboard. passenger and/or driver mirror tilts If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle 3. As the vehicle enters the blind to a preselected position when the may have three control buttons at zone, the image transitions vehicle is in R (Reverse). This the bottom of the mirror. See your from the main mirror to the allows the curb to be seen when dealer for more information about blind spot mirror. parallel parking. OnStar and how to subscribe to it. See OnStar Overview 0 374. 4. When the vehicle is in the blind The mirror(s) return to the original zone, the image only appears position when: Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel in the blind spot mirror. . The vehicle is shifted out of dampened with water. Using the Outside Mirror with R (Reverse), or remains in the Blind Spot Mirror R (Reverse) for about 30 seconds. Automatic Dimming 1. Set the main mirror so that the . The ignition is turned off. Rearview Mirror side of the vehicle can just be The mirror will automatically reduce seen and the blind spot mirror . The vehicle is driven in the glare of the headlamps from has an unobstructed view. R (Reverse) above a set speed. behind. The dimming feature comes 2. When checking for traffic or To turn this feature on or off, see on each time the vehicle is started. before changing a lane, look at Vehicle Personalization 0 155. the main driver/passenger side mirror to observe traffic in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle in the blind GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 47 Child-View Mirror Windows pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the { Warning sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, Power Windows especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the { Warning extreme heat and suffer Children could be seriously permanent injuries or even death injured or killed if caught in the from heat stroke. path of a closing window. Never leave keys in a vehicle with If equipped, push up on the children. When there are children sunglasses bin and release. Push in the rear seat, use the window the bin back in halfway to secure lockout button to prevent the mirror in position. operation of the windows. See Keys 0 25. Push the mirror back up when not in use.
The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
48 Keys, Doors, and Windows
holding the switch. Press the 2. Place the ignition in ACC/ window switch fully and release it to ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ activate the express-down feature. START. The express mode can be canceled 3. From any open position, pull at any time by briefly pressing or the power window switch up pulling the switch. until the window is fully closed. Express-Up Window 4. Hold the switch up for If equipped, the driver window approximately two seconds express-up feature allows the after the window is fully closed. window to be raised without holding The window is now reprogrammed. the switch. Pull the window switch up fully and release it to activate the Express Window Anti-Pinch The driver door has switches that express-up feature. The express-up Feature control all windows. Each feature can be canceled at any time passenger door switch only controls If any object is in the path of the by briefly pulling the switch. that window. The power windows window when express-up is active, work when the ignition is in ON/ Programming the Power the window stops at the obstacle RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Windows and auto-reverses to a preset Retained Accessory Power (RAP). factory position. Weather conditions See Retained Accessory Power If the battery on the vehicle has such as severe icing also cause the (RAP) 0 203. been recharged or disconnected, window to auto-reverse. The or is not working, the driver power window returns to normal operation Press the switch to lower the window will need to be once the obstacle or condition is window. Pull the switch up to reprogrammed for the express-up removed. raise it. feature to work. Express-Down Windows To reprogram the power windows: Windows that have the 1. Close all doors. express-down feature allow the windows to be lowered without GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Keys, Doors, and Windows 49
Express Window Anti-Pinch Window Lockout Sun Visors Override This feature prevents the rear passenger windows from operating, { Warning except from the driver position. If express override is activated, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged. Before you use express override, make sure that all people and obstructions are Pull the sun visor down to block clear of the window path. glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window or, if equipped, extend The anti-pinch feature can be along the rod. overridden in a supervised mode. Hold the window switch in the partially or fully pulled up position. . Press Z to activate the rear The window rises for as long as the window locks. An indicator light switch is held. Once the switch is will illuminate when the feature released, the express mode is is on. reactivated. . Press Z again to deactivate the In this mode, the window can still rear window locks. close on an object in its path. Use care when using the override mode. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
50 Keys, Doors, and Windows Roof Open/Close : To open the sunroof, press and hold switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired Sunroof position. Press and hold the front of switch (1) to close it. Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. To Dirt and debris may collect on the express-close the sunroof, fully sunroof seal or in the track. This press and release the front of could cause an issue with sunroof switch (1). Press the switch again to operation or noise. It could also plug stop it. the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and When the sunroof is opened, an air remove any obstacles or loose deflector will automatically raise. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and The air deflector will retract when roof sealing area using a clean 1. Open or Close the sunroof is closed. 2. Vent cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not The sunroof also has a sunshade remove grease from the sunroof. On vehicles with a sunroof, the which can be pulled forward to block sunroof only operates when the If water is seen dripping into the sun rays. The sunshade must be water drainage system, this is ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or opened and closed manually. ON/RUN, or when Retained normal. Accessory Power (RAP) is active. If an object is in the path of the See Retained Accessory Power sunroof while it is closing, the (RAP) 0 203. anti-pinch feature will detect the object and stop the sunroof. Vent : From the closed position, press the rear of switch (2) to vent the sunroof. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 51
Replacing Safety Belt System Replacing LATCH System Seats and Parts after a Crash ...... 73 Parts After a Crash ...... 100 Restraints Securing Child Restraints Airbag System (Rear Seat) ...... 100 Airbag System ...... 73 Securing Child Restraints Where Are the Airbags? ...... 75 (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 103 Head Restraints When Should an Airbag Head Restraints ...... 52 Inflate? ...... 76 Front Seats What Makes an Airbag Power Seat Adjustment ...... 53 Inflate? ...... 78 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 54 How Does an Airbag Reclining Seatbacks ...... 54 Restrain? ...... 78 Memory Seats ...... 55 What Will You See after an Heated and Cooled Front Airbag Inflates? ...... 78 Seats ...... 57 Passenger Sensing System . . . 80 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Rear Seats Vehicle ...... 84 Heated Rear Seats ...... 58 Adding Equipment to the Second Row Seats ...... 59 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 84 Third Row Seats ...... 63 Airbag System Check ...... 85 Replacing Airbag System Parts Safety Belts after a Crash ...... 85 Safety Belts ...... 65 How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints Properly ...... 66 Older Children ...... 86 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 67 Infants and Young Children . . . . 87 Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems ...... 90 Pregnancy ...... 71 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 91 Safety Belt Extender ...... 72 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Safety System Check ...... 72 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 92 Safety Belt Care ...... 72 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
52 Seats and Restraints Head Restraints Front Seats The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ Adjust the head restraint so that the The height of the head restraint can spinal injury in a crash. Do not top of the restraint is at the same be adjusted. Pull the head restraint drive until the head restraints for height as the top of the occupant's up to raise it. Try to move the head all occupants are installed and head. This position reduces the restraint to make sure that it is chance of a neck injury in a crash. locked in place. adjusted properly. To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 53 Second Row Seats To lower the head restraint, press Front Seats the button located on the top of the The vehicle's second row seats seatback and push the head have head restraints in the outboard restraint down. Power Seat Adjustment seating positions that cannot be adjusted. Return the lowered head restraint to the upright position until it locks into { Warning The second row seat outboard head place. Push and pull on the head restraints are not removable. You can lose control of the restraint to make sure it is locked. vehicle if you try to adjust a driver Third Row Seats If you are installing a child restraint seat while the vehicle is moving. in the third row seat, see “Securing Adjust the driver seat only when a Child Restraint Designed for the the vehicle is not moving. LATCH System” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 92.
The third row seat head restraint can be lowered to allow for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
54 Seats and Restraints
To adjust the seat: Lumbar Adjustment Reclining Seatbacks . Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. . Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down. . Raise or lower the seat by moving the rear of the control up or down. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 54. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 54. To adjust the lumbar support: To recline the seatback: Some vehicles are equipped with a . Press and hold the control . Tilt the top of the control feature that activates a vibrating forward to increase or rearward rearward to recline. pulse alert in the driver seat to help to decrease upper and lower . Tilt the top of the control forward the driver avoid crashes. See Driver lumbar support at the same time. to raise. Assistance Systems 0 231. . Press and hold the control up to increase upper lumbar support { Warning and decrease lower lumbar support. Sitting in a reclined position when Press and hold the control down the vehicle is in motion can be to increase lower lumbar support dangerous. Even when buckled and decrease upper lumbar up, the safety belts cannot do support. their job. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 55
If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2, Warning (Continued) and B (Exit) buttons on the driver The shoulder belt will not be door are used to manually save and against your body. Instead, it will recall memory settings for the driver be in front of you. In a crash, you seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and telescoping steering column, and could go into it, receiving neck or adjustable pedals. other injuries. The lap belt could go up over Storing Memory Positions your abdomen. The belt forces To save positions to the 1 and 2 would be there, not at your pelvic buttons: bones. This could cause serious 1. The ignition must be in ON/ internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. the vehicle is moving. For proper protection when the 2. Adjust the driver seat, outside vehicle is in motion, have the mirrors, power tilt and seatback upright. Then sit well Memory Seats telescoping steering column, back in the seat and wear the and adjustable pedals to the safety belt properly. desired driving positions. 3. Press and release SET. 4. Immediately press and hold 1 until two beeps sound. 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver using 2. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
56 Seats and Restraints
To store positions to the B (Exit) Automatically Recalling Memory again by opening the driver door button and easy exit features, Positions (Auto Memory Recall) and pressing K on the RKE repeat above Steps 1–4 to store If programmed on in the vehicle transmitter. If the memory position is your positions for getting out of the personalization Menu, the Auto still not recalling, see your dealer for vehicle. (Automatic) Memory Recall feature service. automatically recalls the current Manually Recalling Memory RKE transmitters are not labeled Positions driver’s previously stored 1 or 2 with a number. If your memory seat position when the ignition is position is stored to 1 or 2, but this Press and hold 1, 2, or B to changed from off to ON/RUN or position is not automatically manually recall the previously ACC/ACCESSORY. recalling, then change the stored stored memory positions. Releasing See “Auto Memory Recall” under position or switch RKE transmitters 1, 2, or B before the stored "Comfort and Convenience" in with the other driver. 0 positions are reached stops the Vehicle Personalization 155. Easy Exit Recall recall. To stop recall movement, press one If programmed on in the vehicle If something has blocked the driver of the memory, power mirror, personalization menu, the easy exit or power seat controls; press the seat, power tilt and telescoping feature automatically recalls the steering column, and/or adjustable power tilt and telescoping steering B pedals while recalling a memory column control; or press the previously stored (Exit) positions position, the recall may stop. adjustable pedal control. for getting out of the vehicle. See Vehicle Personalization 0 155. Remove the obstruction; then press If something has blocked the driver and hold the appropriate manual seat, power tilt and telescoping Easy exit recall automatically control for the memory item that is steering column, and/or the activates when one of the following not recalling for two seconds. Try adjustable pedals while recalling a occurs: recalling the memory position again memory position, the recall may . The vehicle is turned off and the by pressing the appropriate memory stop. Remove the obstruction; then button. If the memory position is still driver door is opened within a press and hold the appropriate short time. not recalling, see your dealer for manual control for the memory item service. that is not recalling for two seconds. . The vehicle is turned off with the Try recalling the memory position driver door open. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 57
If something has blocked the driver Press J to heat the driver or Warning (Continued) seat, power tilt and telescoping passenger seat cushion and steering column, and/or adjustable seatback. pedals while recalling the exit heat, such as a blanket, cushion, position, the recall may stop. cover, or similar item. This may Press A to cool the driver or Remove the obstruction; then press cause the seat heater to passenger seat. and hold the appropriate manual overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may The indicator light on the button control for the exit feature not comes on when this feature is on. recalling for two seconds. Try damage the seat. recalling the exit position again. Press the button once for the If the exit position is still not highest setting. With each press of recalling, see your dealer for the button, the seat will change to service. the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The indicator lights Heated and Cooled Front next to the buttons indicate three for the highest setting and one for the Seats lowest. If the heated seats are on high for an extended time, their level { Warning may automatically be lowered. If you cannot feel temperature The passenger seat may take change or pain to the skin, the longer to heat up. seat heater may cause burns. To Remote Start Auto Heated and reduce the risk of burns, people Cooled Seats with such a condition should use The buttons are on the center stack below the climate control system. To During a remote start, the heated or care when using the seat heater, cooled seats can be turned on especially for long periods of operate, the engine must be running. automatically. When it is cold time. Do not place anything on outside, the heated seats turn on, the seat that insulates against Press I to heat the driver or and when it is hot outside the (Continued) passenger seatback only. cooled seats turn on. The heated or GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
58 Seats and Restraints
cooled seats are canceled when the Rear Seats Press M or L to heat the left ignition is turned on. Press the outboard or right outboard seat heated or cooled seat button to use cushion. the heated or cooled seats after the Heated Rear Seats vehicle is started. Press the button once for the { Warning highest setting. With each press of The heated or cooled seat indicator the button, the heated seat changes lights do not turn on during a remote If you cannot feel temperature to the next lower setting, and then start. change or pain to the skin, the the off setting. Indicator lights on the The temperature performance of an seat heater may cause burns. button show the setting: three for unoccupied seat may be reduced. See the Warning under Heated high, two for medium, and one This is normal. and Cooled Front Seats 0 57. for low. The heated or cooled seats will not If the heated seats are on high for turn on during a remote start unless an extended time, their level may they are enabled in the vehicle automatically be lowered. personalization menu. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 and Vehicle Personalization 0 155.
The buttons are on the rear of the center console. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 59
Second Row Seats Manual Fold and Tumble { Warning Feature Reclining Seatbacks If either seatback is not locked, it To recline the seatback: could move forward in a sudden { Warning stop or crash. That could cause Do not leave the second row seat injury to the person sitting there. in a tumbled position while the Always push and pull on the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled seatbacks to be sure they are seat is not locked. It can move locked. when the vehicle is in motion. People in the vehicle could be To return the seatback to the upright injured in a sudden stop or crash. position: Be sure to return the seat to the 1. Lift the lever fully while passenger seating position before applying pressure to the driving the vehicle. Push and pull seatback, and the seatback will on the seat to make sure it is return to the upright position. locked into place. 1. Lift the lever on the outboard If the lever is lifted without side of the seat. applying pressure, the seat will release to a folded position. 2. Move the seatback to the Caution desired position, and then 2. Push and pull on the seatback release the lever to lock the to make sure it is locked. Folding a rear seat with the safety seatback in place. The second row seats can be folded belts still fastened may cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback for additional cargo space or folded damage to the seat or the safety to make sure it is locked. and tumbled for easy entry and exit belts. Always unbuckle the safety to the third row seat. belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
60 Seats and Restraints
Folding and Tumbling the Seat To fold and tumble the seat: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.
The seatback will fold forward 3. Lift the lever again to release to create a flat load floor. the rear of the seat from the If the seatback cannot fold flat, floor. The seat will tumble try moving the front seat forward. forward and/or put the front 4. The rear pull strap can also be seatback in the upright used to fold or fold and tumble the seat. It is easier to tumble 2. Lift the lever, on the outboard position. the seat with the rear pull strap side of the seat, to release the once the seat is folded flat. seatback. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 61
Folding and Tumbling the Seat 3. Pull the strap again to release from the Third Row Seat the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble { Warning forward.
Using the third row seating Automatic Fold and Tumble position while the second row is Feature folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden { Warning stop or crash. Be sure to return Do not leave the second row seat the seat to the passenger seating in a tumbled position while the position. Push and pull on the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled seat to make sure it is locked into 2. Pull the strap on the bottom seat is not locked. It can move place. rear of the second row seat to when the vehicle is in motion. release the seatback. The People in the vehicle could be seatback will fold forward. To fold and tumble the seat from the injured in a sudden stop or crash. third row seat: Be sure to return the seat to the 1. Make sure that there is nothing passenger seating position before under, in front of, or on driving the vehicle. Push and pull the seat. on the seat to make sure it is locked into place. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
62 Seats and Restraints
Folding and Tumbling the Seat Folding and Tumbling the Seat { Warning To fold and tumble the seat: from the Cargo Area Automatically folding and 1. Make sure that there is nothing tumbling the seat when someone under, in front of, or on is sitting in the seat, could cause the seat. injury to the person sitting there. Always make sure there is no one sitting in the seat before pressing the automatic seat release button.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause 1. Second Row Power Seat damage to the seat or the safety Buttons belts. Always unbuckle the safety 2. Third Row Power Seat belts and return them to their Driver Side Rear Panel Button Buttons normal stowed position before Shown To fold and tumble the seat from the folding a rear seat. 2. Press the automatic seat cargo area: release button on the panel behind the rear doors. The 1. Make sure that there is nothing The transmission must be in under, in front of, or on P (Park) for this feature to work. seatback automatically folds flat. the seat. Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold 3. Press the button again to 2. Press the button (1) on the side and tumble the seat for entry to the trim of the cargo area to fold third row. release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will the seatback. tumble forward. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 63
The left button folds the left To return the seat to the sitting The transmission must be in seatback, and the right button position from the tumbled position: P (Park) for this feature to work. folds the right seatback. 1. Pull the seat down until both The third row seatbacks can be 3. Press the button again to sides of the seat are latched to folded to increase cargo space. release the rear of the seat the floor. Make sure the seat is from the floor. The seat will securely latched to the floor tumble forward. before raising the seatback. The buttons (2) can be used to fold If both sides are not latched to and unfold the third row seatbacks the floor, the seatback will not from the cargo area. See Third Row raise. Seats 0 63. 2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward. Push and pull on the Returning the Seat to the seatback to make sure it is Sitting Position locked. { Warning Third Row Seats If either seatback is not locked, it Folding the Seatback 1. Second Row Power Seat could move forward in a sudden Buttons stop or crash. That could cause Caution 2. Third Row Power Seat injury to the person sitting there. Buttons Always push and pull on the Folding a rear seat with the safety seatbacks to be sure they are belts still fastened may cause To fold the seatback: locked. damage to the seat or the safety 1. Open the liftgate to access the belts. Always unbuckle the safety controls for the seat. belts and return them to their 2. Make sure that there is nothing normal stowed position before under, in front of, or on folding a rear seat. the seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
64 Seats and Restraints
3. Fully lower the head restraints. The switches (1) can be used to fold See Head Restraints 0 52. Put or fold and tumble the second row the second row seatback in the seats from the cargo area. See upright position. See Second Second Row Seats 0 59. Row Seats 0 59. Returning the Seatback to the Upright Position
4. Disconnect the rear safety belt mini-latch, using a key in the slot on the mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into the headliner. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the headliner. 5. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side trim of the cargo 1. Second Row Power Seat area to fold the seatback. Buttons The left switch folds the left 2. Third Row Power Seat seatback, and the right switch Buttons folds the right seatback. To return the seatback to the upright 6. Repeat the steps for the other position: seatback, if desired. 1. Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 65 2. Press and hold the switch (2) Safety Belts on the side trim of the cargo Warning (Continued) area to raise the seatback. This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts passengers to ride in any area of The left switch raises the left properly. It also describes some the vehicle that is not equipped seatback, and the right switch things not to do with safety belts. with seats and safety belts. raises the right seatback. Always wear a safety belt, and { Warning { Warning check that all passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Do not let anyone ride where a A safety belt that is improperly safety belt cannot be worn routed, not properly attached, properly. In a crash, if you or your This vehicle has indicators as a or twisted will not provide the passenger(s) are not wearing reminder to buckle the safety belts. protection needed in a crash. The 0 safety belts, injuries can be much See Safety Belt Reminders 126. person wearing the belt could be worse than if you are wearing seriously injured. After raising the Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. You can be seriously rear seatback, always check to be injured or killed by hitting things sure that the safety belts are inside the vehicle harder or by properly routed and attached, and being ejected from the vehicle. In are not twisted. addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other 3. Reconnect the center safety passengers in the vehicle. belt mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside 4. Pull on the safety belt to be of a vehicle. In a collision, sure the mini-latch is secure. passengers riding in these areas 5. Repeat the steps for the other are more likely to be seriously seatback, if desired. injured or killed. Do not allow (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
66 Seats and Restraints
When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? unbelted people are hurt more often going until something stops you. A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are It could be the windshield, the systems only; so they work with wearing safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts! safety belts — not instead of There are important things to know When you wear a safety belt, you them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. and the vehicle slow down together. is provided, all occupants still There is more time to stop because have to buckle up to get the you stop over a longer distance and, most protection. when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in bones take the forces from the all Canadian provinces, the law safety belts. That is why wearing requires wearing safety belts. safety belts makes such good sense. How to Wear Safety Belts Questions and Answers About Properly Safety Belts This section is only for people of Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle adult size. after a crash if I am wearing a There are special things to know safety belt? about safety belts and children. And . Sit up straight and always keep A: You could be — whether you are there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front wearing a safety belt or not. children and infants. If a child will be of you. Your chance of being conscious riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle during and after a crash, so you Children 0 86 or Infants and Young for your seating position. can unbuckle and get out, is Children 0 87. Follow those rules for . Wear the lap part of the belt low much greater if you are belted. everyone's protection. and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 67
pelvic bones and you would be Lap-Shoulder Belt less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt All seating positions in the vehicle would apply force on your have a lap-shoulder belt. abdomen. This could cause If you are using a rear seating serious or even fatal injuries. position with a detachable safety . Wear the shoulder belt over the belt, and the safety belt is not 0 shoulder and across the chest. attached, see Third Row Seats 63 These parts of the body are best for instructions on reconnecting the able to take belt restraining safety belt to the mini-buckle. forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull { Warning 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is the belt across you. Do not let adjustable, so you can sit up it get twisted. You can be seriously injured, straight. To see how, see The lap-shoulder belt may lock or even killed, by not wearing “Seats” in the Index. if you pull the belt across you your safety belt properly. very quickly. If this happens, let . Never allow the lap or the belt go back slightly to shoulder belt to become unlock it. Then pull the belt loose or twisted. across you more slowly. . Never wear the shoulder If the shoulder portion of a belt under both arms or passenger belt is pulled out all behind your back. the way, the child restraint locking feature may be . Never route the lap or engaged. If this happens, let shoulder belt over an the belt go back all the way armrest. and start again. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
68 Seats and Restraints
Engaging the child restraint in this section for instructions locking feature in the front on use and important safety outboard seating position may information. affect the passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 80.
3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. If the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, check if the correct buckle is being used. 5. To make the lap part tight, pull Pull up on the latch plate to up on the shoulder belt. make sure it is secure. If the For third row seats, it may be For front seating positions, belt is not long enough, see necessary to pull stitching on if the webbing locks in the latch Safety Belt Extender 0 72. the safety belt through the latch plate before it reaches the Position the release button on plate to fully tighten the lap belt buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to on smaller occupants. unlock. the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 69
release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the belt and the vehicle. Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and To unlatch the belt, push the button front outboard passenger positions. Push down on the release button to on the buckle. The belt should Adjust the height so the shoulder move the height adjuster to the return to its stowed position. portion of the belt is on the shoulder desired position. For third row seats, slide the latch and not falling off of it. The belt Move the adjuster up by pushing up plate up the safety webbing when should be close to, but not on the shoulder belt guide. contacting, the neck. Improper the safety belt is not in use. The After the adjuster is set to the shoulder belt height adjustment latch plate should rest on the desired position, try to move it down could reduce the effectiveness of stitching on the safety belt. without pushing the release button the safety belt in a crash. See How Always stow the safety belt slowly. to make sure it has locked into to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 66. If the safety belt webbing returns position. quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be Safety Belt Pretensioners pulled out. If this happens, pull the This vehicle has safety belt safety belt straight out firmly to pretensioners for front outboard unlock the webbing, and then occupants. Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the safety belt assembly. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
70 Seats and Restraints
They can help tighten the safety To install: belts during the early stages of a Warning (Continued) moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold and across the chest. These parts conditions for pretensioner of the body are best able to take activation are met. Safety belt belt restraining forces. pretensioners can also help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a Rear safety belt comfort guides may rollover event. provide added safety belt comfort Pretensioners work only once. If the for older children who have pretensioners activate in a crash, outgrown booster seats and for the pretensioners and probably some adults. When installed on a other parts of the vehicle's safety shoulder belt, the comfort guide belt system will need to be replaced. positions the shoulder belt away See Replacing Safety Belt System from the neck and head. 1. Remove the guide from its 0 Parts after a Crash 73. Second Row Outboard Seating storage clip on the interior trim Rear Safety Belt Comfort Positions next to the outboard seatback. Guides The vehicle has comfort guides for the second row outboard seating { Warning positions. The comfort guides are stored on a clip on the interior trim A safety belt that is not properly next to the outboard seatback. worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 71
3. Be sure that the belt is not To remove and store the comfort twisted and it lies flat. The guide, squeeze the belt edges elastic cord must be behind the together so that the safety belt can belt with the plastic guide on be removed from the guide. Slide the front. the guide onto its storage clip. Third Row Seating Positions Comfort guides are available through your dealer for third row seating positions. Instructions are included with the guides.
2. Place the guide over the belt, Safety Belt Use During and insert the two edges of the Pregnancy belt into the slots of the guide. Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not 4. Buckle, position, and release wear safety belts. the safety belt as described previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
72 Seats and Restraints
But if a safety belt is not long Make sure the safety belt reminder enough, your dealer will order you light is working. See Safety Belt an extender. When you go in to Reminders 0 126. order it, take the heaviest coat you Keep safety belts clean and dry. will wear, so the extender will be See Safety Belt Care 0 72. long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care seat it is made to fit. The extender Keep belts clean and dry. has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To { Warning wear it, attach it to the regular safety belt. For more information, see the A pregnant woman should wear a Do not bleach or dye safety belts. instruction sheet that comes with It may severely weaken them. In lap-shoulder belt, and the lap the extender. portion should be worn as low as a crash, they might not be able to possible, below the rounding, provide adequate protection. throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water. The best way to protect the fetus is Now and then, check that the safety to protect the mother. When a safety belt reminder light, safety belts, belt is worn properly, it is more likely buckles, latch plates, retractors, and that the fetus will not be hurt in a anchorages are all working properly. crash. For pregnant women, as for Look for any other loose or anyone, the key to making safety damaged safety belt system parts belts effective is wearing them that might keep a safety belt system properly. from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a Safety Belt Extender crash. They can rip apart under If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten impact forces. If a belt is torn or around you, you should use it. frayed, get a new one right away. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 73 Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be Airbag System necessary even if the safety belt System Parts after a system was not being used at the The vehicle has the following Crash time of the crash. airbags: Have the safety belt pretensioners . A frontal airbag for the driver. { Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a . A frontal airbag for the front crash, or if the airbag readiness light outboard passenger. A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag . A front center airbag for the A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 127. driver and front outboard may not properly protect the passenger. person using it, resulting in . A seat-mounted side impact serious injury or even death in a airbag for the driver. crash. To help make sure the safety belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact properly after a crash, have them airbag for the front outboard inspected and any necessary passenger. replacements made as soon as . A roof-rail airbag for the driver possible. and for the second and third row passengers seated directly behind the driver. After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. . A roof-rail airbag for the front But the safety belt assemblies that outboard passenger and the were used during any crash may second and third row have been stressed or damaged. passengers seated directly See your dealer to have the safety behind the front outboard belt assemblies inspected or passenger. replaced. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
74 Seats and Restraints
All vehicle airbags have the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG on the trim or on an to know about the airbag system: { Warning attached label near the deployment opening. Because airbags inflate with great { Warning force and faster than the blink of For frontal airbags, the word You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up AIRBAG is on the center of the against, or very close to any steering wheel for the driver and on killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be the instrument panel for the front seriously injured or killed. Do not outboard passenger. with airbags. Airbags are designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any For the front center airbag, the word belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting AIRBAG is on the inboard side of airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning the driver seatback. in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep For seat-mounted side impact safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety side of the seatback closest to Inflate? 0 76. belt, even with airbags. The driver the door. should sit as far back as possible Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of For roof-rail airbags, the word crash helps reduce the chance of AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. the vehicle. The safety belts and hitting things inside the vehicle or the front outboard passenger Airbags are designed to supplement being ejected from it. Airbags are airbags are most effective when the protection provided by safety “supplemental restraints” to the you are sitting well back and belts. Even though today's airbags safety belts. Everyone in the upright in the seat with both feet are also designed to help reduce vehicle should wear a safety belt on the floor. the risk of injury from the force of an properly, whether or not there is inflating bag, all airbags must inflate an airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or very quickly to do their job. sleep against the front center armrest or console in vehicles with a front center airbag. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 75
There is an airbag readiness light Warning (Continued) on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side The system checks the airbag windows in seating positions with electrical system for malfunctions. seat-mounted side impact airbags The light tells you if there is an and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 127. Where Are the Airbags? { Warning
Children who are up against, The front outboard passenger or very close to, any airbag when frontal airbag is in the passenger it inflates can be seriously injured side instrument panel. or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 86 or Infants and Young Children 0 87.
The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
76 Seats and Restraints
The front center airbag is in the inboard side of the driver seatback. Warning (Continued) inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat or console accessories that block the Driver Side Shown, Passenger inflation path of a seat-mounted Side Similar side impact airbag or the front Driver Side Shown, Passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver, center airbag. Side Similar front outboard passenger, and Never secure anything to the roof The driver and front outboard second and third row outboard of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags passenger seat-mounted side passengers are in the ceiling above by routing a rope or tie-down impact airbags are in the side of the the side windows. through any door or window seatbacks closest to the door. opening. If you do, the path of an { Warning inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked. If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly When Should an Airbag or it might force the object into Inflate? that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Airbag System 0 73. (Continued) Airbags are designed to inflate if the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 77
impact exceeds the specific airbag whether the object is fixed or designed to inflate in frontal system's deployment threshold. moving, rigid or deformable, narrow impacts, near frontal impacts, Deployment thresholds are used to or wide. or rear impacts. predict how severe a crash is likely Frontal airbags are not intended to Seat-mounted side impact airbags to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear are designed to inflate in moderate inflate and help restrain the impacts, or many side impacts. to severe side crashes depending occupants. The vehicle has In addition, the vehicle has on the location of the impact. electronic sensors that help the Seat-mounted side impact airbags airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal airbags. Advanced technology are not designed to inflate in frontal severity of the impact. Deployment impacts, near frontal impacts, thresholds can vary with specific frontal airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity. rollovers, or rear impacts. vehicle design. A seat-mounted side impact airbag Frontal airbags are designed to The vehicle also has a seat position is designed to inflate on the side of inflate in moderate to severe frontal sensor that enables the sensing the vehicle that is struck. system to monitor the position of the or near frontal crashes to help Roof-rail airbags are designed to reduce the potential for severe driver seat. The seat position sensor provides information that is used to inflate in moderate to severe side injuries, mainly to the driver's or crashes depending on the location front outboard passenger's head adjust the deployment of the driver frontal airbag. of the impact. In addition, these and chest. roof-rail airbags are designed to Whether the frontal airbags will or The front center airbag is designed inflate during a rollover or in a should inflate is not based primarily to inflate in moderate to severe side severe frontal impact. Roof-rail on how fast the vehicle is traveling. crashes depending upon the airbags are not designed to inflate in It depends on what is hit, the location of the impact, when either rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags direction of the impact, and how side of the vehicle is struck. In will inflate when either side of the quickly the vehicle slows down. addition, the front center airbag is vehicle is struck, if the sensing designed to inflate when the system predicts that the vehicle is Frontal airbags may inflate at sensing system predicts that the different crash speeds depending on about to roll over on its side, or in a vehicle is about to roll over on its severe frontal impact. whether the vehicle hits an object side. The front center airbag is not straight on or at an angle, and GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
78 Seats and Restraints
In any particular crash, no one can Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after say whether an airbag should have provided by safety belts by inflated simply because of the distributing the force of the impact an Airbag Inflates? vehicle damage or the repair costs. more evenly over the After the frontal airbags and occupant's body. seat-mounted side impact airbags What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so Inflate? are also designed to help contain quickly that some people may not the head and chest of occupants in even realize an airbag inflated. The In a deployment event, the sensing the outboard seating positions in the front center airbag and roof-rail system sends an electrical signal first, second, and third rows. The airbags may still be at least partially triggering a release of gas from the rollover capable roof-rail airbags are inflated for some time after they inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the designed to help reduce the risk of inflate. Some components of the airbag causing the bag to break out full or partial ejection in rollover airbag module may be hot for of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, events, although no system can several minutes. For location of the and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections. airbags, see Where Are the the airbag module. Airbags? 0 75. But airbags would not help in many For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily The parts of the airbag that come the Airbags? 0 75. because the occupant's motion is into contact with you may be warm, not toward those airbags. See When but not too hot to touch. There may How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 76 for be some smoke and dust coming Restrain? more information. from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not In moderate to severe frontal or Airbags should never be regarded prevent the driver from seeing out of near frontal collisions, even belted as anything more than a supplement the windshield or being able to steer occupants can contact the steering to safety belts. the vehicle, nor does it prevent wheel or the instrument panel. In people from leaving the vehicle. moderate to severe side collisions, even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 79
and turn off the interior lamps and . Airbags are designed to inflate { Warning hazard warning flashers by using only once. After an airbag the controls for those features. inflates, you will need some new When an airbag inflates, there parts for the airbag system. may be dust in the air. This dust { Warning If you do not get them, the could cause breathing problems airbag system will not be there for people with a history of A crash severe enough to inflate to help protect you in another asthma or other breathing trouble. the airbags may have also crash. A new system will include To avoid this, everyone in the damaged important functions in airbag modules and possibly vehicle should get out as soon as the vehicle, such as the fuel other parts. The service manual it is safe to do so. If you have system, brake and steering for the vehicle covers the need breathing problems but cannot systems, etc. Even if the vehicle to replace other parts. get out of the vehicle after an appears to be drivable after a . The vehicle has a crash sensing airbag inflates, then get fresh air moderate crash, there may be and diagnostic module which by opening a window or a door. concealed damage that could records information after a If you experience breathing make it difficult to safely operate crash. See Vehicle Data problems following an airbag the vehicle. Recording and Privacy 0 372 deployment, you should seek and Event Data Recorders medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt 0 372. to restart the engine after a crash has occurred. . Let only qualified technicians The vehicle has a feature that may work on the airbag systems. automatically unlock the doors, turn Improper service can mean that on the interior lamps and hazard In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work warning flashers, and shut off the inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for fuel system after the airbags inflate. broken by vehicle deformation. service. The feature may also activate, Additional windshield breakage may without airbag inflation, after an also occur from the front outboard event that exceeds a predetermined passenger airbag. threshold. You can lock the doors, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
80 Seats and Restraints
Passenger Sensing OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will Never put a rear-facing child seat in be visible. See Passenger Airbag the front. This is because the risk to System Status Indicator 0 127. the rear-facing child is so great, The vehicle has a passenger The passenger sensing system if the airbag inflates. sensing system for the front turns off the front outboard outboard passenger position. The passenger frontal airbag under { Warning passenger airbag status indicator certain conditions. No other airbag will light on the overhead console is affected by the passenger A child in a rear-facing child when the vehicle is started. sensing system. restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal The passenger sensing system airbag inflates. This is because works with sensors that are part of the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger seat restraint would be very close to and safety belt. The sensors are the inflating airbag. A child in a designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and forward-facing child restraint can United States determine if the front outboard be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag should be passenger frontal airbag inflates allowed to inflate or not. and the passenger seat is in a forward position. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly Even if the passenger sensing secured in a rear seat in the correct system has turned off the child restraint for their weight passenger frontal airbag, no Canada and Mexico and size. system is fail-safe. No one can Whenever possible, children aged guarantee that an airbag will not The words ON and OFF, or the inflate under some unusual symbols for on and off, will be 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position. circumstance, even though the visible during the system check. airbag is off. When the system check is complete, either the word ON or (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 81
When the passenger sensing wear a safety belt Warning (Continued) system has turned off the front properly — whether or not there is outboard passenger frontal airbag, an airbag for that person. Secure rear-facing child restraints the off indicator will light and stay lit in a rear seat, even if the airbag as a reminder that the airbag is off. { Warning is off. If you secure a See Passenger Airbag Status forward-facing child restraint in Indicator 0 127. If the airbag readiness light ever the front outboard passenger comes on and stays on, it means seat, always move the seat as far The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on the front that something may be wrong back as it will go. It is better to outboard passenger frontal airbag with the airbag system. To help secure the child restraint in a anytime the system senses that a avoid injury to yourself or others, rear seat. person of adult size is sitting have the vehicle serviced right properly in the front outboard away. See Airbag Readiness The passenger sensing system is passenger seat. Light 0 127 for more information, designed to turn off the front When the passenger sensing including important safety outboard passenger frontal airbag if: system has allowed the airbag to be information. . The front outboard passenger enabled, the on indicator will light seat is unoccupied. and stay lit as a reminder that the If the On Indicator is Lit for a airbag is active. . The system determines an infant Child Restraint is present in a child restraint. For some children, including The passenger sensing system is children in child restraints, and for . A front outboard passenger designed to turn off the front very small adults, the passenger takes his/her weight off of the outboard passenger frontal airbag if sensing system may or may not turn seat for a period of time. the system determines that an infant off the front outboard passenger is present in a child restraint. If a . There is a critical problem with frontal airbag, depending upon the child restraint has been installed the airbag system or the person's seating posture and body and the on indicator is lit: passenger sensing system. build. Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should 1. Turn the vehicle off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
82 Seats and Restraints
2. Remove the child restraint from slightly recline the vehicle If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an the vehicle. seatback and adjust the seat Adult-Sized Occupant 3. Remove any additional items cushion, if adjustable, to make from the seat such as blankets, sure that the vehicle seatback cushions, seat covers, seat is not pushing the child heaters, or seat massagers. restraint into the seat cushion. 4. Reinstall the child restraint Also make sure the child following the directions restraint is not trapped under provided by the child restraint the vehicle head restraint. manufacturer and refer to If this happens, adjust the head restraint. See Head Restraints Securing Child Restraints 0 (Rear Seat) 0 100 or Securing 52. Child Restraints (Front 6. Restart the vehicle. 0 Passenger Seat) 103. The passenger sensing system may Make sure the safety belt or may not turn off the airbag for a If a person of adult size is sitting in retractor is locked by pulling child in a child restraint depending the front outboard passenger seat, the shoulder belt all the way upon the child s size. It is better to ’ but the off indicator is lit, it could be out of the retractor when secure the child restraint in a because that person is not sitting installing the child restraint, rear seat. properly in the seat or that the child even if the child restraint is restraint locking feature is engaged. equipped with a safety belt If this happens, use the following lock-off. When the retractor steps to allow the system to detect lock is set, the belt can be that person and enable the front tightened but not pulled out of outboard passenger frontal airbag: the retractor. 1. Turn the vehicle off. 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 83
2. Remove any additional material A thick layer of additional material, from the seat, such as { Warning such as a blanket or cushion, blankets, cushions, seat or aftermarket equipment such as covers, seat heaters, or seat If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers. airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system 3. Place the seatback in the fully will not be able to inflate and help upright position. operates. We recommend that you protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other 4. Have the person sit upright in resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when the seat, centered on the seat serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific cushion, with legs comfortably adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to extended. ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84 5. If the shoulder portion of the passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about belt is pulled out all the way, airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how the child restraint locking the system operates. feature will be engaged. This Additional Factors Affecting The on indicator may be lit if an may unintentionally cause the System Operation object, such as a briefcase, passenger sensing system to handbag, grocery bag, laptop, turn the airbag off for some Safety belts help keep the or other electronic device, is put on adult-sized occupants. If this passenger in position on the seat an unoccupied seat. If this is not happens, unbuckle the belt, let during vehicle maneuvers and desired, remove the object from the belt go back all the way, braking, which helps the passenger the seat. and then buckle the belt again sensing system maintain the without pulling the belt out all passenger airbag status. See { Warning the way. “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional 6. Restart the vehicle and have Stowing of articles under the information about the importance of the person remain in this passenger seat or between the proper restraint use. position for two to three minutes passenger seat cushion and after the on indicator is lit. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
84 Seats and Restraints
Your dealer and the service manual Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) have information about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and seatback may interfere with the are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, and airbag proper operation of the passenger inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. wiring. sensing system. They are probably part of the airbag system. Be sure to follow In addition, the vehicle has a proper service procedures, and passenger sensing system that Servicing the make sure the person performing includes sensors as part of the front outboard passenger seat. The Airbag-Equipped Vehicle work for you is qualified to do so. passenger sensing system may not Airbags affect how the vehicle operate properly if the original seat should be serviced. There are parts Adding Equipment to the trim is replaced with non-GM of the airbag system in several covers, upholstery, or trim; or with places around the vehicle. Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle GM covers, upholstery, or trim dealer and the service manual have Adding accessories that change the designed for a different vehicle. Any information about servicing the vehicle's frame, bumper system, object, such as an aftermarket seat vehicle and the airbag system. To height, front end, or side sheet heater or a comfort-enhancing pad purchase a service manual, see metal may keep the airbag system or device, installed under or on top Service Publications Ordering from working properly. of the seat fabric, could also Information 0 369. interfere with the operation of the The operation of the airbag system passenger sensing system. This can also be affected by changing could either prevent proper { Warning any parts of the front seats, safety deployment of the passenger belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic For up to 10 seconds after the airbag(s) or prevent the passenger module, steering wheel, instrument vehicle is turned off and the sensing system from properly panel, any airbag module, ceiling or turning off the passenger airbag(s). battery is disconnected, an airbag pillar garnish trim, overhead See Passenger Sensing System can still inflate during improper console, front sensors, side impact 0 80. service. You can be injured if you sensors, airbag wiring, or front (Continued) center console. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 85
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, see Different Size Tires Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued) and Wheels 0 313 for additional important information. open or break the airbag after a crash, have them coverings. If there are any inspected and any necessary If you have to modify your vehicle opened or broken airbag replacements made as soon as because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag possible. you have questions about whether covering and/or airbag module the modifications will affect the replaced. For the location of the vehicle's airbag system, or if you If an airbag inflates, you will need to airbags, see Where Are the have questions about whether the replace airbag system parts. See Airbags? 0 75. See your dealer airbag system will be affected if the your dealer for service. for service. vehicle is modified for any other If the airbag readiness light stays on reason, call Customer Assistance. after the vehicle is started or comes See Customer Assistance Offices on when you are driving, the airbag 0 Replacing Airbag System 362. Parts after a Crash system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag System Check Airbag Readiness Light 0 127. { Warning The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or A crash can damage the airbag replacement. Make sure the airbag systems in the vehicle. readiness light is working. See A damaged airbag system may 0 Airbag Readiness Light 127. not work properly and may not protect you and your Caution passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To If an airbag covering is damaged, help make sure the airbag opened, or broken, the airbag systems are working properly may not work properly. Do not (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
86 Seats and Restraints Child Restraints booster. Use a booster seat with a Q: What is the proper way to lap-shoulder belt until the child wear safety belts? Older Children passes the fit test below: A: An older child should wear a . Sit all the way back on the seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the Do the knees bend at the seat additional restraint a shoulder edge? If yes, continue. If no, belt can provide. The shoulder return to the booster seat. belt should not cross the face or . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. neck. The lap belt should fit Does the shoulder belt rest on snugly below the hips, just the shoulder? If yes, continue. touching the top of the thighs. If no, try using the rear safety This applies belt force to the belt comfort guide, if available. child's pelvic bones in a crash. It should never be worn over the See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort abdomen, which could cause Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 67. If a comfort guide is not severe or even fatal internal available, or if the shoulder belt injuries in a crash. still does not rest on the Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Older children who have outgrown “ shoulder, then return to the Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt booster seats should wear the ” booster seat. 0 67. vehicle safety belts. . Does the lap belt fit low and According to accident statistics, The manufacturer instructions that snug on the hips, touching the children are safer when properly come with the booster seat state the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, restrained in a rear seating position. weight and height limitations for that return to the booster seat. In a crash, children who are not . Can proper safety belt fit be buckled up can strike other people maintained for the length of the who are buckled up, or can be trip? If yes, continue. If no, thrown out of the vehicle. Older return to the booster seat. children need to use safety belts properly. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 87
{ Warning { Warning
Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt with the shoulder belt safety belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a seriously injured. A safety belt crash, the child would not be must be used by only one person restrained by the shoulder belt. at a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap Infants and Young belt. The belt force would then be Children applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and injuries. The shoulder belt should all other children. Neither the go over the shoulder and across distance traveled nor the age and the chest. size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
88 Seats and Restraints
the vehicle's safety belt system nor { Warning its airbag system is designed for them. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people, shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle. cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child but it cannot do this if it is will become so heavy it is not { Warning possible to hold it during a crash. wrapped around a child’s neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) tightened around a child’s neck, or very close to, any airbag when the only way to loosen the belt is infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured to cut it. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing arms. An infant should be child restraint in the front Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate outboard seat. Secure a in a vehicle and never allow restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear children to play with the safety seat. It is also better to secure a belts. forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a Every time infants and young forward-facing child restraint in children ride in vehicles, they should the front outboard seat, always have the protection provided by move the front passenger seat as appropriate child restraints. Neither far back as it will go. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 89
restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor { Warning vehicle safety standards. A young child's hip bones are still The restraint manufacturer so small that the vehicle's regular instructions that come with the safety belt may not remain low on restraint state the weight and the hip bones, as it should. height limitations for a particular Instead, it may settle up around child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints the child's abdomen. In a crash, available for children with the belt would apply force on a special needs. body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone Q: What are the different types of { Warning could cause serious or fatal add-on child restraints? injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a A: Add-on child restraints, which To reduce the risk of neck and crash, young children should are purchased by the vehicle head injury in a crash, infants and always be secured in appropriate owner, are available in four basic toddlers should be secured in a types. Selection of a particular rear-facing child restraint until age child restraints. restraint should take into two, or until they reach the consideration not only the child's maximum height and weight limits weight, height, and age but also of their child restraint. whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. For most basic types of child restraints, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
90 Seats and Restraints
Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Seat Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat provides A booster seat is a child restraint restraint for the child's body with the designed to improve the fit of the A rear-facing infant seat provides harness. vehicle's safety belt system. restraint with the seating surface A booster seat can also help a child against the back of the infant. to see out the window. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to Securing an Add-On Child keep the infant positioned in the Restraint in the Vehicle restraint. { Warning
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 91
important, so if they are not Securing the Child Within the Warning (Continued) available, obtain a replacement Child Restraint copy from the manufacturer. restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or Keep in mind that an unsecured { Warning LATCH system, following the child restraint can move around in a A child can be seriously injured or instructions that came with that collision or sudden stop and injure killed in a crash if the child is not child restraint and the instructions people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secured in the child in this manual. properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle — even when no child is restraint. Secure the child in it. properly following the instructions To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States that came with that child restraint. the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians systems must be secured in vehicle Where to Put the (CPSTs) are available to inspect seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly Restraint portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by use and install child restraints. In the LATCH system. See Lower According to accident statistics, the U.S., refer to the National Anchors and Tethers for Children children and infants are safer when Highway Traffic Safety (LATCH System) 0 92. Children can properly restrained in a child Administration (NHTSA) website to be endangered in a crash if the child restraint system or infant restraint locate the nearest child safety seat restraint is not properly secured in system secured in a rear seating inspection station. For CPST the vehicle. position. availability in Canada, check with When securing an add-on child Transport Canada or the Provincial Whenever possible, children aged restraint, refer to the instructions Ministry of Transportation office. 12 and under should be secured in that come with the restraint which a rear seating position. may be on the restraint itself or in a The vehicle is equipped with a front booklet, or both, and to this manual. center airbag in the inboard side of The child restraint instructions are the driver seat. Even with a front GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
92 Seats and Restraints
center airbag, a child restraint can Depending on where you place the be installed in any second row Warning (Continued) child restraint and the size of the seating position. child restraint, you may not be able deploy under some unusual Never put a rear-facing child seat in to access adjacent safety belt circumstance, even though it is assemblies or LATCH anchors for the front. This is because the risk to turned off. the rear-facing child is so great if the additional passengers or child airbag deploys. Secure rear-facing child restraints restraints. Adjacent seating in a rear seat, even if the airbag positions should not be used if the child restraint prevents access to or { Warning is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in interferes with the routing of the safety belt. A child in a rear-facing child the front seat, always move the restraint can be seriously injured front passenger seat as far back Wherever a child restraint is or killed if the front passenger as it will go. It is better to secure installed, be sure to secure the child airbag inflates. This is because the child restraint in a rear seat. restraint properly. the back of the rear-facing child See Passenger Sensing System Keep in mind that an unsecured restraint would be very close to 0 80 for additional information. child restraint can move around in a the inflating airbag. A child in a collision or sudden stop and injure forward-facing child restraint can people in the vehicle. Be sure to be seriously injured or killed if the When securing a child restraint in a properly secure any child restraint in front passenger airbag inflates rear seating position, study the the vehicle — even when no child is instructions that came with the child and the passenger seat is in a in it. restraint to make sure it is forward position. compatible with this vehicle. Lower Anchors and Even if the passenger sensing Child restraints and booster seats Tethers for Children system has turned off the front vary considerably in size, and some passenger frontal airbag, no may fit in certain seating positions (LATCH System) system is fail-safe. No one can better than others. The LATCH system secures a child guarantee that an airbag will not restraint during driving or in a crash. (Continued) LATCH attachments on the child GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 93
restraint are used to attach the child Make sure to follow the instructions secure the child restraint. See restraint to the anchors in the that came with the child restraint, Securing Child Restraints (Rear vehicle. The LATCH system is and also the instructions in this Seat) 0 100 or Securing Child designed to make installation of a manual. Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) 0 child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with 103. In order to use the LATCH system in a top tether, you must also use Lower Anchors your vehicle, you need a child either the lower anchors or the restraint that has LATCH safety belts to properly secure the attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint. A child restraint must rear-facing and forward-facing child never be installed using only the top seats can be properly installed tether and anchor. using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can the vehicle’s safety belts. Do not be used until the combined weight use both the safety belts and the of the child plus the child restraint is LATCH anchorage system to secure 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt a rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH child seat. anchorage system once the Booster seats use the vehicle’s combined weight is more than safety belts to secure the child in 29.5 kg (65 lbs). the booster seat. If the manufacturer The following explains how to attach Lower anchors (1) are metal bars recommends that the booster seat a child restraint with these built into the vehicle. There are two be secured with the LATCH system, attachments in the vehicle. lower anchors for each LATCH this can be done as long as the seating position that will booster seat can be positioned Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors accommodate a child restraint with properly and there is no interference lower attachments (2). with the proper positioning of the and attachments or top tether lap-shoulder belt on the child. anchors and attachments. In this case, the safety belt must be used (with top tether where available) to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
94 Seats and Restraints
Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating tethers are designed for use with or positions with top tether anchors. without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations
A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of Second Row — Bucket the child restraint to the vehicle. A top tether anchor is built into the H (Lower Anchor) : Seating vehicle. The top tether positions with two lower anchors. attachment (2) on the child restraint I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating connects to the top tether anchor in positions with top tether anchors. the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Second Row — 60/40 Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top H (Lower Anchor) : Seating tether to the anchor. positions with two lower anchors. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 95
cushion for each seating position in the second row. Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is near the top tether anchors for second row seats. For third row seats, the top tether anchor symbol is on the flipper Third Row Seat panel. I (Top Tether Anchor) : Seating positions with top tether anchors.
Second Row Seat — 60/40 For models with 60/40 second row seating, the top tether anchors are at the bottom rear of the seat To assist in locating the lower cushion for each seating position in anchors, each seating position with the second row. Be sure to use an lower anchors has two labels, near anchor on the same side of the the crease between the seatback Second Row Seat — Bucket vehicle as the seating position and the seat cushion. For models with bucket second row where the child restraint will be seating, the top tether anchors are placed. at the bottom rear of the seat GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
96 Seats and Restraints
According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { Warning properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint To reduce the risk of serious or system secured in a rear seating fatal injuries during a crash, do position. See Where to Put the not attach more than one child Restraint 0 91 for additional restraint to a single anchor. information. Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could Securing a Child Restraint cause the anchor or attachment Designed for the LATCH to come loose or even break System during a crash. A child or others Third Row Seat could be injured. { Warning For the third row seat, the top tether anchors are on the back of the If a LATCH-type child restraint is seatback. Move the flipper panel not attached to anchors or with { Warning rearward to access the anchors. Be the safety belt, the child restraint Children can be seriously injured sure to use an anchor on the same will not be able to protect the child or strangled if a shoulder belt is side of the vehicle as the seating correctly. In a crash, the child wrapped around their neck. The position where the child restraint will could be seriously injured or be placed. shoulder belt can tighten but killed. Install a LATCH-type child cannot be loosened if it is locked. Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint properly using the The shoulder belt locks when it is position without a top tether anchor anchors, or use the vehicle safety pulled all the way out of the if a national or local law requires belts to secure the restraint, retractor. It unlocks when the that the top tether be attached, or if following the instructions that shoulder belt is allowed to go all the instructions that come with the came with the child restraint and the way back into the retractor, child restraint say that the top tether the instructions in this manual. must be attached. but it cannot do this if it is (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 97
1. Attach and tighten the lower Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint wrapped around a child’s neck. Do not fold the empty rear seat does not have lower If the shoulder belt is locked and with a safety belt buckled. This attachments or the desired tightened around a child’s neck, could damage the safety belt or seating position does not have the only way to loosen the belt is the seat. Unbuckle and return the lower anchors, secure the child to cut it. safety belt to its stowed position, restraint with the safety belts Buckle any unused safety belts before folding the seat. and top tether when behind the child restraint so recommended by the child children cannot reach them. Pull The vehicle is equipped with a front restraint manufacturer. Refer to the shoulder belt all the way out center airbag in the inboard side of your child restraint manufacturer instructions and of the retractor to set the lock, the driver seat. Even with a front the instructions in this manual. and tighten the belt behind the center airbag, a child restraint can For the third row outboard child restraint after the child be installed in any second row seating position. seating positions, if the head restraint has been installed. restraint interferes with the If you need to secure more than one proper installation of the child child restraint in the rear seat, see restraint, then the head Where to Put the Restraint 0 91. Caution restraint may be removed. See This system is designed to make “Head Restraint Removal and Do not let the LATCH installation of child restraints easier. Reinstallation under Lower attachments rub against the When using lower anchors, do not Anchors and Tethers for 0 vehicle’s safety belts. This may use the vehicle's safety belts. Children (LATCH System) 92. damage these parts. If necessary, Instead use the vehicle's anchors 1.1. Find the lower anchors for move buckled safety belts to and child restraint attachments to the desired seating avoid rubbing the LATCH secure the restraints. Some position. attachments. restraints also use another vehicle anchor to secure a top tether. 1.2. Put the child restraint on (Continued) the seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
98 Seats and Restraints
1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. 2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor. If the position you are Refer to the child restraint If the position you are using does not have a instructions and the following using has an adjustable head restraint and you are steps: head restraint and you are using a single tether, route using a single tether, raise 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. the tether over the the head restraint and For the third row seat, seatback. route the tether under the move the flipper panel head restraint and in rearward to access the top between the head tether anchors. restraint posts. 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:
If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 99
If the position you are using has a fixed or an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether around the head restraint. 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and If the position you are back and forth. There should 2. Press the buttons on the head using has a fixed head be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of restraint posts and pull up on restraint and you are movement, for proper the head restraint. installation. using a single tether, route 3. Route the top tether of the child the tether around the Head Restraint Removal and restraint under the head inboard or outboard side restraint. of the head restraint. Reinstallation 1. Partially fold the seatback forward. See Third Row Seats 0 63 for additional information. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
100 Seats and Restraints
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
With head restraints that are not system inspected and any installed and adjusted properly, necessary replacements made as there is a greater chance that soon as possible. occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not If the vehicle has the LATCH system drive until the head restraints for and it was being used during a all occupants are installed and crash, new LATCH system parts adjusted properly. may be needed. New parts and repairs may be 4. With the head restraint facing Replacing LATCH System necessary even if the LATCH rearward, insert the head Parts After a Crash system was not being used at the restraint posts into the holes in time of the crash. the top of the seatback. 5. Push the head restraint down. { Warning Securing Child Restraints 6. Try to move the head restraint A crash can damage the LATCH (Rear Seat) to make sure that it is locked in system in the vehicle. A damaged When securing a child restraint in a place. LATCH system may not properly rear seating position, study the 7. When the child restraint is secure the child restraint, instructions that came with the child removed, reinstall the head resulting in serious injury or even restraint to make sure it is restraint before the seating death in a crash. To help make compatible with this vehicle. sure the LATCH system is position is used. If the child restraint has the LATCH working properly after a crash, system, see Lower Anchors and see your dealer to have the Tethers for Children (LATCH (Continued) System) 0 92 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 101
secured in the vehicle using a 1. Put the child restraint on safety belt and it uses a top tether, the seat. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for 0 For the third row outboard Children (LATCH System) 92 for seating positions, if the head top tether anchor locations. restraint interferes with the Do not secure a child seat in a proper installation of the child position without a top tether anchor restraint, the head restraint if a national or local law requires may be removed. See “Head that the top tether be anchored, or if Restraint Removal and the instructions that come with the Reinstallation” under Lower child restraint say that the top strap Anchors and Tethers for must be anchored. Children (LATCH System) 0 92. In Canada, the law requires that 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run 3. Push the latch plate into the forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions buckle until it clicks. a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's safety belt If the latch plate will not go fully attached. through or around the restraint. into the buckle, check to see if If the child restraint or vehicle seat The child restraint instructions the correct buckle is position does not have the LATCH will show you how. being used. system, you will be using the safety Position the release button on belt to secure the child restraint in the buckle so that the safety this position. Be sure to follow the belt could be quickly unbuckled instructions that came with the child if necessary. restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 91. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
102 Seats and Restraints
6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions regarding the use of the top tether. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 92. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down check, grasp the child restraint way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the at the safety belt path and the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to attempt to move it side to side lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the and back and forth. When the tightened but not pulled out of belt and feed the shoulder belt child restraint is properly the retractor. back into the retractor. When installed, there should be no installing a forward-facing child more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of restraint, it may be helpful to movement. use your knee to push down on To remove the child restraint, the child restraint as you unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor is locked. If the If the head restraint was removed retractor is not locked, repeat for a third row outboard seating Steps 4 and 5. position, reinstall it before the seating position is used. See “Head GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 103
Restraint Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors { Warning Warning (Continued) and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 92 for additional A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in information on reinstalling the head restraint can be seriously injured the front seat, always move the restraint properly. or killed if the front outboard front passenger seat as far back passenger frontal airbag inflates. as it will go. It is better to secure Securing Child Restraints This is because the back of the the child restraint in a rear seat. (Front Passenger Seat) rear-facing child restraint would See Passenger Sensing System be very close to the inflating 0 80 for additional information. This vehicle has airbags. A rear airbag. A child in a forward-facing seat is a safer place to secure a child restraint can be seriously forward-facing child restraint. See injured or killed if the front If the child restraint uses a top Where to Put the Restraint 0 91. outboard passenger frontal airbag tether, see Lower Anchors and inflates and the passenger seat is Tethers for Children (LATCH In addition, the vehicle has a 0 in a forward position. System) 92 for top tether anchor passenger sensing system which is locations. designed to turn off the front Even if the passenger sensing Do not secure a child seat in a outboard passenger frontal airbag system has turned off the front position without a top tether anchor under certain conditions. See outboard passenger frontal 0 if a national or local law requires Passenger Sensing System 80 airbag, no system is fail-safe. No and Passenger Airbag Status that the top tether be anchored, or if one can guarantee that an airbag Indicator 0 127 for more information, the instructions that come with the will not deploy under some including important safety child restraint say that the top strap information. unusual circumstance, even must be anchored. though it is turned off. Never put a rear-facing child seat in In Canada, the law requires that the front. This is because the risk to Secure rear-facing child restraints forward-facing child restraints have the rear-facing child is so great if the in a rear seat, even if the airbag a top tether, and that the tether be airbag deploys. is off. If you secure a attached. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
104 Seats and Restraints
When using the lap-shoulder belt to Position the release button on secure the child restraint in this the buckle so that the safety position, follow the instructions that belt could be quickly unbuckled came with the child restraint and the if necessary. following instructions: 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status Tilt the latch plate to adjust the indicator should light and stay belt, if needed. lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 127. 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 2. Put the child restraint on way out of the retractor to set the seat. the lock. When the retractor 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run lock is set, the belt can be the lap and shoulder portions tightened but not pulled out of of the vehicle's safety belt the retractor. through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Seats and Restraints 105
7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag is off, the off indicator in 6. To tighten the belt, push down the passenger airbag status on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started. tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the on indicator is lit, see “If the back into the retractor. When On Indicator is Lit for a Child installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 80. use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint, tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
106 Storage Storage Storage If equipped with storage behind the radio, press and hold P to open. Compartments There is a USB port inside. See the Storage Compartments infotainment manual. { Warning Storage Compartments ...... 106 Press and hold P again to close. Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 106 Keep the storage area closed when Glove Box ...... 106 Do not store heavy or sharp not in use. Cupholders ...... 106 objects in storage compartments. Sunglasses Storage ...... 107 In a crash, these objects may The storage area cannot be Rear Storage ...... 107 cause the cover to open and operated with P when valet mode Center Console Storage ...... 107 could result in injury. is enabled. See Vehicle Additional Storage Features Personalization 0 155. Cargo Cover ...... 108 Instrument Panel Storage The storage area can be operated Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 108 manually. Convenience Net ...... 108 Roof Rack System Glove Box Roof Rack System ...... 109 Lift up the glove box handle to open it. Use the key to lock and unlock the glove box. Cupholders Cupholders are in the front of the console. If equipped, cupholders may be in the second and third row seat armrest areas. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Storage 107
To remove the cupholder for Rear Storage Center Console Storage cleaning, press together the front top center of the cupholder and pull out from the chrome ring. Sunglasses Storage
There is storage in the floor of the Pull the handle and lift to access. rear cargo area. Lift the handle to There are auxiliary jacks, USB access. There is a removable ports, an accessory power outlet, a divider to help organize. tote compartment, and a device holder inside. If equipped, sunglasses storage is On the rear of the console, there are on the overhead console. Press the auxiliary jacks, a High Voltage fixed button on the cover and Power Outlet (HVPO), and an open release to access. There may be a storage area. child-view mirror located within the sunglasses bin. Release the bin and See Power Outlets 0 116 and the then push up halfway to secure in infotainment manual. position. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
108 Storage Additional Storage To remove the cover: On long wheelbase models there 1. Let the cover go all the way are two cover positions. The slots Features into the holder. furthest forward allow the cover to be used if the third seat is removed Cargo Cover 2. Grasping the driver side cover or folded down. The cover can be end cap, push the cover end installed and removed from cap toward the passenger side either side. { Warning of the vehicle. An unsecured cargo cover could 3. Swing the cover rearward and Cargo Tie-Downs strike people in a sudden stop or take it out of the vehicle. If equipped with cargo tie-downs in turn, or in a crash. Store the To put the cover in the vehicle: the rear cargo area, these can be cargo cover securely or remove it used to strap cargo down and keep 1. Make sure the cover slot in the from the vehicle. it from moving inside the vehicle. holder faces rearward with the round surface facing down. To use the cargo cover, if equipped: Convenience Net 2. Hold the cover at an angle and 1. Pull the cover handle toward place the cover end cap into Use the convenience net, located in the rear of the vehicle. the slot in the passenger side the rear, to store small loads as far trim panel. forward as possible. The net should 2. Latch the cover posts into the not be used to store heavy loads. retaining sockets on the cargo 3. Move the other end of the area trim panels. cover forward and hold it next To return the cover to the retracted to the driver side trim position: panel slot. 1. Pull up on the cover handle to 4. Press the end caps in, to allow release the cover posts from the cover to fit into the trim slot. the retaining sockets. 5. Pull lightly on the cover holder 2. Let the cover move forward to to make sure it is secure. the full retracted position. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Storage 109 Roof Rack System Do not exceed the maximum vehicle Caution capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle { Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack capacity and loading, see Vehicle that weighs more than 100 kg Load Limits 0 194. If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it (CHMSL) is located above the rear plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the window glass. Make sure items loaded on the roof of the vehicle do wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten not block or damage the CHMSL. is being driven. The item being cargo securely. carried could be violently torn off, and this could cause a collision To prevent damage or loss of cargo and damage the vehicle. Never when driving, check to make sure carry something longer or wider crossrails and cargo are securely than the roof rack on top of the fastened. Loading cargo on the roof vehicle unless using a GM rack will make the vehicle’s center certified accessory carrier. of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden If equipped, the roof rack can be braking, or abrupt maneuvers, used to load items. For roof racks otherwise it may result in loss of that do not have crossrails included, control. If driving for a long distance, GM Certified crossrails can be on rough roads, or at high speeds, purchased as an accessory. See occasionally stop the vehicle to your dealer for additional make sure the cargo remains in its information. place. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
110 Instruments and Controls
Engine Coolant Temperature High-Beam On Light ...... 135 Instruments and Gauge ...... 124 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 136 Controls Transmission Temperature Lamps On Reminder ...... 136 Gauge ...... 125 Cruise Control Light ...... 136 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 125 Door Ajar Light ...... 136 Controls Safety Belt Reminders ...... 126 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 127 Information Displays Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 111 Driver Information Steering Wheel Controls ...... 111 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 127 Center (DIC) ...... 137 Heated Steering Wheel ...... 111 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 140 Horn ...... 112 Charging System Light ...... 128 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 112 Malfunction Indicator Lamp Vehicle Messages Rear Window Wiper/ (Check Engine Light) ...... 129 Vehicle Messages ...... 143 Washer ...... 114 Brake System Warning Battery Voltage and Charging Compass ...... 114 Light ...... 130 Messages ...... 143 Clock ...... 115 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Brake System Messages . . . . . 144 Power Outlets ...... 116 Warning Light ...... 131 Compass Messages ...... 144 Wireless Charging ...... 118 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 131 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 144 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 132 Door Ajar Messages ...... 145 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Engine Cooling System Indicators Light ...... 132 Messages ...... 146 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 132 Engine Oil Messages ...... 146 Indicators ...... 119 Traction Off Light ...... 132 ® Engine Power Messages . . . . . 147 Instrument Cluster ...... 120 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 133 Fuel System Messages ...... 147 Speedometer ...... 122 Traction Control System (TCS)/ ® Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 147 Odometer ...... 122 StabiliTrak Light ...... 133 Lamp Messages ...... 148 Trip Odometer ...... 122 Engine Coolant Temperature Object Detection System Tachometer ...... 122 Warning Light ...... 133 Messages ...... 148 Fuel Gauge ...... 122 Tire Pressure Light ...... 134 Ride Control System Engine Oil Pressure Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 134 Messages ...... 150 Gauge ...... 123 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 135 Airbag System Messages . . . . 151 Security Light ...... 135 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 111 Security Messages ...... 151 Controls Steering Wheel Controls Steering System Messages ...... 151 The infotainment system can be Starting the Vehicle Steering Wheel operated by using the steering Messages ...... 151 Adjustment wheel controls. See "Steering Tire Messages ...... 152 Wheel Controls" in the infotainment Transmission Messages ...... 152 Power Tilt and Telescoping manual. Vehicle Reminder Steering Wheel Messages ...... 154 Heated Steering Wheel Washer Fluid Messages ...... 155 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 155 Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . . 162 Universal Remote System Programming ...... 162 Universal Remote System Operation ...... 164
To adjust the power tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped: ( (Heated Steering Wheel) : Press Press the control to move the to turn it on or off. A light next to the steering wheel up and down or button displays when the feature is forward and rearward. turned on. Do not adjust the steering wheel The steering wheel takes about while driving. three minutes to start heating. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
112 Instruments and Controls
Horn 8 (Mist) : For a single wipe, If the ignition is put in OFF while the turn to 8, then release. For several wipers are performing wipes due to To sound the horn, press a on the windshield washing or Rainsense, steering wheel. wipes, hold the band on 8 longer. the wipers continue to run until they Clear ice and snow from the wiper reach the base of the windshield. Windshield Wiper/Washer blades before using them. If frozen Rainsense™ to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged wiper blades With Rainsense, a sensor near the should be replaced. See Wiper top center of the windshield detects Blade Replacement 0 282. the amount of water on the windshield and controls the Heavy snow or ice can overload the frequency of the windshield wiper. wiper motor. An internal circuit breaker to the motor will stop the Keep this area of the windshield The windshield wiper control is on motor until it cools down. clear of debris to allow for best system performance. the turn signal lever. Wiper Parking 3 INT (Rainsense Wipe The windshield wipers are controlled If the ignition is put in OFF while the z Sensitivity) : Turn the z FRONT by turning the band with wipers are on w, 1, or 3 INT, FRONT on it. band on the wiper lever to adjust the they will immediately stop. sensitivity when Rainsense is 1 (High Speed) : Fast wipes. If z FRONT is then moved to turned on. w (Low Speed) : Slow wipes. OFF before the driver door is 3 INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Turn opened or within 10 minutes, the the z FRONT band up for more wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield. frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. OFF : Turns the windshield wipers off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 113
. Turn the band up to a higher INT If z AUTO is on when the ignition The wiper operations return to setting for more sensitivity to is turned on, or if the ignition is in normal when the transmission is no moisture. longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle ON/RUN and the z FRONT band speed has increased. . Turn the band down to the lower is in one of the sensitivity settings INT setting for less sensitivity to when z AUTO is turned on or off, Windshield Washer moisture. a message may display indicating if Move the band out of the 3 INT Rainsense was turned on or off. { Warning position to deactivate Rainsense. If the ignition is in ON/RUN and z In freezing weather, do not use FRONT is not in one of the the washer until the windshield is sensitivity settings when z AUTO warmed. Otherwise the washer is turned on, a message may fluid can form ice on the display indicating that the wiper windshield, blocking your vision. band must be in one of the sensitivity settings for Rainsense to L (Washer Fluid) : Push the operate. m paddle marked with the windshield z AUTO (Rainsense On/Off) : Wiper Arm Assembly Protection washer symbol at the top of the turn Press to turn Rainsense on or off. When using an automatic car wash, signal lever to spray washer fluid When turned on and z FRONT is move the windshield wiper lever to and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue until the paddle is in one of the Rainsense wipe OFF. This disables the automatic sensitivity positions, the wipers can Rainsense windshield wipers. released or the maximum wash time be adjusted for more or less is reached. When the paddle is With Rainsense, if the transmission sensitivity to moisture by adjusting released, additional wipes may is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle the INT position. When turned off, occur depending on how long the speed is very slow, the wipers may the wipers operate as timed windshield washer had been automatically stop at the base of the 0 intermittent wipers and can be activated. See Washer Fluid 275 windshield. adjusted for more or less frequent for information on filling the wipes. windshield washer fluid reservoir. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
114 Instruments and Controls
Rear Window Wiper/ The rear window wiper/washer will in R (Reverse), and the front not operate if the liftgate or liftglass windshield wiper is performing Washer is open or ajar. If the liftgate or interval wipes, then the rear wiper liftglass is opened while the rear automatically performs interval wiper is on, the wiper returns to the wipes. parked position and stops. This feature can be turned on or off. Rear Wiper Arm Assembly See Vehicle Personalization 0 155. Protection The windshield washer reservoir is When using an automatic car wash, used for the windshield and the rear The rear wiper control is on the turn move the rear wiper control to OFF window. Check the fluid level in the signal lever. to disable the rear wiper. In some reservoir if either washer is not vehicles, if the transmission is in working. See Washer Fluid 0 275. To turn the rear wiper on, slide the N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is lever to a wiper position. very slow, the rear wiper will Compass automatically park under the rear OFF : Turns the wiper off. The vehicle may have a compass spoiler. INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Turns on display on the Driver Information the rear wiper with a delay between The wiper operations return to Center (DIC). The compass receives wipes. normal when the transmission is no its heading and other information longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle from the Global Positioning ON (Rear Wipes) : Turns on the speed has increased. System (GPS) antenna, rear wiper. StabiliTrak®, and vehicle speed Reverse Gear Wipes = REAR (Rear Wiper Wash) : information. Press this button on the end of the If the rear wiper control is off, the The compass system is designed to lever to spray washer fluid on the rear wiper will automatically operate operate for a certain number of rear window. The wipers will clear continuously when the shift lever is miles or degrees of turn before the rear window and either stop or in R (Reverse), and the front needing a signal from the GPS return to your preset speed. For windshield wiper is performing low satellites. When the compass more washer cycles, press and hold or high speed wipes. If the rear display shows CAL, drive the the button. wiper control is off, the shift lever is vehicle for a short distance in an GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 115
open area where it can receive a Auto Set requires an active 2. Touch Set Time, then touch « GPS signal. The compass system connection to OnStar. or to increase or decrease will automatically determine when a ª If auto timing is set, the time hours, minutes, and AM or PM. GPS signal is restored and provide displayed on the clock may not a heading again. See Compass Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or 0 update immediately when driving 24 hour clock. Messages 144 for the messages into a new time zone. that may be displayed for the 3. Touch } to go back to the To set the clock display: compass. previous menu. 1. Select SETTINGS from the Auto Set requires an active Clock Home Page, then select Time connection to OnStar. and Date. Setting the Time and Date with If auto timing is set, the time 2. Select Clock Display. Faceplate Controls displayed on the clock may not To set the time or date: 3. Turn the MENU knob to Off update immediately when driving or On. into a new time zone. 1. Select SETTINGS from the Home Page, then select Time 4. Press the MENU knob to To set the date: select. and Date. 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home 2. Select the desired function. Press o BACK to go to the last Page, then touch Time and Date. 3. Turn the MENU knob to menu and save the changes. increase or decrease the value. Setting the Time and Date with 2. Touch Set Date, then touch « 4. Press the MENU knob to go to Touchscreen Controls or ª to increase or decrease the next value. After the last To set the time: month, day, or year. value is selected, the system } will update and return to the 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home 3. Touch to go back to the previous menu. Settings menu. Press BACK Page, then touch Time o and Date. to go to the last menu and save the changes. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
116 Instruments and Controls
To set the clock display: . One in the third row seat on the battery power modes. If these 1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home driver side. power outlets are used while in Page, then touch Time . One in the rear cargo area on the battery power mode, this and Date. the passenger side. could cause interference between the Remote Keyless 2. Touch Clock Display, then Vehicles with Bench Seats Entry (RKE) transmitter and the touch OFF or ON to turn the vehicle, and the vehicle may not clock display off or on. . One on the center stack below the climate control system. start. See Ignition Positions } 0 199. 3. Touch to go back to the . One in the storage area on the previous menu. bench seat. . The power outlets in the third row seat area or in the rear Power Outlets . One on the rear of the center cargo area are powered at all armrest storage. times. The power outlets inside Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct . One in the third row seat area on the storage area, on the rear of Current the driver side. the console, or on the bench Accessory power outlets can be seat are only powered when the . One in the rear cargo area on ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ used to plug in electrical equipment, the passenger side. such as a cell phone, MP3 ACCESSORY, or when RAP is player, etc. Lift the cover to access and replace active. when not in use. The vehicle may have up to five { Warning accessory power outlets: The accessory power outlets are powered as follows: Vehicles with a Center Console Power is always supplied to the . The power outlet near the outlet, if configured accordingly. . One in front of the cupholders on cupholders for vehicles with a Do not leave electrical equipment the center console. center console or on the center plugged in when the vehicle is not . One inside the center storage stack for vehicles with bench in use because the vehicle could console. seats, can be configured to catch fire and cause injury or operate using Retained death. . One on the rear of the center Accessory Power (RAP) or storage console. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 117
An indicator light on the outlet turns Caution Caution on to show it is in use. The light comes on when the ignition is in Leaving electrical equipment Hanging heavy equipment from ON/RUN, equipment requiring less plugged in for an extended period the power outlet can cause than 150 watts is plugged into the of time while the ignition is in damage not covered by the outlet, and no system fault is LOCK/OFF will drain the battery. vehicle warranty. The power detected. Always unplug electrical outlets are designed for equipment when not in use and accessory power plugs only, such The indicator light does not come on when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or do not plug in equipment that as cell phone charge cords. if the equipment is not fully seated exceeds the maximum 15 ampere into the outlet. rating. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt If equipment is connected using Alternating Current more than 150 watts or a system Certain power accessory plugs may If equipped with this power outlet, it fault is detected, a protection circuit not be compatible with the can be used to plug in electrical shuts off the power supply and the accessory power outlet and could equipment that uses a maximum indicator light turns off. To reset the overload vehicle or adapter fuses. limit of 150 watts. circuit, unplug the item and plug it If a problem is experienced, see back in or turn the ignition off and your dealer. For vehicles with a center console, then back to ON/RUN. The power the 110/120 volt power outlet is on When adding electrical equipment, restarts when equipment using 150 the rear of the center console. be sure to follow the proper watts or less is plugged into the installation instructions included with For vehicles with bench seats, the outlet and a system fault is not the equipment. See Add-On 110/120 volt power outlet is on the detected. Electrical Equipment 0 259. center stack below the climate controls. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
118 Instruments and Controls
The power outlet is not designed for the following, and may not work { Warning Warning (Continued) properly if they are plugged in: Wireless charging can affect the such as coins, keys, rings, . Equipment with high initial peak operation of an implanted or paper clips, between the phone wattage, such as pacemaker or other medical and charging pad will become compressor-driven refrigerators devices. If you have one, it is very hot. On the rare occasion and electric power tools. recommended to consult with that the charging system does not . Other equipment requiring an your doctor before using the detect a metal object, and the extremely stable power supply, wireless charging system. object gets wedged between the such as phone and charger, remove the microcomputer-controlled The vehicle must be in ON/RUN, phone and allow the metallic electric blankets and touch object to cool before removing it sensor lamps. ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory Power (RAP). The from the charging pad, to prevent . Medical equipment. wireless charging feature may not burns. correctly indicate charging when the Wireless Charging vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 203. The vehicle may have wireless charging on top of the center The operating temperature is −20 °C console. See Center Console (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the Storage 0 107. The system charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi 35 °C (95 °F) for the phone. compatible mobile device. To check for phone or other device { Warning compatibility, see www.gmtotalconnect.com. Remove all metal objects from the charging pad before charging your mobile device. Metal objects, (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 119 To charge a mobile device: Warning Lights, 1. Remove all objects from the charging pad. The system may Gauges, and not charge if there are any Indicators objects on the charging pad. Warning lights and gauges can 2. Place the mobile device face signal that something is wrong up on the @ symbol on the before it becomes serious enough charging pad. to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the 3. The } will display on the V warning lights and gauges could on the infotainment screen. prevent injury. This indicates that the mobile device is properly positioned Some warning lights come on briefly and charging. If a phone is when the engine is started to placed on the charging pad indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and } does not display, and stays on while driving, or when remove the phone from the one of the gauges shows there may pad, and wait three seconds be a problem, check the section that before placing/aligning the explains what to do. Waiting to do phone on the pad again. repairs can be costly and even dangerous. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
120 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Standard Theme Shown, Metric Similar GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 121
Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the If there is an active call, mute the selected Driver Information phone or switch to handset There is an interactive display area Center (DIC) displays can be operation. in the center of the instrument viewed. See Driver Information cluster. Center (DIC) 0 137. Navigation . Audio Press V to select the Navigation . Phone app, then press p to enter the Navigation menu. If there is no . Navigation active route, you can resume the . Settings last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active Audio route, press V to cancel or resume Press V to select the Audio app, route guidance or turn the voice then press p to enter the Audio prompts on or off. menu. In the Audio menu browse for Settings music, select from the favorites, V or change the audio source. Use w Press to select the Settings app, Use the right steering wheel control then press p to enter the Settings to open and scroll through the or x to change the station or go to different items and displays. the next or previous track. menu. Use w or x to scroll through items in the Settings menu. Press o to access the cluster Phone V Units : Press p while Units is applications. Use w or x to scroll Press to select the Phone app, displayed to enter the Units menu. through the list of available then press p to enter the Phone Choose English, Imperial, or metric applications. Not all applications will menu. In the Phone menu, if there is V be available on all vehicles. units by pressing while the no active phone call, view recent desired item is highlighted. calls, or scroll through contacts. A checkmark will be displayed next to the selected item. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
122 Instruments and Controls
Display Themes : There are three Speedometer Fuel Gauge instrument cluster display configurations to choose from: The speedometer shows the Standard, Technology, and Media. vehicle's speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Info Pages : Press p while Info hour (mph). Pages is displayed to enter the Info Pages menu and select the items to Odometer be displayed in the Info app. See Driver Information Center (DIC) The odometer shows how far the 0 137. vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles. The odometer Speed Warning : The Speed displays on the Speed page of the Warning display allows the driver to Driver Information Center (DIC). set a speed that they do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning, Trip Odometer Standard Theme Shown press p when Speed Warning is When the ignition is on, the fuel The trip odometer shows how far displayed. Press w or x to adjust gauge indicates about how much the vehicle has been driven since fuel is left in the tank. the value. Press V to set the speed. the trip odometer was last reset. There is an arrow near the fuel Once the speed is set, this feature The trip odometer is accessed and can be turned off by pressing V gauge pointing to the side of the reset through the Driver Information vehicle the fuel door is on. while viewing this page. If the Center (DIC). See Driver selected speed limit is exceeded, a Information Center (DIC) 0 137. When the indicator nears empty, the pop-up warning is displayed with a low fuel light comes on. There still is chime. Tachometer a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Software Information : Displays The tachometer displays the engine open source software information. speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 123
Here are four things that some Engine Oil Pressure owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: Gauge . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than English, Standard Theme Shown half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. The engine oil pressure gauge shows the engine oil pressure . The gauge moves a little while Metric, Standard Theme Shown in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds turning a corner or speeding up. per square inch) when the engine is . The gauge takes a few seconds running. to stabilize after the ignition is Oil pressure can vary with engine turned on, and goes back to speed, outside temperature and oil empty when the ignition is viscosity. turned off. A reading outside the normal operating range can be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Check the vehicle's oil as soon as possible. See “OIL GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
124 Instruments and Controls
PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE” Engine Coolant under Engine Oil Messages 0 146 and Engine Oil 0 265. Temperature Gauge
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. English, Standard Theme Shown Add oil if required, but if the oil This gauge measures the level is within the operating range temperature of the vehicle's engine Metric, Standard Theme Shown and the oil pressure is still low, coolant. have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule While driving under normal operating conditions, if the needle for changing engine oil. moves into the red warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 125
Transmission Caution Temperature Gauge Do not drive the vehicle while the transmission fluid is overheating, or the transmission can be damaged. This could lead to costly repairs that would not be covered by the warranty.
Voltmeter Gauge English, Standard Theme Shown This gauge appears when the vehicle is in Tow/Haul Mode and Metric, Standard Theme Shown shows the transmission fluid temperature. If the gauge is reading in the red area and/or a message appears in the Driver Information Center (DIC), the vehicle must be stopped and the cause checked. One possible cause is a low fluid level in the transmission. See Transmission Messages 0 152. Standard Theme Shown When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates the battery voltage. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
126 Instruments and Controls
When the engine is running, this accessories, such as the radio and times if the driver remains or gauge shows the condition of the air conditioner and unplug all becomes unbuckled while the charging system. The gauge can chargers and accessories. vehicle is moving. transition from a higher to lower or a Readings outside the normal If the driver safety belt is buckled, lower to higher reading. This is operating range indicate a possible neither the light nor the chime normal. If the vehicle is operating problem in the electrical system. comes on. outside the normal operating range, Have the vehicle serviced as soon the charging system light comes on. as possible. Passenger Safety Belt See Charging System Light 0 128 Reminder Light for more information. The voltmeter gauge may also read lower when in Safety Belt Reminders There may be a passenger safety fuel economy mode. This is normal. belt reminder light near the Driver Safety Belt Reminder passenger airbag status indicator. Readings outside the normal Light See Passenger Sensing System operating range can also occur There is a driver safety belt 0 80. when a large number of electrical reminder light on the instrument accessories are operating in the cluster. vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as For vehicles equipped with the higher engine speeds allow the passenger safety belt reminder light, charging system to create maximum When the vehicle is started, this when the vehicle is started this light power. light flashes and a chime may come flashes and a chime may come on on to remind the driver to fasten to remind passengers to fasten their The vehicle can only be driven for a their safety belt. Then the light stays safety belt. Then the light stays on short time with the readings outside on solid until the belt is buckled. solid until the belt is buckled. This the normal operating range. If the This cycle may continue several cycle continues several times if the vehicle must be driven, turn off all GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 127
passenger remains or becomes If there is a problem with the airbag unbuckled while the vehicle is system, a Driver Information Center moving. (DIC) message may also come on. See Airbag System Messages If the passenger safety belt is 0 buckled, neither the chime nor the 151. light comes on. The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status The front passenger safety belt for several seconds when the reminder light and chime may turn Indicator vehicle is started. If the light does on if an object is put on the seat not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger such as a briefcase, handbag, immediately. sensing system. See Passenger grocery bag, laptop, or other Sensing System 0 80 for important electronic device. To turn off the safety information. The passenger reminder light and/or chime, remove { Warning airbag status indicator is in the the object from the seat or buckle overhead console. the safety belt. If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or Airbag Readiness Light comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be This light shows if there is an working properly. The airbags in electrical problem with the airbag the vehicle might not inflate in a system. The system check includes crash, or they could even inflate the airbag sensor(s), passenger without a crash. To help avoid United States sensing system (if equipped), the injury, have the vehicle serviced pretensioners, the airbag modules, right away. the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System 0 73. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
128 Instruments and Controls
If, after several seconds, both status The charging system light comes on indicator lights remain on, or if there briefly when the ignition is turned are no lights at all, there may be a on, but the engine is not running, as problem with the lights or the a check to show the light is working. passenger sensing system. See It should go out when the engine is your dealer for service. started. Canada and Mexico If the light stays on, or comes on { Warning When the vehicle is started, the while driving, there may be a passenger airbag status indicator problem with the electrical charging If the airbag readiness light ever system. Have it checked by your will light ON and OFF, or the symbol comes on and stays on, it means for on and off, for several seconds dealer. Driving while this light is on that something may be wrong could drain the battery. as a system check. Then, after with the airbag system. To help several more seconds, the status When this light comes on, or is avoid injury to yourself or others, indicator will light either ON or OFF, flashing, the Driver Information have the vehicle serviced right or the on or off symbol, to let you Center (DIC) also displays a away. See Airbag Readiness know the status of the front 0 message. outboard passenger frontal airbag. Light 127 for more information, including important safety See Battery Voltage and Charging 0 If the word ON or the on symbol is information. Messages 143. lit on the passenger airbag status If a short distance must be driven indicator, it means that the front with the light on, be sure to turn off outboard passenger frontal airbag is Charging System Light all accessories, such as the radio allowed to inflate. and air conditioner. If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 129
Malfunction Indicator If the light is flashing : A Caution malfunction has been detected that Lamp (Check Engine could damage the emission control Light) If the vehicle is driven continually system and increase vehicle with this light on, the emission emissions. Diagnosis and service This light is part of the vehicle’s control system may not work as may be required. emission control on-board well, the fuel economy may be diagnostic system. If this light is on lower, and the vehicle may not To help prevent damage, reduce while the engine is running, a run smoothly. This could lead to vehicle speed and avoid hard malfunction has been detected and accelerations and uphill grades. costly repairs that might not be the vehicle may require service. The If towing a trailer, reduce the covered by the vehicle warranty. light should come on to show that it amount of cargo being hauled as is working when the ignition is in soon as possible. Service Only Mode. See Ignition If the light continues to flash, find a Positions 0 199. Caution safe place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait at least 10 seconds Modifications to the engine, before restarting the engine. If the transmission, exhaust, intake, light is still flashing, follow the or fuel system, or the use of previous guidelines and see your replacement tires that do not dealer for service as soon as meet the original tire possible. specifications, can cause this light If the light is on steady : A Malfunctions are often indicated by to come on. This could lead to malfunction has been detected. the system before any problem is costly repairs not covered by the Diagnosis and service may be noticeable. Being aware of the light vehicle warranty. This could also required. and seeking service promptly when affect the vehicle’s ability to pass it comes on may prevent damage. an Emissions Inspection/ Check the following: Maintenance test. See . If fuel has been added to the Accessories and Modifications vehicle using the capless funnel 0 262. adapter, make sure that it has GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
130 Instruments and Controls
been removed. See “Filling the before the system is ready for Tank with a Portable Gas Can” inspection. This can happen if under Filling the Tank 0 244. the 12-volt battery has recently The diagnostic system can been replaced or run down, or if detect if the adapter has been the vehicle has been recently left installed in the vehicle, serviced. allowing fuel to evaporate into See your dealer if the vehicle will the atmosphere. A few driving The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering not pass or cannot be made ready trips with the adapter removed for the test. may turn off the light. wheel. Connecting devices that are not used to perform an Emissions . Poor fuel quality can cause Inspection/Maintenance test or to Brake System Warning inefficient engine operation and service the vehicle may affect Light poor driveability, which may go vehicle operation See Add-On away once the engine is warmed Electrical Equipment 0 259. See The vehicle brake system consists up. If this occurs, change the your dealer if assistance is needed. of two hydraulic circuits. If one fuel brand. It may require at circuit is not working, the remaining least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass circuit can still work to stop the fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel inspection if: vehicle. For normal braking 0 242. . The light is on when the engine performance, both circuits need to be working. If the light remains on, see your is running. dealer. . The light does not come on If the warning light comes on, there when the ignition is in Service is a brake problem. Have the brake Emissions Inspection and Only Mode. system inspected right away. Maintenance Programs . Critical emission control systems If the vehicle requires an Emissions have not been completely Inspection/Maintenance test, the diagnosed. If this happens, the test equipment will likely connect to vehicle would not be ready for the vehicle's Data Link inspection and might require Connector (DLC). several days of routine driving Metric English GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 131
This light should come on briefly system. If the ABS light stays on, when the engine is started. If it does Warning (Continued) or comes on again while driving, the not come on then, have it fixed so it vehicle needs service. A chime may will be ready to warn if there is a warning light on can lead to a also sound when the light comes on problem. crash. If the light is still on after steady. the vehicle has been pulled off When the ignition is on, the brake the road and carefully stopped, If the ABS light is the only light on, system warning light also comes on have the vehicle towed for the vehicle has regular brakes, but when the parking brake is set. The service. the antilock brakes are not light stays on if the parking brake functioning. does not fully release. If it stays on If both the ABS and the brake after the parking brake is fully Antilock Brake System system warning light are on, the released, it means the vehicle has a (ABS) Warning Light vehicle's antilock brakes are not brake problem. functioning and there is a problem If the light comes on while driving, with the regular brakes. See your pull off the road and stop carefully. dealer for service. The pedal might be harder to push, See Brake System Warning Light or the pedal can go closer to the 0 130 and Brake System Messages floor. It may take longer to stop. 0 144. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See This light comes on briefly when the Towing the Vehicle 0 330. Four-Wheel-Drive Light engine is started. { Warning If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if The brake system might not be there is a problem. working properly if the brake If the light comes on while driving, system warning light is on. stop as soon as it is safely possible Driving with the brake system and turn off the vehicle. Then start (Continued) the engine again to reset the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
132 Instruments and Controls
The four-wheel-drive light comes on Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Ahead Indicator when the transfer case is shifted into four-wheel drive and the front Light axle engages. LO or HI will also be next to this light when the vehicle is in four-wheel low or four-wheel high. Some delay between the shifting and the light coming on is normal. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 213. If equipped, this indicator will This light is green if LKA is available display green when a vehicle is Tow/Haul Mode Light to assist. detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead LKA may assist by gently turning much too closely. the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 0 without using the turn signal in that System 234. direction. The LKA light will turn amber. Traction Off Light This light is amber and flashes as a For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Mode feature, this light comes on alert, to indicate that the lane when the Tow/Haul Mode has been marking has been crossed. activated. See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 240. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 212.
This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 133
dealer. If the system is working This light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the normally, the indicator light then StabiliTrak system is turned off. TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak turns off. If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction system have been disabled. A DIC The traction off light comes on when Control System (TCS) is also off. message may display. Check the the Traction Control System (TCS) If the StabiliTrak and TCS are off, DIC messages to determine which has been turned off by pressing and the system does not assist in feature(s) is no longer functioning releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak controlling the vehicle. Turn on the and whether the vehicle requires button. TCS and the StabiliTrak systems service. This light and the StabiliTrak OFF and the warning light turns off. If the light is on and flashing, the light come on when StabiliTrak is See Traction Control/Electronic TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system turned off. Stability Control 0 218. is actively working. See Traction Control/Electronic If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not 0 limited. Adjust driving accordingly. Traction Control System Stability Control 218. (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light See Traction Control/Electronic Engine Coolant 0 Stability Control 218. Temperature Warning StabiliTrak® OFF Light Light
This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. If the light does not come on, have This light comes on briefly while the vehicle serviced by your dealer. This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, If the system is working normally, starting the vehicle. have the vehicle serviced by your the indicator light turns off. dealer. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
134 Instruments and Controls
If it does not, have the vehicle Tire Pressure Light When the Light Flashes First and serviced by your dealer. If the Then Is On Steady system is working normally the If the light flashes for about a minute indicator light goes off. and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the Caution problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. The engine coolant temperature See Tire Pressure Monitor warning light indicates that the For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Operation 0 306. vehicle has overheated. Driving Monitor System (TPMS), this light with this light on can damage the comes on briefly when the engine is Engine Oil Pressure Light engine and it may not be covered started. It provides information by the vehicle warranty. See about tire pressures and the TPMS. Caution Engine Overheating 0 273. When the Light Is On Steady Lack of proper engine oil The engine coolant temperature This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the warning light comes on when the the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine oil engine has overheated. underinflated. low can also damage the engine. If this happens, pull over and turn A Driver Information Center (DIC) The repairs would not be covered off the engine as soon as possible. tire pressure message may also by the vehicle warranty. Check See Engine Overheating 0 273. display. See Tire Messages 0 152. the oil level as soon as possible. Stop as soon as possible, and Add oil if required, but if the oil inflate the tires to the pressure value level is within the operating range shown on the Tire and Loading and the oil pressure is still low, Information label. See Tire Pressure have the vehicle serviced. Always 0 303. follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 135
It also comes on when the fuel tank High-Beam On Light is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced. Security Light This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced This light comes on when the by your dealer. high-beam headlamps are in use. If the light comes on and stays on, it See Headlamp High/Low-Beam means that oil is not flowing through Changer 0 166. the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil and might have The security light should come on IntelliBeam® Light some other system problem. See briefly as the engine is started. If it your dealer. does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the Low Fuel Warning Light system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent This light comes on when the system. See Immobilizer Operation IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is 0 43. enabled. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 165. This light is near the fuel gauge and comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
136 Instruments and Controls
Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light Door Ajar Light
For vehicles with fog lamps, this The cruise control light is white This light comes on when a door is light comes on when the fog lamps when the cruise control is on and open or not securely latched. Before are on. ready, and turns green when the driving, check that all doors are The light goes out when the fog cruise control is set and active. properly closed. lamps are turned off. See Fog See Cruise Control 0 221. Lamps 0 169 for more information. Adaptive Cruise Control Light Lamps On Reminder
This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is This light comes on when the on and ready, and turns green when exterior lamps are in use. See the ACC is set and active. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 165. Adaptive Cruise Control 0 224. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 137
Information Displays o or p : Press to move between 6. Press V while an item is the interactive display zones in the highlighted to select or Driver Information cluster. deselect that item. When an Center (DIC) V (Set/Reset) : Press to open a item is selected, a checkmark menu or select a menu item. Press will appear next to it. The DIC displays are shown in the and hold to reset values on certain DIC Info Pages center of the instrument cluster in screens. the Info app. See Instrument Cluster The following is the list of all 0 120. The displays show the status DIC Info Page Options possible DIC info page displays. of many vehicle systems. The The info pages on the DIC can be Some may not be available for your controls for the DIC are on the right turned on or off through the particular vehicle. Some items may steering wheel control. Settings menu. not be turned on by default but can be turned on through the Settings 1. Press o to access the cluster app. See “DIC Info Page Options” applications. earlier in this section. 2. Press w or x to scroll to the Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in Settings application. either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The vehicle 3. Press V to enter the odometer is also shown on Settings menu. this page. 4. Scroll to Info Pages and Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel press p. Economy, and Average Speed : Shows the current distance traveled, 5. Press w or x to move in either kilometers (km) or through the list of possible miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last reset. w or x : Press to move up or information displays. down in a list. The Average Fuel Economy display shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
138 Instruments and Controls
or miles per gallon (mpg). This economy over recent driving history This also shows the number of number is calculated based on the and the amount of fuel remaining in liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded the fuel tank. It also shows if the since the last reset of this since the last time this menu item Active Fuel Management is active menu item. was reset. This number reflects only and in V4 mode, or inactive and in Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the the approximate average fuel V8 mode. See Active Fuel ® 0 oil's remaining useful life. economy that the vehicle has right Management 205. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is now, and will change as driving The Instantaneous Fuel Economy displayed, that means 99% of the conditions change. display shows the current fuel current oil life remains. The Average Speed display shows economy in either liters per When the remaining oil life is low, the average speed of the vehicle in 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number message will appear on the display. per hour (mph). This average is reflects only the approximate fuel See Engine Oil Messages 0 146. calculated based on the various economy that the vehicle has right The oil should be changed as soon vehicle speeds recorded since the now and changes frequently as as possible. See Engine Oil 0 265. last reset of this value. driving conditions change. In addition to the engine oil life Press and hold V while this display Timer and Fuel Used : Can be system monitoring the oil life, is active to reset the trip odometer, used as a timer. To start the timer, additional maintenance is the average fuel economy, and the press V while this display is active. recommended in the Maintenance Schedule. See Maintenance average speed. Or press and The display will show the amount of p Schedule 0 344. select reset in the menu. time that has passed since the timer was last reset. To stop the timer, The Oil Life display must be reset Fuel Range and Instantaneous press V briefly while this display is after each oil change. It will not Fuel Economy : Shows the active and the timer is running. To reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil approximate distance the vehicle Life display at any time other than can be driven without refueling. reset the timer to zero, press and hold V while this display is active. when the oil has just been changed. LOW will be displayed when the It cannot be reset accurately until vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel the next oil change. To reset the range estimate is based on an engine oil life system, press and average of the vehicle's fuel GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 139
hold V for several seconds while from highest to lowest. If a feature is Trailer Brake : Displays on vehicles the Oil Life display is active. See turned off, it will be removed from with the Integrated Trailer Brake Engine Oil Life System 0 267. the list. Control (ITBC) system. Tire Pressure : Shows the Economy Trend : Shows history of TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer approximate pressures of all four the Average Fuel Economy from the gain setting. tires. Tire pressure is displayed in last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar OUTPUT shows the power output to either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds represents about 5 km (3 mi) of the trailer any time a trailer with per square inch (psi). If the pressure driving. During driving the bars will electric brakes is connected. Output is low, the value for that tire is shift to always reflect the most is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes shown in amber. See Tire Pressure recent distance on the right side. may appear in the OUTPUT display Monitor System 0 305 and Tire Press and hold V to clear the graph if a trailer is not connected. Pressure Monitor Operation 0 306. or press p to reset through Speed Signs : Shows sign Best Fuel Economy : Displays the menu. information, which comes from a average fuel economy, the best fuel ECO Index : Provides feedback on roadway database in the onboard economy over the selected the efficiency of current driving navigation. distance, and a bar graph showing behavior. The bar graph shows a instantaneous fuel economy. Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch value that is based on current fuel and roll information, road wheel Press p to change the selected consumption compared to what is angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) V expected from the vehicle with good status. distance. Press and hold while and bad driving habits. It also shows this display is active to reset the if the Active Fuel Management is Following Distance : Used to best fuel economy and average fuel active and in V4 mode, or inactive select the alert timing for the economy. This display can also be and in V8 mode. See Active Fuel Forward Collision Alert (FCA). See reset by selecting reset in the menu. Management® 0 205. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 234. Top Consumers : Shows a list of Engine Hours : Shows the total the features that are currently number of hours the engine has run. Blank Page : Shows no impacting the fuel economy, in order This display also shows the engine information. idle hours. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
140 Instruments and Controls
Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge : Shows the temperature of Caution the automatic transmission fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or If you try to use the HUD image degrees Fahrenheit (°F). as a parking aid, you may misjudge the distance and Head-Up Display (HUD) damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid. { Warning The HUD information can be If the HUD image is too bright or displayed in various languages. The too high in your field of view, it speedometer reading and other may take you more time to see numerical values can be displayed HUD Display on the Vehicle things you need to see when it is in either English or metric units. Windshield dark outside. Be sure to keep the The language selection is changed The HUD may display some of the HUD image dim and placed low in through the radio and the units of following vehicle information and your field of view. measurement is changed through vehicle messages or alerts: the instrument cluster. See Vehicle 0 . Speed If equipped with HUD, some Personalization 155 and “Cluster Settings Menu” under Instrument . Tachometer information concerning the 0 operation of the vehicle is projected Cluster 120. . Audio onto the windshield. The image is . Phone projected through the HUD lens on top of the instrument panel. The . Navigation information appears as an image . Collision Alert focused out toward the front of the vehicle. . Cruise Control . Lane Departure . Low Fuel GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 141
Some vehicle messages or alerts $ (Image Adjustment) : Press HUD Views displayed in the HUD may be down or lift up to center the HUD There are four views in the HUD. cleared by using the steering wheel image. The HUD image can only be Some vehicle information and controls. See Vehicle Messages adjusted up and down, not side 0 vehicle messages or alerts may be 143. to side. displayed in any view. Some information shown may not ! (Display View) : Press to be available on your vehicle if it is select the display view. Each press not equipped with these features. will change the display view. D (Image Brightness) : Lift up and hold to brighten the display. Press down and hold to dim the display. Hold down to turn the Metric display off. The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for outside lighting. The HUD brightness control can also be The HUD control is to the left of the adjusted as needed. steering wheel. The HUD image can temporarily English To adjust the HUD image: light up depending on the angle and position of the sunlight on the HUD Speed View : This display gives the 1. Adjust the driver seat. display. This is normal. speedometer reading (in English or 2. Start the engine. metric units), speed limit, Adaptive Polarized sunglasses could make Cruise Control speed, Lane 3. Use the following settings to the HUD image harder to see. Departure Warning, and vehicle adjust the HUD. ahead indicator. Some information only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
142 Instruments and Controls
Metric Metric Metric
English English English Audio/Phone View : This displays Navigation View : This displays the Performance View : This displays the speed view along with audio/ speed view along with Turn-by-Turn the speedometer reading, rpm phone information. The current radio Navigation information. The reading, transmission positions, and station, media type, and incoming compass heading is displayed when gear shift indicator. calls will be displayed. navigation routing is not active. Care of the HUD All HUD views may briefly display Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts audio information when the driver shown in the instrument cluster may Clean the inside of the windshield to uses the steering wheel controls to also be displayed in any HUD view. remove any dirt or film that could adjust the audio settings appearing reduce the sharpness or clarity of in the instrument cluster. the HUD image. Incoming phone calls appearing in Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth the instrument cluster may also sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe display in any HUD view. the lens gently, then dry it. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 143 HUD Troubleshooting Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and Check that: Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages . Nothing is covering the indicate the status of the vehicle or BATTERY LOW START HUD lens. some action that may be needed to VEHICLE correct a condition. Multiple . HUD brightness setting is not When the vehicle’s battery is too dim or too bright. messages may appear one after another. severely discharged, this message . HUD is adjusted to the proper will display and four chimes will The messages that do not require height. sound. Start the vehicle immediate action can be immediately. If the vehicle is not . Polarized sunglasses are acknowledged and cleared by not worn. started and the battery continues to pressing V. discharge, the climate controls, . Windshield and HUD lens are The messages that require heated seats, and audio systems clean. immediate action cannot be cleared will shut off and the vehicle may If the HUD image is not correct, until that action is performed. require a jump start. These systems contact your dealer. will function again after the vehicle All messages should be taken is started. The windshield is part of the HUD seriously; clearing the message system. See Windshield does not correct the problem. BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE 0 Replacement 284. The following are the possible This message displays when the messages and some information battery voltage drops below about them. expected levels and features are disabled. Turn off all unnecessary accessory features. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
144 Instruments and Controls
SERVICE BATTERY Brake System Messages As soon as it is safe to do so, CHARGING SYSTEM carefully pull your vehicle over to BRAKE FLUID LOW the side of the road and turn the On some vehicles, this message This message is displayed when the ignition off. Check the wiring displays if there is a problem with connection to the trailer and turn the the battery charging system. Under brake fluid level is low. See Brake Fluid 0 277. ignition back on. If this message still certain conditions, the charging displays, either your vehicle or the system light may also turn on in the SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST trailer needs service. See your instrument cluster. See Charging dealer. System Light 0 128. Driving with this This message may be displayed problem could drain the battery. when there is a problem with the See “Integrated Trailer Brake Turn off all unnecessary brake boost assist system. When Control System” under Towing accessories. Have the electrical this message is displayed, the brake Equipment 0 251 for more system checked as soon as boost assist motor might be heard information. possible. See your dealer. operating and you might notice pulsation in the brake pedal. This is Compass Messages TRANSPORT MODE ON normal under these conditions. Take Dashes may be displayed if the This message is displayed when the the vehicle to your dealer for service. vehicle temporarily loses vehicle is in transport mode. Some communication with the Global features can be disabled while in SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE Positioning System (GPS). this mode, including Remote SYSTEM Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start, Cruise Control Messages and the vehicle alarm system. Take On vehicles with the Integrated the vehicle to your dealer for service Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET to turn transport mode off. this message displays and a chime TO XXX may sound when there is a problem with the ITBC system. This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) When this message displays, power speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise is no longer available to the trailer Control 0 224. brakes. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 145
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CRUISE SET TO XXX SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE This message displays when the EXITING This message displays when cruise control speed is set. See This message may display if attempting to activate Adaptive Cruise Control 0 221. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is Cruise Control (ACC) when it is engaged holding the vehicle at a temporarily unavailable. The ACC NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS stop, and the driver attempts to exit system does not need service. PEDAL APPLIED the vehicle. Put the vehicle in This can occur under the following This message displays when P (Park) before exiting. conditions: Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is active and the driver is pressing the Door Ajar Messages . Cruise is turned on when the gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC vehicle is stopped. will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise DOOR OPEN . The radar cannot see objects Control 0 224. This message displays and a chime well. See the next message. SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE may sound if a door is not fully CONTROL closed. Stop and turn off the FRONT RADAR BLOCKED – vehicle, check the door for SEE OWNERS MANUAL If this message displays, take the obstructions, and close the door This message can display when: vehicle to your dealer to repair the again. Check to see if the message system. Adaptive Cruise Control still appears on the DIC. . The radar is not clean. Keep the (ACC), Forward Collision Alert radar sensors free of mud, dirt, (FCA), and/or the Active Emergency HOOD OPEN snow, ice, and slush. Clean the Braking System may not work. Do This message displays and a chime entire front and/or rear of the not use these systems until the may sound if the hood is not fully vehicle. For cleaning vehicle has been repaired. closed. Stop and turn off the instructions, see Exterior Care vehicle, check the hood for 0 334. obstructions, and close the hood . Heavy rain or snow is interfering again. Check to see if the message with the radar object detection or still appears on the DIC. camera performance. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
146 Instruments and Controls
REAR ACCESS OPEN ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE Engine Oil Messages ENGINE This message will display when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON liftgate is open. Close the liftgate This message displays when the completely. engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. Engine Cooling System idle until it cools down. See Engine When you change the engine oil, be Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 124. sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE Messages OIL SOON message. See Engine When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode Oil Life System 0 267 for A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH to prevent damage to the engine or ENGINE TEMP information on how to reset the transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode message. See Engine Oil 0 265 and 0 This message displays when the 212. Maintenance Schedule 0 344. engine coolant becomes hotter than ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP the normal operating temperature. ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL ENGINE See Engine Coolant Temperature On some vehicles, this message Gauge 0 124. To avoid added strain This message displays and a chime displays when the engine oil level on a hot engine, the air conditioning may sound if the engine cooling may be too low. Check the oil level compressor automatically turns off. system reaches unsafe before filling to the recommended When the coolant temperature temperatures for operation. Stop level. If the oil is not low and this returns to normal, the air and turn off the vehicle as soon as it message remains on, take the conditioning compressor turns back is safe to do so to avoid severe vehicle to your dealer for service. on. You can continue to drive your damage. This message clears when See Engine Oil 0 265. vehicle. the engine has cooled to a safe ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE If this message continues to appear, operating temperature. have the system repaired by your ENGINE dealer as soon as possible to avoid This message displays when the damage to the engine. engine oil becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature. Stop GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 147
and allow the vehicle to idle until it accelerate. If this message is on, See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low cools down. See Engine Coolant but there is no reduction in Transmitter Battery” under Remote Temperature Gauge 0 124. performance, proceed to your Keyless Entry (RKE) System destination. The performance may Operation 0 27. OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP be reduced the next time the vehicle ENGINE is driven. The vehicle may be driven NO REMOTE DETECTED This message displays if low oil at a reduced speed while this This message displays when the pressure levels occur. Stop the message is on, but acceleration and transmitter battery may be weak. vehicle as soon as safely possible speed may be reduced. Anytime See “Starting the Vehicle with a Low and do not operate it until the cause this message stays on, the vehicle Transmitter Battery” under Remote of the low oil pressure has been should be taken to your dealer for Keyless Entry (RKE) System corrected. Check the oil as soon as service as soon as possible. Operation 0 27. possible and have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. See Engine Fuel System Messages NO REMOTE DETECTED Oil 0 265. PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART FUEL LEVEL LOW This message displays when Engine Power Messages This message displays when the attempting to turn off the vehicle vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as and the RKE transmitter is no longer ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED soon as possible. detected. Restarting is allowed This message displays and a chime without the RKE transmitter for may sound when the cooling system Key and Lock Messages five minutes. Press the brake pedal temperature gets too hot and the to restart the vehicle. engine further enters the engine NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN NUMBER OF KEYS coolant protection mode. See PROGRAMMED Engine Overheating 0 273 for more TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN information. START YOUR VEHICLE This message displays when This message also displays when This message displays when trying programming new keys to the the vehicle's engine power is to start the vehicle if an RKE vehicle. reduced. Reduced engine power transmitter is not detected. The can affect the vehicle's ability to transmitter battery may be weak. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
148 Instruments and Controls
REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the object detection This message displays when REDUCED performance. leaving the vehicle with the RKE This message displays when the transmitter still inside. Front Automatic Braking (FAB) This message may also be System has been set to the Alert displayed if there is a problem with REPLACE BATTERY IN setting. This setting disables most the StabiliTrak system. See Traction REMOTE KEY FAB functions. Some last-second Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 This message displays when the automatic braking capability is still 218. battery in the RKE transmitter needs provided with the Alert setting, but FORWARD COLLISION to be replaced. braking is less likely to occur. See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) ALERT OFF Lamp Messages System 0 236. This message displays when the Forward Collision Alert has been TURN SIGNAL ON AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP turned off. UNAVAILABLE This message displays and a chime FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED This message displays when the sounds if a turn signal is left on for CLEAN WINDSHIELD 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn Front Automatic Braking (FAB) signal lever to the off position. System has been unavailable for This message displays when the some time. The FAB System does camera is blocked. Cleaning the Object Detection System not need service. This message can outside of the windshield behind the display under the following rearview mirror may correct the Messages conditions: issue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA) AUTOMATIC COLLISION . The front of the vehicle or and the Lane Departure Warning PREP OFF windshield is not clean. Keep (LDW) system will not operate. these areas clean and free of Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and This message displays when the mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. Front Automatic Braking (FAB) may Front Automatic Braking (FAB) For cleaning instructions, see not work or may not work as well. System has been turned off. See Exterior Care 0 334. Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System 0 236. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 149
LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF SERVICE AUTOMATIC SERVICE SIDE DETECTION This message indicates that the COLLISION PREP SYSTEM driver has turned the Side Blind If this message displays, take the If this message remains on after Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane vehicle to your dealer to repair the continued driving, the vehicle needs Change Alert (LCA) systems off. system. Adaptive Cruise Control service. Side Blind Zone Alert (ACC), Forward Collision Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), LANE KEEPING ASSIST (FCA), and/or the Front Automatic and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) UNAVAILABLE Braking (FAB) System may not features will not work. Take the This message displays when the work. Do not use these systems vehicle to your dealer. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane until the vehicle has been repaired. Departure Warning (LDW) system is SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM temporarily unavailable. The LKA SERVICE FRONT CAMERA UNAVAILABLE system does not need service. If this message remains on after This message indicates that Side This message could be due to the continued driving, the vehicle needs Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane camera being blocked. Clean the service. Do not use the Lane Keep Change Alert (LCA), and Rear outside of the windshield behind the Assist (LKA), Lane Departure Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are rearview mirror. Warning (LDW), Front Automatic disabled either because the sensor Braking (FAB), and Forward is blocked and cannot detect PARK ASSIST OFF Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take vehicles in the blind zone, or the the vehicle to your dealer. This message displays when the vehicle is passing through an open area, such as the desert, where Parking Assist system has been SERVICE PARK ASSIST turned off or when there is a there is insufficient data for temporary condition causing the This message displays if there is a operation. This message may also system to be disabled. problem with the Parking Assist activate during heavy rain or due to system. Do not use this system to road spray. The vehicle does not help you park. See your dealer for need service. For cleaning, see service. "Washing the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 334. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
150 Instruments and Controls
Ride Control System SERVICE SUSPENSION for multiple ignition cycles and on SYSTEM different road surfaces, see your Messages dealer for service. If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM Control suspension system, this TRACTION CONTROL OFF message displays when the If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride This message displays when the suspension system is not operating Control™ suspension system or traction control has been turned off. properly. Have the vehicle serviced Automatic Level Control, this See Traction Control/Electronic by your dealer. message displays when the leveling Stability Control 0 218. system is not operating properly. Have the vehicle serviced by your SERVICE TRACTION TRACTION CONTROL ON dealer. CONTROL This message displays when the This message displays when there SERVICE STABILITRAK traction control is active. See is a problem with the Traction Traction Control/Electronic Stability If this message displays, it means Control System (TCS). When this Control 0 218. there may be a problem with the message displays, the system will StabiliTrak system. If you see this not limit wheel spin. Adjust your STABILITRAK OFF message, try to reset the system. driving accordingly. See your dealer This message displays when the Stop; turn off the engine for at least for service. See Traction Control/ StabiliTrak system has been turned 15 seconds; then start the engine Electronic Stability Control 0 218. off. Adjust your driving accordingly. again. If this message still comes To limit wheel spin and realize the on, it means there is a problem. You STABILITRAK INITIALIZING full benefits of the stability should see your dealer for service. This message may come on if the enhancement system, you should The vehicle is safe to drive; StabiliTrak system has not fully normally leave StabiliTrak on. See however, you do not have the initialized because of road Traction Control/Electronic Stability benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce conditions or the incorrect tire size. Control 0 218. your speed and drive accordingly. When the StabiliTrak system is fully initialized, the message will turn off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 218. If this message continues to be displayed GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 151
STABILITRAK OFF may also Airbag System Messages may be slightly higher than normal. display when the stability control The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use has been automatically disabled. SERVICE AIRBAG caution while in reduced assist Several conditions can cause this This message displays if there is a mode. If this message is persistent message to appear: problem with the airbag system. or appears repeatedly, take the vehicle to your dealer for service. . If the system is overheating, Take the vehicle to your dealer for 0 which could occur if StabiliTrak service. See Steering 184. activates continuously for an SERVICE POWER STEERING extended period of time. Security Messages This message displays when there . If the brake system warning light SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT is a problem with electric power is on. See Brake System SYSTEM steering. If this message displays Warning Light 0 130. and a reduction in steering This message displays when there . If the stability system takes performance or loss of power is a problem with the theft-deterrent longer than usual to complete its steering assistance is noticed, see system. The vehicle may or may not diagnostic checks due to driving your dealer. See Steering 0 184. restart, so you may want to take the conditions. vehicle to your dealer before turning Starting the Vehicle . If an engine or vehicle-related off the engine. See Immobilizer problem has been detected and Operation 0 43. Messages the vehicle needs service. See PRESS BRAKE TO START your dealer. Steering System . If the transfer case is in Messages This message is displayed when Four-Wheel Drive Low. attempting to start the vehicle STEERING ASSIST IS without first pressing the brake The message turns off as soon as pedal. the conditions that caused the REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE message to be displayed are no This message may display if a longer present. problem occurs with the electric power steering system. If this message appears, steering effort GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
152 Instruments and Controls
SERVICE KEYLESS START is relearning the tire positions on shows the tire pressure values. See SYSTEM your vehicle. The tire positions must Driver Information Center (DIC) be relearned after rotating the tires 0 137. This message is displayed if there is or after replacing a tire or sensor. a problem with the pushbutton start See Tire Inspection 0 309, Tire Transmission Messages system. Take the vehicle to your Rotation 0 309, Tire Pressure dealer for service. Monitor System 0 305, and Tire 4WD OFF Pressure 0 303. Tire Messages If equipped with four-wheel drive, TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD this message displays when the SERVICE TIRE MONITOR AIR TO TIRE four-wheel-drive system is SYSTEM temporarily disabled due to an If equipped with the Tire Pressure overheated condition. The vehicle If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this will run in two-wheel drive when this Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays when the message is present. Once the message displays if a part on the pressure in one or more of the four-wheel-drive system cools down, system is not working properly. The vehicle's tires is low. This message the message turns off and the tire pressure light also flashes and also displays with a vehicle picture four-wheel-drive system returns to then remains on during the same to indicate the location of the low normal operation. ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure tire. The low tire pressure warning Light 0 134. Several conditions may light will also come on. See Tire 4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS cause this message to appear. See Pressure Light 0 134. You can This message will display while the Tire Pressure Monitor Operation receive more than one tire pressure four-wheel-drive system is shifting. 0 306. If the warning comes on and message at a time. If a tire pressure stays on, there may be a problem message appears on the DIC, stop FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO with the TPMS. See your dealer. as soon as you can. Have the tire NEUTRAL TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire and Loading If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is If equipped with the Tire Pressure Information label. See Tires 0 297, requested, and the vehicle speed is Monitor System (TPMS), this Vehicle Load Limits 0 194, and Tire correct, but the transmission is not message displays when the system Pressure 0 303. The DIC also GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 153
in N (Neutral), this message will GRADE BRAKING ON SHIFT DENIED display until the transmission is This message displays when grade This message displays when the shifted to N (Neutral). braking has been enabled with the shift lever is in M (Manual Mode) FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of and a transmission range has been the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode selected that is unavailable at the If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is 0 212, Automatic Transmission current vehicle speed. requested, but the vehicle speed is 0 207, and Cruise Control 0 221. too high, this message will display TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO until the correct vehicle speed is SERVICE 4WD NEUTRAL reached. If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE this message may display if a requested, and the vehicle speed is problem occurs with the correct, but the transmission is not This message displays when grade four-wheel-drive system. If this in N (Neutral), this message will braking has been activated while message appears, stop as soon as display until the transmission is driving on downhill grades. This possible and turn off the vehicle. shifted to N (Neutral). message will only appear the first Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ time the feature is activated in an OFF position for at least TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode one minute, then restart the vehicle TO XXX 0 212, Automatic Transmission and check for the message on the 0 207, and Cruise Control 0 221. DIC display. If the message is still If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is requested, but the vehicle speed is GRADE BRAKING OFF displayed or appears again when you begin driving, the too high, this message will display This message displays when grade four-wheel-drive system needs until the correct vehicle speed is braking has been disabled with the service. See your dealer. reached. Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE 0 212, Automatic Transmission ENGINE 0 207, and Cruise Control 0 221. This message displays and a chime may sound if the transmission fluid in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
154 Instruments and Controls
the transmission fluid temperature ‐ If the disconnect occurs while ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE high can cause damage to the the vehicle is stopped, this WITH CARE vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it message clears itself after a idle to allow the transmission to short time. This message displays when ice cool. This message clears and the conditions are possible. ‐ If the disconnect occurs while chime stops when the fluid the vehicle is moving, this TRAILER CONNECTED temperature reaches a safe level. message stays on until the On vehicles with the Integrated When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode ignition is turned off. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, to prevent damage to the engine or . There is a short in the wiring to this message displays briefly when transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode a trailer with electric or electric over 0 the electric trailer brakes. 212. hydraulic brakes is first connected When this message displays, power to the vehicle. VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW is no longer available to the trailer This message will display if the brakes. This message clears itself after several seconds. This message also vehicle is driven in 4 n for about As soon as it is safe to do so, clears if you acknowledge it. After 10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph). carefully pull the vehicle over to the this message clears, the TRAILER side of the road and turn the ignition GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear Vehicle Reminder off. Check the wiring connection to in the DIC. the trailer and turn the ignition back Messages on. This message clears if the trailer See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 CHECK TRAILER WIRING is reconnected. This message also 137 and “Integrated Trailer Brake clears if you acknowledge it. If this Control System” under Towing On vehicles with the Integrated message still displays, either the Equipment 0 251. Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, vehicle or the trailer needs service. this message may display and a See your dealer. chime may sound when one of the following conditions exists: See “Integrated Trailer Brake Control System” under Towing . A trailer with electric brakes Equipment 0 251. becomes disconnected from the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 155 Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle Personalization Menus WASHER FLUID LOW ADD The following list of menu items may Personalization be available: FLUID Use the audio system controls to . Time and Date This message displays when the access the personalization menus windshield washer fluid is low. Fill for customizing vehicle features. . Language (Language) the windshield washer fluid reservoir The following are all possible . Valet Mode as soon as possible. See Engine 0 personalization features. Depending . Radio Compartment Overview 264 for on the vehicle, some may not be the location of the windshield available. . Vehicle washer fluid reservoir. Also, see . Bluetooth Washer Fluid 0 275 for more Radio Audio System Controls . Voice information. 1. Press the desired feature to display a list of available . Display options. . Rear Camera 2. Press to select the desired . Return to Factory Settings feature setting. . Software Information 3. Press BACK on the o Detailed information for each menu faceplate or the 0 screen follows. button to return to the previous menu or exit. Time and Date Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to Manually set the time and date. See access the Settings menu, then Clock 0 115. select SETTINGS from the Home Language (Language) Page on the infotainment system display. Select Language, then select from the available language(s). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
156 Instruments and Controls
The selected language will display . Auto Volume Auto Volume on the system, and voice . Maximum Startup Volume This feature adjusts the volume recognition (if equipped) will reflect . Audio Cue Volume based on vehicle speed and the selected language. ambient noise. Valet Mode (If Equipped) Manage Favorites Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, This will lock the infotainment This allows favorites to be edited. Medium, Medium-High, or High. See “Manage Favorites” in system and steering wheel controls. Maximum Startup Volume It may also limit access to vehicle “Settings” under “Radio” in the storage locations (if equipped). infotainment manual. This feature sets the maximum startup volume. If the vehicle is To enable valet mode: Number of Favorites Shown started and the volume is greater 1. Enter a four-digit code on the Press to set the number of favorites than this level, the volume is keypad. to display. adjusted to this level. To set the maximum startup volume, press + 2. Select Enter to go to the Select the desired number or select or − to increase or decrease. confirmation screen. Auto and the infotainment system will automatically adjust the number Audio Cue Volume 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. of favorites shown. Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or This feature sets the volume of unlock the system. Press Back to go Audible Touch Feedback audio files played at system startup back to the previous menu. This allows Audible Touch and shutdown. Feedback to be turned on or off. Select On, then press + or − to Radio Select Off or On. increase or decrease the volume. Press to display the Radio menu and the following may display: Bose AudioPilot Vehicle . Manage Favorites This allows Bose AudioPilot to be Select and the following may turned on or off. display: . Number of Favorites Shown Select Off or On. . Climate and Air Quality . Audible Touch Feedback . Collision/Detection Systems . Bose AudioPilot GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 157
. Comfort and Convenience Auto Rear Defog Auto Collision Preparation . Lighting If equipped, this feature will This feature will turn on or off the . Power Door Locks automatically turn on the rear Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and window defogger when it is cold Front Automatic Braking (FAB). The . Remote Lock, Unlock, Start outside. Off setting disables all FCA and Climate and Air Quality Select Off or On. FAB functions. With the Alert and Brake setting, both FCA and FAB Select the Climate and Air Quality Collision/Detection Systems are available. The Alert setting menu and the following may display: disables FAB, but some last-second Select the Collision/Detection automatic braking capability is still . Auto Fan Max Speed Systems menu and the following provided, though less likely to occur. may display: . Auto Defog See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) . Auto Rear Defog . Alert Type System 0 236. Auto Fan Max Speed . Auto Collision Preparation Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert. This feature will set the maximum . Go Notifier Go Notifier auto fan speed. . Park Assist This feature will give a reminder that Select Low, Medium, or High. . Side Blind Zone Alert Adaptive Cruise Control provides when it has brought the vehicle to a Auto Defog . Rear Cross Traffic Alert complete stop behind another When set to On, the front defog will Alert Type stopping vehicle, and then that vehicle drives on. automatically come on when the This feature will set crash alerts to vehicle is started. beeps or seat vibrations. This Select Off or On. Select Off or On. setting affects all crash alerts Park Assist including Forward Collision Alert, Lane Departure Warning, and Park This allows the feature to be turned Assist alerts. on or off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 231. Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
158 Instruments and Controls
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar Auto Memory Recall Auto Mirror Folding Attached. This allows the feature to be turned When on, the outside rearview Side Blind Zone Alert on or off. See Memory Seats 0 55. mirrors will automatically fold or unfold when the Remote Keyless This allows the feature to be turned Select On or Off. Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert Easy Exit Options (SBZA) 0 238. button is pressed and held. This allows the feature to be turned Select Off or On. Select Off or On. on or off. See Memory Seats 0 55. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Rear Cross Traffic Alert Select On or Off. When on and the front wiper is on This allows the feature to be turned Chime Volume on or off. See Assistance Systems and wiping, the rear wiper will for Parking or Backing 0 231. This allows the selection of the automatically activate when the chime volume level. vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse). Select Off or On. Press + or − to adjust the volume. Select Off or On. Comfort and Convenience Reverse Tilt Mirror Lighting Select the Comfort and Convenience menu and the When on, the driver and/or Select the Lighting menu and the following may display: passenger mirrors will tilt downward following may display: when the vehicle is shifted to . Vehicle Locator Lights . Auto Memory Recall R (Reverse) to improve visibility of . Easy Exit Options the ground near the rear wheels. . Exit Lighting . Chime Volume Select Off, On - Driver and Vehicle Locator Lights Passenger, On - Driver, or On - . Reverse Tilt Mirror This feature will flash the exterior Passenger. lamps and allows some of the . Auto Mirror Folding exterior lamps and most of the . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear interior lamps to turn on briefly when GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 159
K on the Remote Keyless Entry Auto Door Unlock Remote Unlock Light Feedback (RKE) transmitter is pressed to This allows selection of which of the When on, the exterior lamps will locate the vehicle. doors will automatically unlock when flash when unlocking the vehicle Select On or Off. the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). with the RKE transmitter. Exit Lighting Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights. This allows the selection of how Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback long the exterior lamps stay on When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of when leaving the vehicle when it is locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the dark outside. delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Seconds, or 120 Seconds. Select On or Off. Only, or Horn Only. Power Door Locks Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock Select Power Door Locks and the Select Remote Lock, Unlock, Start This allows selection of which doors following may display: and the following may display: will unlock when pressing K on the . Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter. . Auto Door Unlock . Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door. . Delayed Door Lock . Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If equipped and turned on, this feature will turn the cooled seats on When on, this feature will keep the . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats when using remote start on driver door from locking when the . Passive Door Unlock warm days. door is open and the key is in the ignition. If Off is selected, the . Passive Door Lock Select Off or On. Delayed Door Lock menu will be . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert available. Select On or Off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
160 Instruments and Controls
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats Bluetooth Voice Mail Numbers If equipped and turned on, this Select and the following may This feature displays the voice mail feature will turn the heated seats on display: number for all connected phones. when using remote start on To change the voice mail number, . Pair New Device cold days. select EDIT or press the EDIT . Device Management Select Off or On. button. Type a new number, then . Ringtones select SAVE or press the SAVE Passive Door Unlock button. . Voice Mail Numbers This allows the selection of what Voice doors will unlock when using the Pair New Device Select and the following may button on the driver door to unlock Select to pair a new device. See the vehicle. display: “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” Select All Doors or Driver Door. under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment . Prompt Length manual. Passive Door Lock . Audio Feedback Speed Device Management This allows passive locking to be Prompt Length turned on or off and selects Select to connect to a different This feature adjusts the voice feedback. See Remote Keyless phone source, disconnect a phone, prompt length. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27. or delete a phone. Select Short or Long. Select Off, On with Horn Ringtones Chirp, or On. Audio Feedback Speed Press to change the ring tone for This feature adjusts the audio Remote Left in Vehicle Alert the specific phone. The phone does not need to be connected to change feedback speed. This feature sounds an alert when the ring tone. Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle. Select Off or On. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 161
Display . Rear Park Assist Symbols Clear All Private Data Select and the following may Guidance Lines This allows selection to clear all display: private information from the vehicle. Select to turn Off or On. See . Mode Assistance Systems for Parking or Select Delete or Cancel. 0 . Calibrate Touchscreen Backing 231. Restore Radio Settings . Turn Display Off Rear Cross Traffic Alert This allows selection to restore radio settings. Mode Select to turn Off or On. Select Restore or Cancel. Select to change the display of the Rear Park Assist Symbols infotainment system. Select to turn Off or On. See Software Information Select Auto, Day, or Night. Assistance Systems for Parking or Select to view the infotainment Backing 0 231. Calibrate Touchscreen system current software information. Return to Factory Settings Select to calibrate the touchscreen, then follow the prompts. Select and the following may display: Turn Display Off . Restore Vehicle Settings Select to turn the display off. Press anywhere on the display area or any . Clear All Private Data faceplate button to turn the . Restore Radio Settings display on. Restore Vehicle Settings Rear Camera This allows selection of restoring Select and the following may vehicle settings. display: Select Restore or Cancel. . Guidance Lines . Rear Cross Traffic Alert GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
162 Instruments and Controls Universal Remote instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quick and System devices. accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. See Radio Frequency Statement Do not use the Universal Remote 0 370. system with any garage door opener Programming the Universal that does not have the stop and Remote System Universal Remote System reverse feature. This includes any garage door opener model For questions or help programming Programming manufactured before April 1, 1982. the Universal Remote system, call 1-800-355-3515 or see Read the instructions completely www.homelink.com. before programming the Universal Remote system. It may help to have Programming involves another person assist with the time-sensitive actions, and may time programming process. out causing the procedure to be repeated. Keep the original hand-held transmitter for use in other vehicles To program up to three devices: as well as for future programming. 1. Hold the end of the hand-held Erase the programming when transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 vehicle ownership is terminated. to 3 in) away from the See “Erasing Universal Remote Universal Remote system System Buttons” later in this buttons with the indicator light If equipped, these buttons are in the section. in view. The hand-held overhead console. To program a garage door opener, transmitter was supplied by the park outside directly in line with and manufacturer of the garage This system can replace up to three door opener receiver. remote control transmitters used to facing the garage door opener activate devices such as garage receiver. Clear all people and 2. At the same time, press and door openers, security systems, and objects near the garage door. hold both the hand-held home automation devices. These transmitter button and one of the three Universal Remote GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Instruments and Controls 163
system buttons to be used to be required. For a second The name and color of the operate the garage door. Do time, press and hold the button may vary by not release either button until newly programmed button manufacturer. the indicator light goes from a for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or slow to a rapid flashing light. stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be Then release both buttons. moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of Some garage door openers complete. pressing this button. may require substitution of . If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and Step 2 with the procedure rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed under “Radio Signals for then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system Canada and Some Gate and the garage door does button for two seconds and Operators” later in this section. not move, continue with then release it. If the garage 3. Press and hold the newly programming Steps 4–6. door does not move or the programmed Universal Remote lamp on the garage door system button for five seconds opener receiver does not flash, while watching the indicator press and hold the same light and garage door button a second time for activation. two seconds, then release it. . If the indicator light stays on Again, if the door does not continuously or the garage move or the garage door lamp door moves when the does not flash, press and hold the same button a third time for button is pressed, then Learn or Smart Button programming is complete. two seconds, then release it. There is no need to 4. After completing Steps 1–3, The Universal Remote system complete Steps 4–6. locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the button inside the garage on the If the indicator light does garage door. . garage door opener receiver. not come on or the garage Repeat the process for door does not move, a programming the two remaining second button press may buttons. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
164 Instruments and Controls
Radio Signals for Canada and Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single Some Gate Operators Operation Universal Remote System For questions or programming help, Button call 1-800-355-3515 or see Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system www.homelink.com. System buttons: Canadian radio-frequency laws and Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the some U.S. gate operators require Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the transmitter signals to time out or quit at least one-half second. The button. after several seconds of indicator light will come on while the 2. The indicator light will begin to transmission. This may not be long signal is being transmitted. flash after 20 seconds. Without enough for the Universal Remote Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed system to pick up the signal during System Buttons with Step 1 under programming. Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal If the programming did not work, vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.” replace Step 2 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” with To erase: the following: 1. Press and hold the two outside Press and hold the Universal buttons until the indicator light Remote system button while begins to flash. This should pressing and releasing the take about 10 seconds. hand-held transmitter button every 2. Release both buttons. two seconds until the signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Lighting 165 Exterior Lighting For vehicles first sold in Canada, Lighting the off position will only work when Exterior Lamp Controls the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). Exterior Lighting AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 165 turns on the headlamps, parking Exterior Lamps Off lamps, taillamps, instrument panel Reminder ...... 166 lights, roof marker lamps (if Headlamp High/Low-Beam equipped), and license plate lamps. Changer ...... 166 When the vehicle is turned off and Flash-to-Pass ...... 166 the headlamps are in AUTO, the Daytime Running headlamps turn off. When the key is Lamps (DRL) ...... 166 removed, the headlamps Automatic Headlamp automatically come on for a set System ...... 167 time. The time of the delay can be Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 168 changed using the DIC. See Driver Turn and Lane-Change Information Center (DIC) 0 137. Signals ...... 168 Fog Lamps ...... 169 The exterior lamp control is on the ; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the instrument panel to the left of the parking lamps including all lamps, Interior Lighting steering wheel. except the headlamps. Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 169 There are four positions: 2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the headlamps with the parking lamps Dome Lamps ...... 170 O (Off) : Turns off the automatic and instrument panel lights. Reading Lamps ...... 170 headlamps and Daytime Running Lighting Features Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp When the headlamps are turned on control to the off position again to while the vehicle is on, the Entry Lighting ...... 171 turn the automatic headlamps or headlamps turn off automatically Exit Lighting ...... 171 10 minutes after the ignition is Battery Load Management . . . 171 DRL back on. turned off. When the headlamps are Battery Power Protection . . . . . 172 turned on while the vehicle is off, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
166 Lighting
the headlamps will stay on for Pull the turn signal lever toward you instrument cluster will come on. 10 minutes before turning off to and release it to return to low-beam Release the lever to return to prevent the battery from being headlamps. normal operation. drained. Turn the headlamp control off and then back to the headlamp Daytime Running on position to make the headlamps Lamps (DRL) stay on for an additional 10 minutes. DRL can make it easier for others to To keep the lamps on for more than see the front of the vehicle during 10 minutes, the ignition must be in the day. Fully functional DRL are the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN required on all vehicles first sold in position. When the high-beam headlamps are on, this indicator light on the Canada. Exterior Lamps Off instrument cluster will also be on. The DRL system comes on when Reminder the following conditions are met: Flash-to-Pass . The ignition is on. A reminder chime sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are This feature lets you use the . The exterior lamp control is manually turned on, the ignition is high-beam headlamps to signal a in AUTO. driver in front of you that you want off, and a door is open. To disable . The transmission is not in the chime, turn the lamps off. to pass. It works even if the headlamps are in the automatic P (Park). Headlamp High/ position. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. Low-Beam Changer To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward you, then release it. When the DRL system is on, only $ (Headlamp High/Low-Beam If the headlamps are in the the DRL are on. The taillamps, Changer) : Push the turn signal automatic position or on low beam, sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lever toward the instrument panel to the high-beam headlamps will turn lights, and other lamps will not change the headlamps from low to on. They will stay on as long as you be on. high beam. hold the lever toward you. The high-beam indicator on the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Lighting 167
When it begins to get dark, the There is a light sensor on top of the The automatic headlamp system automatic headlamp system instrument panel. Do not cover the turns off when the exterior lamp switches from DRL to the sensor, otherwise the headlamps control is turned to O or the ignition headlamps. will come on when they are not is off. needed. To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior Lights On with Wipers lamp control to the off position and The system may also turn on the then release. For vehicles first sold headlamps when driving through a If the windshield wipers are in Canada, off will only work when parking garage or tunnel. activated in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is the vehicle is in P (Park). If the vehicle is started in a dark in AUTO, the headlamps, parking garage, the automatic headlamp lamps, and other exterior lamps Automatic Headlamp system comes on immediately. If it come on. The transition time for the is light outside when the vehicle System lamps coming on varies based on leaves the garage, there is a slight When the exterior lamp control is wiper speed. When the wipers are delay before the automatic set to AUTO and it is dark enough not operating, these lamps turn off. headlamp system changes to the outside, the headlamps come on DRL. During that delay, the Move the exterior lamp control to O automatically. instrument cluster may not be as or ; to disable this feature. bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 169. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
168 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change The lever returns to its starting Signals position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses 0 287. Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more An arrow on the instrument cluster than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime flashes in the direction of the turn or sounds at each flash of the turn lane change. signal. The message TURN | (Hazard Warning Flashers) : SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Press this button to make the front Move the turn signal lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Driver Information Center (DIC). To and rear turn signal lamps flash on turn the chime and message off, and off. Press again to turn the Raise or lower the lever for less move the turn signal lever to the off flashers off. than one second until the arrow position. When the hazard warning flashers starts to flash to signal a lane are on, the vehicle's turn signals will change. This causes the turn not work. signals to automatically flash three times. It will flash six times if Tow/ Haul Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until the lever is released. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Lighting 169 Fog Lamps When the headlamps are changed Interior Lighting to high beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will Instrument Panel come on again. Illumination Control Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on with the fog lamps.
If equipped with fog lamps, the button is on the exterior lamp control, to the left of the steering column. This feature controls the brightness The ignition must be in the ON/RUN of the instrument panel lights and is position for the fog lamps to next to the exterior lamp control. come on. D (Instrument Panel # (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the Illumination) : Move the fog lamps on or off. A light will come thumbwheel up or down to brighten on in the instrument cluster. or dim the lights. When the fog lamps are turned on, the parking lamps automatically turn on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
170 Lighting
Dome Lamps Reading Lamps
Press m or n next to each reading lamp to turn it on or off.
There are dome lamps in the There are reading lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, overhead console and the headliner, if equipped. if equipped. To operate, the ignition To change the dome lamp settings, must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY press the following: or ON/RUN position or using Retained Accessory Power (RAP). OFF : Turns the lamps off, even when a door is open. DOOR : The lamps come on automatically when a door is opened. ON : Turns all dome lamps on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Lighting 171 Lighting Features interior lamps remain on for a set moving up or down. This is normal. amount of time, then automatically If there is a problem, an alert will be Entry Lighting turn off. displayed. The exterior lamps turn off The battery can be discharged at Some exterior lamps and the interior immediately by turning the exterior idle if the electrical loads are very lamps turn on briefly at night, or in lamp control off. high. This is true for all vehicles. areas with limited lighting, when K This feature can be changed. See This is because the generator is pressed on the Remote Keyless Vehicle Personalization 0 155. (alternator) may not be spinning fast Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a enough at idle to produce all the door is opened, the interior lamps power that is needed for very high come on if the dome lamp control is Battery Load electrical loads. Management in the DOOR position. After about A high electrical load occurs when 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn The vehicle has Electric Power several of the following are on, such off. Entry lighting can be disabled Management (EPM), which as: headlamps, high beams, fog manually by changing the ignition estimates the battery's temperature lamps, rear window defogger, out of the OFF position, or by and state of charge. It then adjusts climate control fan at high speed, pressing the RKE transmitter Q the voltage for best performance heated seats, engine cooling fans, button. and extended life of the battery. trailer loads, and loads plugged into This feature can be changed. See When the battery's state of charge accessory power outlets. “Vehicle Locator Lights” under is low, the voltage is raised slightly EPM works to prevent excessive Vehicle Personalization 0 155. to quickly bring the charge back up. discharge of the battery. It does this When the state of charge is high, by balancing the generator's output Exit Lighting the voltage is lowered slightly to and the vehicle's electrical needs. prevent overcharging. The voltmeter It can increase engine idle speed to Some exterior lamps and interior gauge or the voltage display on the generate more power, whenever lamps come on at night, or in areas Driver Information Center (DIC), needed. It can temporarily reduce with limited lighting, when the driver if equipped, may show the voltage the power demands of some door is opened after the ignition is accessories. turned off. The exterior lamps and GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
172 Lighting
Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a DIC message might be displayed and it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages 0 143. Battery Power Protection This feature shuts off the dome and reading lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes when the ignition is off. This will keep the battery from running down. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Infotainment System 173 Infotainment Introduction System Infotainment See the infotainment manual for Introduction information on the radio, audio Infotainment ...... 173 players, phone, navigation system, and voice or speech recognition. It also includes information on settings. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
174 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls Systems 4. Fan Control 5. Defrost Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Dual Automatic Climate 6. Passenger Temperature Control System ...... 174 Control System Control Rear Climate Control With this system the heating, 7. SYNC (Synchronized System ...... 178 cooling, and ventilation in the Temperature) Air Vents vehicle can be controlled. Some 8. Rear Window Defogger climate control settings can be Air Vents ...... 179 9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control changed. See Climate and Air “ Lockout) Maintenance Quality” under Vehicle Passenger Compartment Air Personalization 0 155. 10. Rear Temperature Control Filter ...... 179 Service ...... 180 11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control 12. Rear Fan Control 13. Front Climate Control Power Button 14. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation) 15. Rear Climate Control Power Button 16. Air Recirculation 17. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 1. Driver Temperature Control 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Climate Controls 175
Front Climate Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to Driver and Passenger cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Temperature Control : The Automatic Operation may be automatically selected in temperature can be adjusted The system automatically controls warm weather. separately for the driver and the fan speed, air delivery, air The recirculation light will not come passenger. conditioning, and recirculation in on when automatically controlled. Turn the knob clockwise or order to heat or cool the vehicle to counterclockwise to increase or the desired temperature. Press @ to manually select recirculation; press it again to select decrease the driver or passenger When the indicator light is on, the outside air. temperature setting. system is in full automatic operation. Do not cover the solar sensor on the SYNC (Synchronized If the air delivery mode or fan Temperature) : Press to link the setting is manually adjusted, the top of the instrument panel near the windshield. This sensor regulates passenger and rear climate auto indicator turns off and the temperature settings to the driver selected settings are displayed. air temperature based on sun load. See “Sensors” later in this section. setting. The SYNC indicator light will To place the system in turn on. When the passenger or rear automatic mode: Manual Operation climate settings are adjusted, the SYNC indicator light turns off. 1. Press AUTO. O (On/Off) : Press to turn the climate control system on or off. Air Delivery Mode Control : 2. Set the driver and passenger Outside air still enters the vehicle, temperature. Press Y, \, [ , or - to change and is directed to the floor. This the direction of the airflow. An To find your comfort setting, direction can be changed by indicator light comes on in the start with 22 °C (72 °F) and pressing the air delivery mode. selected mode button. allow the system time to (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise stabilize. Then adjust the 9 Changing the mode cancels the or counterclockwise to increase or temperature as needed for best automatic operation and the system decrease the fan speed. comfort. goes into manual mode. Press Press AUTO to return to automatic AUTO to return to automatic operation. operation. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
176 Climate Controls
Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to on, see “Climate and Air Quality” instrument panel outlets. turn the air conditioning system on under Vehicle Personalization \ or off. An indicator light comes on to 0 155. (Bi-Level) : Air is divided show that the air conditioning is between the instrument panel and enabled. If the fan is turned off, the Rear Window Defogger floor outlets. air conditioner will not run. The A/C The rear window defogger uses a [ (Floor) : Air is directed to the light will stay on even if the outside warming grid to remove fog from the floor outlets, with some to the temperatures are below freezing. rear window. windshield, side window outlets, and @ (Recirculation) : Press to turn K (Rear Window Defogger) : second row floor outlets. on recirculation. An indicator light Press to turn the rear window - (Defog) : This mode clears the comes on. Air is recirculated to defogger on or off. An indicator light windows of fog or moisture. Air is quickly cool the inside of the on the button comes on to show that directed to the windshield, floor vehicle. It can also be used to help the rear window defogger is on. reduce outside air and odors that outlets, and side window vents. The rear window defogger only enter the vehicle. The air (Defrost) : Press to clear the works when the ignition is in ON/ 0 conditioning compressor also comes windshield of fog or frost more RUN. The defogger turns off if the on when this mode is activated. quickly. Air is directed to the ignition is turned to ACC/ windshield and the side window Auto Defog : The climate control ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF. vents. The system automatically system may have a sensor to forces outside air into the vehicle automatically detect high humidity Caution and the air conditioning compressor inside the vehicle. When high will run, unless the outside humidity is detected, the climate Using a razor blade or sharp temperature is close to freezing. control system may adjust to object to clear the inside rear outside air supply and turn on the Do not drive the vehicle until all window can damage the rear air conditioner. If the climate control windows are clear. window defogger. Repairs would system does not detect possible not be covered by the vehicle See Air Vents 0 179. window fogging, it returns to normal warranty. Do not clear the inside operation. To turn Auto Defog off or rear window with sharp objects. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Climate Controls 177
Heated Mirror : If equipped with Temperature Control : Press up or Sensors heated outside rearview mirrors, the down to increase or decrease the mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost airflow temperature into the rear from the surface of the mirror when passenger area. the rear window defog button is 0 RCTRL (Rear Climate Control pressed. See Heated Mirrors 45. Lockout) : Press to lock or unlock Rear Climate Controls control of the rear climate control system from the rear seat O (On/Off) : Press to turn the rear passengers. When locked, the rear climate control system on or off. climate control can only be adjusted AUTO : Press AUTO to control the from the front seat. rear passenger temperature, air The solar sensor monitors the solar Remote Start Climate Control delivery, and fan speed. AUTO heat. Do not cover the solar sensor Operation appears in the display when or the system will not work properly. automatic operation is active. If any If equipped with the remote start There is also an exterior of the climate control settings feature, the climate control system temperature sensor behind the front except rear temperature are will come on when the vehicle is grille. This sensor reads the outside manually adjusted, this cancels full started remotely, depending on the air temperature and helps maintain automatic operation. outside temperature. The rear the temperature inside the vehicle. window defogger and heated seats, Fan Control : Press up or down to Any cover on the front of the if equipped, may also come on. See increase or decrease the rear vehicle, including a snowplow, could Remote Vehicle Start 0 33 and passenger area fan speed. cause a false reading in the Heated and Cooled Front Seats displayed temperature. Air Delivery Mode Control : Press 0 57. up or down to change the direction The climate control system uses the of the rear passenger airflow. information from these sensors to Repeatedly press the switch until maintain comfort settings by the desired mode appears on the adjusting the outlet temperature, fan display. Multiple presses will cycle speed, and air delivery mode. The through the delivery selections. system may also supply cooler air to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
178 Climate Controls
the side of the vehicle facing the 3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode TEMP (Temperature Control) : sun. The recirculation mode will also Control) Turn clockwise or counterclockwise be used as needed to maintain cool 4. TEMP (Temperature Control) to increase or decrease the airflow outlet temperatures. temperature into the passenger 5. Heated Rear Seats (If area. If the SYNC button is pressed Rear Climate Control Equipped) on the front climate controls, the System If the dual automatic climate control rear climate temperature is linked to system rear climate control lockout the driver temperature setting. The rear climate control system is feature is locked, the rear climate MODE (Air Delivery Mode located on the rear of the center control settings can only be Control) : Press to change the console storage. The rear climate adjusted from the front seat. direction of the airflow in the vehicle. settings can be adjusted with this Repeatedly press the button until system. Automatic Operation the desired mode appears on the AUTO : Press AUTO to control the display. Multiple presses will cycle inside temperature, air delivery, and through the delivery selections. fan speed. A is indicated in the M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If display when automatic operation is M L active. If any of the climate control Equipped) : Press or to heat settings are manually adjusted, this the left or right outboard seat cancels full automatic operation. cushion. See Heated Rear Seats 0 58. The display only indicates climate control functions when the system is in rear independent mode. Manual Operation
1. Fan Control 9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or 2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) decrease the fan speed. Turn completely counterclockwise to turn the fan/power off. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Climate Controls 179 Air Vents Operation Tips Maintenance . Clear away any ice, snow, Adjustable air vents are in the or leaves from the air inlets at center and on the side of the Passenger Compartment the base of the windshield that instrument panel. could block the flow of air into Air Filter the vehicle. The filter reduces the dust, pollen, . When you enter a vehicle in cold and other airborne irritants from weather, press the fan up button outside air that is pulled into the to the maximum fan level before vehicle. driving. This helps clear the The filter should be replaced as part intake ducts of snow and of routine scheduled maintenance. moisture, and reduces the See Maintenance Schedule 0 344. chance of fogging the inside of To find out what type of filter to use, the window. see Maintenance Replacement 0 . Keep the air path under the front Parts 354. seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the 1. Slider Knob vehicle more effectively. 2. Thumbwheel . Use of non-GM approved hood Move the slider knobs (1) to change deflectors can adversely affect the direction of the airflow. the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before Use the thumbwheels (2) near the adding equipment to the outside air vents to open or close off the of the vehicle. airflow.
1. Open the glove box completely. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
180 Climate Controls
2. Disconnect the glove box door Service damper string from the glove box door assembly. A pen or All vehicles have a label underhood pencil may be inserted through that identifies the refrigerant used in the end of the damper string to the vehicle. The refrigerant system prevent the string from slipping should only be serviced by trained inside the door assembly. and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. 4. Release the two tabs holding the service door. Open the During service, all refrigerants service door and remove the should be reclaimed with proper old filter. equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful 5. Install the new air filter. to the environment and may also 6. Close the service door and create unsafe conditions based on secure the tabs. inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. 3. Remove the six screws and 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall remove the access plate. the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 181
Shifting out of Park ...... 204 Cruise Control Driving and Parking over Things Cruise Control ...... 221 Operating That Burn ...... 205 Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 224 Active Fuel Management® . . . . 205 Driver Assistance Systems Engine Exhaust Driving Information Driver Assistance Systems . . . 231 Engine Exhaust ...... 206 Assistance Systems for Distracted Driving ...... 182 Running the Vehicle While Parking or Backing ...... 231 Defensive Driving ...... 183 Parked ...... 206 Assistance Systems for Drunk Driving ...... 183 Driving ...... 234 Control of a Vehicle ...... 183 Automatic Transmission Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Braking ...... 183 Automatic Transmission ...... 207 System ...... 234 Steering ...... 184 Manual Mode ...... 209 Front Automatic Braking (FAB) Off-Road Recovery ...... 184 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 212 System ...... 236 Loss of Control ...... 185 Side Blind Zone Off-Road Driving ...... 185 Drive Systems Four-Wheel Drive ...... 213 Alert (SBZA) ...... 238 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 190 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 238 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 191 Brakes Lane Departure Winter Driving ...... 191 Antilock Brake Warning (LDW) ...... 240 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 192 System (ABS) ...... 216 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 240 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 194 Parking Brake ...... 217 Fuel Starting and Operating Brake Assist ...... 217 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 218 Fuel ...... 242 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 198 California Fuel Adjustable Throttle and Brake Ride Control Systems Requirements ...... 243 Pedal ...... 198 Traction Control/Electronic Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 243 Ignition Positions ...... 199 Stability Control ...... 218 Fuel Additives ...... 243 Starting the Engine ...... 201 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 220 Filling the Tank ...... 244 Engine Heater ...... 202 Locking Rear Axle ...... 220 Filling a Portable Fuel Retained Accessory Automatic Level Control ...... 221 Container ...... 245 Power (RAP) ...... 203 Shifting Into Park ...... 203 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
182 Driving and Operating Trailer Towing Driving Information . Become familiar with vehicle General Towing features before driving, such as Information ...... 246 programming favorite radio Driving Characteristics and Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate Towing Tips ...... 246 Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. Trailer Towing ...... 248 and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into Towing Equipment ...... 251 task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 258 judgment and do not let other driving. Conversions and Add-Ons activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked from the road. Many local Add-On Electrical to retrieve items that have fallen governments have enacted laws Equipment ...... 259 to the floor. regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in . Stop or park the vehicle to tend your area. to children. To avoid distracted driving, always . Keep pets in an appropriate keep your eyes on the road, hands carrier or restraint. on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations . Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary { Warning phone calls. Taking your eyes off the road too . Watch the road. Do not read, long or too often could cause a take notes, or look up crash resulting in injury or death. information on phones or other Focus your attention on driving. electronic devices. . Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 183
Refer to the infotainment manual for Average driver reaction time is more information on using that { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In system, including pairing and using that time, a vehicle moving at a cell phone Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of Defensive Driving perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency. judgment can be affected by even Defensive driving means “always a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: expect the unexpected.” The first can have a serious — or even step in driving defensively is to wear fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between the safety belt. See Safety Belts drinking. you and the vehicle in front 0 65. of you. Do not drink and drive or ride with . Assume that other road users a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Ride home in a cab; or if you are other drivers) are going to be . Keep pace with traffic. with a group, designate a driver careless and make mistakes. If the engine ever stops while the who will not drink. Anticipate what they might do vehicle is being driven, brake and be ready. normally but do not pump the . Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the between you and the driver in Braking, steering, and accelerating front of you. engine stops, there will be some are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be . Focus on the task of driving. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it Drunk Driving Braking can take longer to stop and the Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
184 Driving and Operating
Steering Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery Electric Power Steering . Take curves at a reasonable speed. This vehicle has electric power steering. It does not have power . Reduce speed before entering a steering fluid. Regular maintenance curve. is not required. . Maintain a reasonable steady If power steering assist is lost due speed through the curve. to a system malfunction, the vehicle . Wait until the vehicle is out of can be steered, but may require the curve before accelerating increased effort. gently into the straightaway. See your dealer if there is a Steering in Emergencies problem. . There are some situations when If the steering assist is used for an steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop extended period of time, power be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the assist may be reduced. . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow If the steering wheel is turned until it steering wheel allows you to turn these tips: reaches the end of its travel, and is 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and held in that position for an extended a hand. then, if there is nothing in the period of time, power steering assist way, steer the vehicle so that it may be reduced. . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the Normal use of the power steering pavement. assist should return when the 2. Turn the steering wheel about system cools down. one-eighth of a turn, until the See specific vehicle steering right front tire contacts the messages under Steering System pavement edge. Messages 0 151. See your dealer if there is a problem. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 185
3. Turn the steering wheel to go The vehicle may straighten out. vehicles not equipped with All straight down the roadway. Be ready for a second skid if it Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) occurs. tires must not be driven off-road Loss of Control . Slow down and adjust your except on a level, solid surface. For more contact information about the Skidding driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance original equipment tires, see the There are three types of skids that can be longer and vehicle Limited Warranty and Owner correspond to the vehicle's three control can be affected when Assistance Information manual. control systems: traction is reduced by water, One of the best ways for successful . Braking Skid — wheels are not snow, ice, gravel, or other off-road driving is to control the rolling. material on the road. Learn to speed. recognize warning clues — such Steering or Cornering Skid . — as enough water, ice, or packed { Warning too much speed or steering in a snow on the road to make a curve causes tires to slip and mirrored surface — and slow When driving off-road, bouncing lose cornering force. down when you have any doubt. and quick changes in direction . Acceleration Skid — too much . Try to avoid sudden steering, can easily throw you out of throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking, position. This could cause you to wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed lose control and crash. You and Defensive drivers avoid most skids by shifting to a lower gear. Any your passengers should always by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause wear safety belts. existing conditions, and by not the tires to slide. overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help Before Driving Off-Road skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid. . Have all necessary maintenance If the vehicle starts to slide, follow and service work completed. these suggestions: Off-Road Driving . Ease your foot off the Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be accelerator pedal and steer the used for off-road driving. Vehicles way you want the vehicle to go. without four-wheel drive and GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
186 Driving and Operating
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, Loading the Vehicle for For more information about loading and check inflation pressure in Off-Road Driving the vehicle, see If the Vehicle Is all tires, including the spare, Stuck 0 192 and Tires 0 297. if equipped. { Warning Environmental Concerns . Read all the information about four-wheel-drive vehicles in this . Unsecured cargo on the . Always use established trails, manual. load floor can be tossed roads, and areas that have been about when driving over set aside for public off-road . Know the local laws that apply to rough terrain. You or your recreational driving and obey all off-road driving. passengers can be struck posted regulations. To gain more ground clearance if by flying objects. Secure the . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, needed, it may be necessary to cargo properly. trees, or grasses or disturb remove the front fascia lower air . Keep cargo in the cargo wildlife. dam. However, driving without the area as far forward and as air dam reduces fuel economy. . Do not park over things that low as possible. The burn. See Parking over Things heaviest things should be That Burn 0 205. Caution on the floor, forward of the rear axle. Driving on Hills Operating the vehicle for extended periods without the front . Heavy loads on the roof Driving safely on hills requires good fascia lower air dam installed can raise the vehicle's center of judgment and an understanding of what the vehicle can and cannot do. cause improper air flow to the gravity, making it more likely to roll over. You can be engine. Re-attach the front fascia seriously or fatally injured if air dam after off-road driving. { Warning the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the Many hills are simply too steep cargo area, not on the roof. for any vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can cause loss (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 187
Warning (Continued) { Warning Warning (Continued)
of control. Driving across hills can Driving to the top of a hill at high transfer case overrides the cause a rollover. You could be speed can cause an accident. transmission. You or someone injured or killed. Do not drive on There could be a drop-off, else could be injured. If leaving steep hills. embankment, cliff, or even the vehicle, set the parking brake another vehicle. You could be and shift the transmission to Before driving on a hill, assess the seriously injured or killed. As you P (Park). Shift the transfer case to steepness, traction, and near the top of a hill, slow down any position but N (Neutral). obstructions. If the terrain ahead and stay alert. cannot be seen, get out of the . When driving down a hill, keep vehicle and walk the hill before . Never go downhill forward or the vehicle headed straight driving further. backward with either the down. Use a low gear because When driving on hills: transmission or transfer case in the engine will work with the N (Neutral). The brakes could brakes to slow the vehicle and . Use a low gear and keep a firm overheat and you could lose help keep the vehicle under grip on the steering wheel. control. control. . Maintain a slow speed. . When possible, drive straight up { Warning { Warning or down the hill. If the vehicle has the two‐speed Heavy braking when going down . Slow down when approaching automatic transfer case, shifting a hill can cause your brakes to the top of the hill. the transfer case to N (Neutral) overheat and fade. This could . Use headlamps even during the can cause your vehicle to roll cause loss of control and you or day to make the vehicle more even if the transmission is in others could be injured or killed. visible. P (Park). This is because the Apply the brakes lightly when N (Neutral) position on the (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
188 Driving and Operating
. Never back down a hill in downhill wheels, which could Warning (Continued) N (Neutral) using only the cause a downhill slide or a brake. rollover. descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under The vehicle can roll . Surface conditions can be a control. backward quickly and you problem. Loose gravel, muddy could lose control. spots, or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, If the vehicle stalls on a hill: . If driving downhill when the vehicle stalls, shift to a downhill. If the vehicle slips 1. Apply the brakes to stop the lower gear, release the sideways, it can hit something vehicle, and then apply the parking brake, and drive that will trip it — a rock, a rut, parking brake. straight down the hill. etc. — and roll over. 2. Shift into P (Park) and then 3. If the vehicle cannot be . Hidden obstacles can make the restart the engine. restarted after stalling, set the steepness of the incline more parking brake, shift into severe. If a rock is driven across . If driving uphill when the with the uphill wheels, or if the vehicle stalls, shift to P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. downhill wheels drop into a rut R (Reverse), release the or depression, the vehicle can tilt parking brake, and back 3.1. Leave the vehicle and even more. straight down. seek help. . If an incline must be driven . Never try to turn the vehicle 3.2. Stay clear of the path the across, and the vehicle starts to around. If the hill is steep vehicle would take if it slide, turn downhill. This should enough to stall the vehicle, rolled downhill. help straighten out the vehicle it is steep enough to cause and prevent the side slipping. it to roll over. . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. . If you cannot make it up the A hill that can be driven straight hill, back straight down up or down might be too steep to the hill. drive across. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 189
Traction is reduced on hard packed { Warning snow and ice and it is easy to lose Warning (Continued) control. Reduce vehicle speed when Getting out of the vehicle on the driving on hard packed snow Traction could be lost, and the downhill side when stopped and ice. vehicle could roll over. Do not across an incline is dangerous. drive through rushing water. If the vehicle rolls over, you could { Warning be crushed or killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Caution vehicle and stay well clear of the or rivers can be dangerous. Ice rollover path. conditions vary greatly and the Do not drive through standing vehicle could fall through the ice; water if it is deep enough to cover Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, you and your passengers could the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust or Ice drown. Drive your vehicle on safe pipe. Deep water can damage the surfaces only. axle and other vehicle parts. Use a low gear when driving in mud — the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep the vehicle moving Driving in Water If the standing water is not too deep, to avoid getting stuck. drive slowly through it. At faster speeds, water splashes and the Traction changes when driving on { Warning vehicle can stall. When going sand. On loose sand, such as on through water, the brakes get wet beaches or sand dunes, the tires Driving through rushing water can and it may take longer to stop. See tend to sink into the sand. This be dangerous. Deep water can Driving on Wet Roads later in this affects steering, accelerating, and sweep your vehicle downstream “ ” section. braking. Drive at a reduced speed and you and your passengers and avoid sharp turns or abrupt could drown. If it is only shallow maneuvers. water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
190 Driving and Operating
After Off-Road Driving wet enough and you are going fast { Warning enough. When the vehicle is Remove any brush or debris that hydroplaning, it has little or no has collected on the underbody or Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road. chassis, or under the hood. These They might not work as well in a accumulations can be a fire hazard. quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to After operation in mud or sand, pulling to one side. You could slow down when the road is wet. have the brake linings cleaned and lose control of the vehicle. checked. These substances can After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips cause glazing and uneven braking. puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet Check the body structure, steering, wash, lightly apply the brake suspension, wheels, tires, and weather driving tips include: pedal until the brakes work exhaust system for damage and . Allow extra following distance. normally. check the fuel lines and cooling . Pass with caution. system for any leakage. Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping More frequent maintenance service equipment in good shape. is required. See the Maintenance flowing water could cause the Schedule 0 344. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled. occupants could drown. Do not Driving on Wet Roads . Have good tires with proper ignore police warnings and be tread depth. See Tires 0 297. Rain and wet roads can reduce very cautious about trying to drive vehicle traction and affect your through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control. ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid Hydroplaning driving through large puddles and Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water deep-standing or flowing water. can build up under the vehicle's tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 191
Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving { Warning Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or . Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can good shape. overheating of the brakes and loss of steering. Always have the occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid . Check all fluid levels and brakes, engine running and the vehicle driving on wet ice or in freezing rain tires, cooling system, and in gear. transmission. until roads can be treated. For Slippery Road Driving: . Shift to a lower gear when going . Drive at speeds that keep the down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to { Warning center line. spin and makes the surface under the tires slick. Using the brakes to slow the . Be alert on top of hills; vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, accident). Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 218. reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 216. . Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
192 Driving and Operating
clear roads in shaded areas. To save fuel, run the engine for The surface of a curve or an Warning (Continued) short periods to warm the vehicle overpass can remain icy when and then shut the engine off and the surrounding roads are clear. carbon monoxide (CO), which partially close the window. Moving Avoid sudden steering cannot be seen or smelled. It can about to keep warm also helps. maneuvers and braking while cause unconsciousness and even death. If it takes time for help to arrive, on ice. when running the engine, push the . Turn off cruise control. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle Blizzard Conditions . Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any speed. This keeps the battery Stay with the vehicle unless there is blocking the exhaust pipe. charged to restart the vehicle and to help nearby. If possible, use signal for help with the headlamps. Roadside Assistance. See Roadside . Open a window about 5 cm Do this as little as possible, to Assistance Program 0 364. To get (2 in) on the vehicle side save fuel. help and keep everyone in the that is away from the wind, vehicle safe: to bring in fresh air. If the Vehicle Is Stuck . Fully open the air outlets on . Turn on the hazard warning Slowly and cautiously spin the or under the instrument flashers. wheels to free the vehicle when panel. . Tie a red cloth to an outside stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. mirror. . Adjust the climate control See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It system to circulate the air Out” later in this section. inside the vehicle and set The Traction Control System (TCS) { Warning the fan speed to the highest can often help to free a stuck setting. See Climate Snow can trap engine exhaust “ vehicle. See Traction Control/ Control Systems.” under the vehicle. This may Electronic Stability Control 0 218. cause exhaust gases to get For more information about CO, If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see inside. Engine exhaust contains see Engine Exhaust 0 206. “Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out” (Continued) following. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 193
causes a rocking motion that could { Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. See speed, they can explode, and you Towing the Vehicle 0 330. Recovery or others could be injured. The hooks can be used, if equipped. vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other Recovery Hooks damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going { Warning above 56 km/h (35 mph). Never pull on recovery hooks from the side. The hooks could For information about using tire break and you and others could chains on the vehicle, see Tire Caution be injured. When using recovery Chains 0 316. hooks, always pull the vehicle Do not drive through standing Rocking the Vehicle to Get from the front. water if it is deep enough to cover It Out the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can damage the Turn the steering wheel left and axle and other vehicle parts. right to clear the area around the front wheels. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive If the vehicle has recovery hooks at High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back the front of the vehicle, use them if and forth between R (Reverse) and the vehicle is stuck off-road and a forward gear, spinning the wheels needs to be pulled some place to as little as possible. To prevent continue driving. transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
194 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Load Limits number of occupant seating Warning (Continued) positions (1), and the maximum It is very important to know how crash. Overloading can also vehicle capacity weight (2) in much weight the vehicle can kilograms and pounds. carry. This weight is called the reduce stopping distance, vehicle capacity weight and damage the tires, and shorten The Tire and Loading includes the weight of all the life of the vehicle. Information label also shows the occupants, cargo and all size of the original equipment nonfactory-installed options. Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended Two labels on the vehicle may Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). show how much weight it was For more information on tires designed to carry, the Tire and and inflation see Tires 0 297 Loading Information label and and Tire Pressure 0 303. the Certification/Tire label. There is also important loading information on the vehicle { Warning Certification/Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Do not load the vehicle any Rating (GVWR) and the Gross heavier than the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for Vehicle Weight Rating the front and rear axles. See (GVWR), or either the “Certification/Tire Label” later in maximum front or rear Gross this section. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Label Example This can cause systems to A vehicle specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct break and change the way the Loading Information label is Load Limit– vehicle handles. This could attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The cause loss of control and a (B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of (Continued) information label shows the occupants and cargo should GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 195
never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s exceed the available cargo placard. and luggage load capacity 2. Determine the combined calculated in Step 4. weight of the driver and 6. If your vehicle will be towing passengers that will be a trailer, load from your riding in your vehicle. trailer will be transferred to 3. Subtract the combined your vehicle. Consult this weight of the driver and manual to determine how passengers from XXX kg or this reduces the available XXX lbs. cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.” Example 1 4. The resulting figure equals See Trailer Towing 0 248 for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for the available amount of important information on towing a cargo and luggage load Example 1 = 453 kg trailer, towing safety rules, and (1,000 lbs) capacity. For example, if the trailering tips. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight "XXX" amount equals @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 1400 lbs. and there will be 136 kg (300 lbs) five 150 lb passengers in 3. Available Occupant and your vehicle, the amount of Cargo Weight = 317 kg available cargo and luggage (700 lbs) load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
196 Driving and Operating
weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. Certification/Tire Label
Example 2 Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) (1,000 lbs) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = A vehicle specific Certification/ 136 kg (750 lbs) 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Tire label is attached to the 3. Available Cargo Weight = 3. Available Cargo Weight = center pillar (B-pillar). The label 113 kg (250 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) may show the size of the Refer to the vehicle's tire and vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for inflation pressures needed to specific information about the obtain the gross weight capacity vehicle's capacity weight and of the vehicle. This is called seating positions. The combined Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The GVWR GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 197
includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and Warning (Continued) { Warning cargo. cause loss of control and a Things you put inside the The Certification/Tire label also crash. Overloading can also vehicle can strike and injure may show the maximum weights reduce stopping distance, people in a sudden stop or for the front and rear axles, damage the tires, and shorten turn, or in a crash. called Gross Axle Weight the life of the vehicle. . Put things in the cargo Rating (GAWR). To find out the area of the vehicle. Try to actual loads on the front and The label will help decide how spread the weight evenly. rear axles, weigh the vehicle at much cargo and installed . Never stack heavier a weigh station. Your dealer can equipment the truck can carry. help with this. Be sure to spread things, like suitcases, the load equally on both sides of Using heavier suspension inside the vehicle so that the centerline. components to get added some of them are above durability might not change the the tops of the seats. weight ratings. Ask your dealer { Warning . Do not leave an to help load the vehicle the unsecured child restraint right way. Do not load the vehicle any in the vehicle. heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Caution . When you carry (GVWR), or either the something inside the maximum front or rear Gross Overloading the vehicle may vehicle, secure it Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). cause damage. Repairs would not whenever you can. This can cause systems to be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the . Do not leave a seat break and change the way the vehicle. folded down unless you vehicle handles. This could need to. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
198 Driving and Operating
There's also important loading Starting and Caution (Continued) information for off-road driving in Operating this manual. See “Loading the premature wear and earlier Vehicle for Off-Road Driving” replacement. Follow this under Off-Road Driving 0 185. New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake Caution linings. The vehicle does not need an . Do not tow a trailer during elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing 0 248 for the trailer towing perform better in the long run if capabilities of the vehicle you follow these guidelines: and more information. . Keep the vehicle speed at Following break-in, engine speed 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually increased. . Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km (500 mi). Adjustable Throttle and Do not make full-throttle Brake Pedal starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. If equipped, the position of the throttle and brake pedals can be . Avoid making hard stops for changed. the first 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this time the new The pedals can only be adjusted brake linings are not yet when the vehicle is in P (Park). broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 199
Ignition Positions To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be applied. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press the ENGINE START/STOP button once to turn the engine off. If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain The switch used to adjust the active. See Retained Accessory pedals is to the left of the steering Power (RAP) 0 203. wheel. Vehicles with Keyless Access have If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the Press the switch to the left to move pushbutton starting. ignition will return to ACC/ the pedals closer to your body. Pressing the button cycles it through ACCESSORY and display the Press the switch to the right to move three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, message SHIFT TO PARK in the the pedals away. ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the Driver Information Center (DIC). Before you start driving, fully press Engine/OFF. See Transmission Messages 0 152. When the vehicle is shifted into the brake pedal to confirm the The transmitter must be in the P (Park), the ignition system will adjustment is right for you. vehicle for the system to operate. switch to OFF. The vehicle may have a memory If the pushbutton start is not function, which lets pedal settings working, the vehicle may be near a Do not turn the engine off when the be saved and recalled. See Memory strong radio antenna signal causing vehicle is moving. This will cause a Seats 0 55. interference to the Keyless Access loss of power assist in the brake system. See Remote Keyless Entry and steering systems and disable (RKE) System Operation 0 27. the airbags. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
200 Driving and Operating
The vehicle may have an electric 3. Come to a complete stop, shift With the ignition off, pressing the steering column lock. The lock is to P (Park), and turn the button one time without the brake activated when the vehicle is ignition to OFF. On vehicles pedal applied will place the ignition switched to OFF and either front with an automatic transmission, system in ACC/ACCESSORY. door is opened. A sound may be the shift lever must be in The ignition will switch from ACC/ heard as the lock actuates or P (Park) to turn the ignition ACCESSORY to OFF after releases. The steering column lock switch to the OFF position. five minutes to prevent battery may not release with the wheels 4. Set the parking brake. See rundown. turned off center. If this happens, Parking Brake 0 217. the vehicle may not start. Move the ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator steering wheel from left to right Light) : This mode is for driving and while attempting to start the vehicle. { Warning starting. With the ignition off, and If this does not work, the vehicle the brake pedal applied, pressing Turning off the vehicle while needs service. the button once will place the moving may cause loss of power ignition system in ON/RUN/START. If the vehicle must be shut off in an assist in the brake and steering Once engine cranking begins, emergency: systems and disable the airbags. release the button. Engine cranking 1. Brake using a firm and steady While driving, only shut the will continue until the engine starts. pressure. Do not pump the vehicle off in an emergency. See Starting the Engine 0 201. The brakes repeatedly. This may ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, Service Only Mode increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving, 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). press and hold the ENGINE START/ This power mode is available for This can be done while the STOP button for longer than service and diagnostics, and to vehicle is moving. After shifting two seconds, or press twice in verify the proper operation of the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the five seconds. malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection brakes and steer the vehicle to ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber a safe location. purposes. With the vehicle off, and Indicator Light) : This mode allows the brake pedal not applied, some electrical accessories to be pressing and holding the button for used when the engine is off. more than five seconds will place GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 201
the vehicle in Service Only Mode. Information Center (DIC) will The instruments and audio systems Caution display a message. See Key will operate as they do in ON/RUN, and Lock Messages 0 147. but the vehicle will not be able to be If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change driven. The engine will not start in Caution Service Only Mode. Press the the way the engine operates. Any button again to turn the vehicle off. resulting damage would not be Cranking the engine for long covered by the vehicle warranty. periods of time, by returning the Starting the Engine See Add-On Electrical Equipment ignition to the START position 0 259. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or immediately after cranking has N (Neutral). The engine will not start ended, can overheat and damage in any other position. To restart the Starting Procedure (Keyless the cranking motor, and drain the engine when the vehicle is already Access) battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the moving, use N (Neutral) only. 1. With the Keyless Access cranking motor cool down. system, the RKE transmitter Caution must be in the vehicle. Press the ENGINE START/STOP 2. If the engine does not start Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the button with the brake pedal after five to 10 seconds, vehicle is moving. If you do, you applied. When the engine especially in very cold weather could damage the transmission. begins cranking, let go of the (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could Shift to P (Park) only when the button. be flooded with too much vehicle is stopped. gasoline. Try pushing the The idle speed will go down as accelerator pedal all the way to the engine gets warm. Do not the floor and holding it there as race the engine immediately you press the ENGINE START/ after starting it. STOP button, for up to a If the RKE transmitter is not in maximum of 15 seconds. Wait the vehicle, if there is at least 15 seconds between interference, or the RKE each try, to allow the cranking battery is low, the Driver motor to cool down. When the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
202 Driving and Operating
engine starts, let go of the 2. Open the hood and unwrap the button, and the accelerator. electrical cord. The cord is by Warning (Continued) If the vehicle starts briefly but the left front fender, next to the then stops again, do the same engine compartment fuse function. An ungrounded thing. This clears the extra block. outlet could cause an electric shock. gasoline from the engine. Do Check the heater cord for not race the engine damage. If it is damaged, do . Use a weatherproof, immediately after starting it. not use it. See your dealer for heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated Operate the engine and a replacement. Inspect the extension cord if needed. transmission gently until the oil cord for damage yearly. Failure to use the warms up and lubricates all recommended extension moving parts. 3. Plug the cord into a normal, cord in good operating grounded 110-volt AC outlet. condition, or using a Engine Heater damaged heater or { Warning extension cord, could make The engine coolant heater can it overheat and cause a fire, provide easier starting and better Improper use of the heater cord property damage, electric fuel economy during engine or an extension cord can damage shock, and injury. warm-up in cold weather conditions the cord and may result in at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles . Do not operate the vehicle overheating and fire. with an engine heater should be with the heater cord plugged in at least four hours before . Plug the cord into a permanently attached to the starting. There may be an internal three-prong electrical utility (Continued) thermostat in the plug end of the receptacle that is protected cord, which will prevent engine by a ground fault detection coolant heater operation at (Continued) temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1. Turn off the engine. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 203
Retained Accessory Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued) Power (RAP) vehicle. Possible heater { Warning The following vehicle accessories cord and thermostat can be used for up to 10 minutes damage could occur. It can be dangerous to get out of after the engine is turned off: the vehicle if the shift lever is not . While in use, do not let the . Audio System fully in P (Park) with the parking heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges. Never . Power Windows brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the engine close the hood on the . OnStar System (if equipped) heater cord. running, the vehicle can move . Sunroof (if equipped) suddenly. You or others could be . Before starting the vehicle, injured. To be sure the vehicle will unplug the cord, reattach . Accessory Power Outlets. The console and center seat outlets not move, even when you are on the cover to the plug, and fairly level ground, use the steps securely fasten the cord. are RAP powered. that follow. If the vehicle has a Keep the cord away from These features work when the key four-wheel drive transfer case any moving parts. is in ON/RUN or ACC/ with a N (Neutral) position, and ACCESSORY. Once the key is the transfer case is in N (Neutral), turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, 4. Before starting the engine, be the vehicle will be free to roll, the windows and sunroof continue sure to unplug and store the even if the shift lever is in cord as it was before to keep it to work up to 10 minutes until any door is opened. The radio continues P (Park). Be sure the transfer away from moving engine case is in a drive gear. If towing a parts. If you do not, it could be to work for up to 10 minutes or until the driver door is opened. trailer, see Driving Characteristics damaged. and Towing Tips 0 246. The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on 1. Hold the brake pedal down, several factors. Ask a dealer in the then set the parking brake. area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. See Parking Brake 0 217. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
204 Driving and Operating
2. Move the shift lever into the to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). P (Park) position by pulling the Warning (Continued) This is called torque lock. To shift lever toward you and prevent torque lock, set the parking moving it up as far as it will go. And, if you leave the vehicle with brake and then shift into P (Park) the engine running, it could 3. Be sure the transfer case is in properly before you leave the driver overheat and even catch fire. You seat. To find out how, see Shifting a drive gear — not in or others could be injured. Do not Into Park 0 203. N (Neutral). leave the vehicle with the engine 4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. running unless you have to. When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of P (Park) before Leaving the Vehicle with the you release the parking brake. If you have to leave the vehicle with Engine Running If torque lock does occur, you may the engine running, be sure the need to have another vehicle push vehicle is in P (Park) and the yours a little uphill to take some of { Warning parking brake is firmly set before the pressure from the parking pawl you leave it. After you move the shift It can be dangerous to leave the in the transmission. You will then be lever into P (Park), hold the regular vehicle with the engine running. able to pull the shift lever out of brake pedal down. Then, see if you The vehicle could move suddenly P (Park). can move the shift lever away from if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) without first pulling it toward P (Park) with the parking brake you. If you can, it means that the Shifting out of Park firmly set. shift lever was not fully locked into This vehicle is equipped with an If you have four-wheel drive and P (Park). electronic shift lock release system. the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Torque Lock The shift lock release is the vehicle will be free to roll, designed to: If you are parking on a hill and you even if the shift lever is in . Prevent ignition key removal do not shift the transmission into P (Park). So be sure the transfer unless the shift lever is in P (Park) properly, the weight of the case is in a drive gear — not in P (Park). N (Neutral). vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the (Continued) transmission. You may find it difficult GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 205
. Prevent movement of the shift If you are still having a problem accelerating from a stop, passing, lever out of P (Park), unless the shifting, then have the vehicle or merging onto a freeway, the ignition is in ON/RUN and the serviced soon. system will maintain full-cylinder regular brake pedal is applied. operation. The shift lock release is always Parking over Things If the vehicle has an Active Fuel functional except in the case of an That Burn Management indicator, see Driver uncharged or low voltage (less than Information Center (DIC) 0 137 for 9 volt) battery. { Warning more information on using this If the vehicle has an uncharged display. battery or a battery with low voltage, Things that can burn could touch try charging or jump starting the hot exhaust parts under the battery. See Jump Starting - North vehicle and ignite. Do not park America 0 326. over papers, leaves, dry grass, To shift out of P (Park): or other things that can burn. 1. Apply the brake pedal. Active Fuel Management® 2. Move the shift lever to the desired position. Vehicles with V8 engines may have Active Fuel Management. This If you still are unable to shift out of system allows the engine to operate P (Park): on either all or half of its cylinders, 1. Ease the pressure on the shift depending on the driving conditions. lever. When less power is required, such 2. While holding down the brake as cruising at a constant vehicle pedal, press the shift lever all speed, the system will operate in the way into P (Park). the half cylinder mode, allowing the 3. Move the shift lever to the vehicle to achieve better fuel desired position. economy. When greater power demands are required, such as GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
206 Driving and Operating
Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { Warning It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or 0 even death. See Shifting Into Park 203 and if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 206. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics with poor ventilation windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 246. (parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired deep snow that may block immediately. underbody airflow or tail pipes). Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed . The exhaust smells or area such as a garage or a sounds strange or different. building that has no fresh air . The exhaust system leaks ventilation. due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 207
Automatic { Warning Warning (Continued) Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the So, be sure the transfer case is in If equipped, there is an electronic vehicle if the shift lever is not fully a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive shift lever position indicator within in P (Park) with the parking brake High or Four-Wheel Drive High or the instrument cluster. This display firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in comes on when the ignition key is N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park turned to the ON/RUN position. Do not leave the vehicle when the 0 engine is running. If you have left 203. There are several different positions the engine running, the vehicle for the shift lever. can move suddenly. You or others R: Use this gear to back up. could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when Caution you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and Shifting to R (Reverse) while the move the shift lever to P (Park). vehicle is moving forward could See Shifting Into Park 0 203 and damage the transmission. The Driving Characteristics and repairs would not be covered by See “Range Selection Mode” under Towing Tips 0 246. the vehicle warranty. Shift to Manual Mode 0 209. R (Reverse) only after the vehicle P: This position locks the rear is stopped. wheels. It is the best position to use { Warning when starting the engine because To rock the vehicle back and forth to the vehicle cannot move easily. If you have four-wheel drive, the get out of snow, ice, or sand without When parked on a hill, especially vehicle will be free to roll even damaging the transmission, see If when the vehicle has a heavy load, — if the shift lever is in P (Park) if the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 192. you might notice an increase in the — effort to shift out of P (Park). See the transfer case is in N (Neutral). N: In this position, the engine does “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into (Continued) not connect with the wheels. To Park 0 203. restart when you are already GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
208 Driving and Operating
moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, D: This position is for normal The vehicle has a shift stabilization use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is driving. It provides the best fuel feature that adjusts the transmission being towed. economy. If you need more power shifting to the current driving for passing, and you are: conditions in order to reduce rapid { Warning . Going less than about 55 km/h upshifts and downshifts. This shift (35 mph), push the accelerator stabilization feature is designed to Shifting into a drive gear while the pedal about halfway down. determine, before making an engine is running at high speed is upshift, if the engine is able to dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or maintain vehicle speed by analyzing firmly on the brake pedal, the more, push the accelerator all things such as vehicle speed, vehicle could move very rapidly. the way down. throttle position, and vehicle load. You could lose control and hit By doing this, the vehicle shifts If the shift stabilization feature people or objects. Do not shift down to the next gear and has determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the into a drive gear while the engine more power. transmission does not upshift and is running at high speed. Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode instead holds the current gear. when towing a trailer, carrying a In some cases, this could appear to heavy load, driving on steep hills, be a delayed shift, however the or driving off-road. Shift the transmission is operating normally. Caution transmission to a lower gear The transmission uses adaptive Shifting out of P (Park) or selection if the transmission shifts too often. shift controls. The adaptive shift N (Neutral) with the engine control process continually running at high speed may Downshifting the transmission in compares key shift parameters to damage the transmission. The slippery road conditions could result pre-programmed ideal shifts stored repairs would not be covered by in skidding. See “Skidding” under in the transmission s computer. The 0 ’ the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Loss of Control 185. transmission constantly makes engine is not running at high adjustments to improve vehicle speed when shifting the vehicle. performance according to how the vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy load or when the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 209
temperature changes. During this Normal Mode Grade Braking Kickdown Mode adaptive shift control process, If equipped with a gasoline engine The accelerator pedal provides an shifting might feel different as the and an automatic transmission, additional downshift after pressing transmission determines the best Normal Mode Grade Braking is through the kickdown feature. settings. enabled when the vehicle is started, It requires extra pedal pressure near When temperatures are very cold, but is not enabled in Range the end of its travel to engage. the transmission's gear shifting Selection Mode. It assists in could be delayed providing more maintaining desired vehicle speeds stable shifts until the engine warms when driving on downhill grades by Manual Mode up. Shifts could be more noticeable using the engine and transmission Range Selection Mode with a cold transmission. This to slow the vehicle. The first time difference in shifting is normal. the system engages for each M: This position allows selection of ignition key cycle, a DIC message a range of gears appropriate for will be displayed. See Transmission 0 current driving conditions. Messages 152. If equipped, see “Range Selection To disable or enable Normal Mode Mode” under Manual Mode 0 209. Grade Braking within the current ignition key cycle, press and hold If equipped, Range Selection Mode the Tow/Haul button for Caution helps control the vehicle's five seconds. When the button is transmission and vehicle speed Spinning the tires or holding the released, the requested mode while driving downhill or towing a vehicle in one place on a hill change is made. A DIC message trailer by letting you select a desired displays. See Transmission using only the accelerator pedal range of gears. may damage the transmission. Messages 0 152. The repair will not be covered by For other forms of grade braking, the vehicle warranty. If you are see Tow/Haul Mode 0 212 and stuck, do not spin the tires. When Cruise Control 0 221. stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
210 Driving and Operating
To use this feature: For example, when 5 (Fifth) is 1. Move the shift lever to selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) M (Manual Mode). gears are automatically shifted by the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) 2. Tap the plus/minus buttons on cannot be used until the plus/minus the shift lever to select the button on the shift lever is used to desired range of gears for change to the range. current driving conditions. In vehicles with gasoline engines, Hold the plus/minus buttons on the when the shift lever is moved from shift lever to select the highest or D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a lowest range available for the downshift may occur. The gear that current vehicle speed. the transmission is operating in When the shift lever is moved from when the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode) number displays next to the M, determines if a downshift occurs. indicating the current transmission See the following chart. range. This number is the highest gear that the transmission will command while operating in M (Manual Mode). All gears below that number are available. As driving conditions change, the transmission can automatically shift to lower gears. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 211
Gear before Caution (Continued) shifting from D 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st (Drive) to M stuck, do not spin the tires. When (Manual Mode) stopping on a hill, use the brakes Range after to hold the vehicle in place. shifting from D (Drive) to M6 M6 M5 M4 M3 M3 M2 M1 Low Traction Mode M (Manual Mode) – Tow/Haul not Low Traction Mode assists in engaged vehicle acceleration when road conditions are slippery, such as with Range after ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a shifting from stop, select M2 using Range D (Drive) to M6 M5 M4 M3 M3 M3 M2 M1 Selection Mode. This will limit M (Manual Mode) torque to the wheels and help to – Tow/Haul prevent the tires from spinning. engaged
Grade Braking is not available when Range Selection Mode is active. Caution See Tow/Haul Mode 0 212. Spinning the tires or holding the While using Range Selection Mode, vehicle in one place on a hill cruise control and the Tow/Haul using only the accelerator pedal Mode can be used. may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If you are (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
212 Driving and Operating
Tow/Haul Mode See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 132 and For other forms of grade braking, Hill and Mountain Roads 0 191. see Automatic Transmission 0 207 and Cruise Control 0 221. Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing Equipment 0 251. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and the vehicle is not in the Range Selection Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed previously and Manual Mode 0 209. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in maintaining desired The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the vehicle speeds when driving on transmission shift pattern to reduce downhill grades by using the engine shift cycling. This provides and transmission to slow the increased performance, vehicle vehicle. control, and enhanced transmission To disable or enable Tow/Haul and engine cooling when driving Grade Braking within the current down steep hills or mountain ignition key cycle, press and hold grades, towing, or hauling heavy the Tow/Haul button for loads. five seconds. When the button is The selector button is on the end of released, the requested mode the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul change is made. A DIC message is displayed. See Transmission Mode on and off by pressing the 0 button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is Messages 152. enabled, a light on the instrument See Towing Equipment 0 251. cluster will come on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 213 Drive Systems Two Speed Automatic { Warning Transfer Case Four-Wheel Drive Shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the front axle for extra to roll even if the transmission is traction. Read the appropriate in P (Park). You or someone else section for transfer case operation could be seriously injured. Be before using. sure to set the parking brake before placing the transfer case in Caution N (Neutral). See Parking Brake 0 217. Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended period Caution of time. These conditions may Use the transfer case knob next to cause premature wear on the Extended high-speed operation in the steering wheel to shift into and vehicle’s powertrain. 4 n may damage or shorten the out of four-wheel drive. life of the drivetrain. Indicator lights display which setting Driving on clean, dry pavement in the transfer case is in. N (Neutral) is four-wheel drive may: Engagement noise and bump when indicated on the knob. The indicator lights will display briefly when the . Cause a vibration to be felt in shifting between 4 and 4 or from n m ignition is turned on and one will the steering system. N (Neutral), with the engine running, stay on. If the lights display . Cause tires to wear faster. is normal. momentarily when the ignition is in . Make the transfer case harder to Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction ON/RUN, but none stay on, the shift, and cause it to run noisier. Control and StabiliTrak® off. See knob may have been turned while Traction Control/Electronic Stability the vehicle was off. To see the Control 0 218. indicator, turn the knob to another GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
214 Driving and Operating
position so that it matches the power is sent to the front and rear Shifting Into 2 m actual transfer case setting. If no wheels automatically based on lights display, take the vehicle to driving conditions. This setting Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, your dealer for service. An indicator provides slightly lower fuel economy except when shifting from 4 n. The light flashes while shifting the than 2 m. indicator light will flash while shifting transfer case and remains and will remain on when the shift is illuminated when the shift is 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use completed. complete. this position when extra traction is If the transfer case cannot make a needed, such as when driving on Shifting Into 4 n snowy or icy roads, when requested shift, it will return to the When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle last chosen setting. Turn the knob off-roading, or when plowing snow. speed below 72 km/h (45 mph). back to the previous transfer case 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting to see the indicator. setting engages the front axle and To shift into 4 n: The settings are: delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n 1. The ignition must be in ON/ N (Neutral) : Use only when the when driving off-road in deep sand, RUN and the vehicle must be vehicle needs to be towed. See deep mud, or deep snow, and while stopped or moving less than Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330 climbing or descending steep hills. 5 km/h (3 mph) with the or Towing the Vehicle 0 330. transmission in N (Neutral). It is Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction best for the vehicle to be 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use Control and StabiliTrak off. See moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h for driving on most streets and Traction Control/Electronic Stability (1 to 2 mph). highways. The front axle is not Control 0 218. engaged. This setting provides the 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for Shifting Into 4 best fuel economy. m or AUTO the 4 n indicator light to stop AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO flashing before shifting the Drive) : Use when road surface position at any speed, except from transmission into gear. traction conditions are variable. 4 n. The indicator light will flash When driving in AUTO, the front while shifting and will remain on axle is engaged, and the vehicle's when the shift is completed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 215
2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, 2. Set the parking brake and Caution press and hold the brake or 2 . Wait for the 4 , AUTO, m m pedal. See Parking Brake Shifting the transmission into gear or 2 m indicator light to stop 0 217. before the requested mode flashing before shifting the 3. Start the vehicle or turn the indicator light has stopped transmission into gear. flashing could damage the ignition to ON/RUN. transfer case. Caution 4. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). Shifting the transmission into gear If the transmission is in gear and/or 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), before the requested mode 6. Turn the transfer case knob the 4 n indicator light will flash for indicator light has stopped flashing could damage the clockwise to N (Neutral) until it 30 seconds and not complete the transfer case. stops and hold it there until the shift. After 30 seconds the transfer N (Neutral) light starts blinking. case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob This will take at least to 4 to display the indicator. With If the transmission is in gear and/or 10 seconds. Then slowly m moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h release the dial to the 4 n (3 mph), and the transmission in the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light position. The N (Neutral) light N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. will flash for 30 seconds but will not will come on when the transfer complete the shift. With the vehicle case shift to N (Neutral) is Shifting Out of 4 n moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), complete. and the transmission in N (Neutral), To shift: attempt the shift again. 7. With the engine running, verify 1. The vehicle must be stopped or that the transfer case is in moving less than 5 km/h Shifting Into N (Neutral) N (Neutral) by shifting the (3 mph) with the transmission To shift: transmission to R (Reverse), in N (Neutral) and the ignition in then shift the transmission to 1. Park the vehicle on a level ON/RUN. It is best for the D (Drive). There should be no surface. vehicle to be moving movement of the vehicle while 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). shifting the transmission. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
216 Driving and Operating 8. Turn the engine off, and the Brakes avoid a sudden obstacle, a ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. computer senses the wheels are 9. Place the transmission shift Antilock Brake slowing down. If one of the wheels lever in P (Park). See is about to stop rolling, the computer Recreational Vehicle Towing System (ABS) will separately work the brakes at each wheel. 0 330. This vehicle has ABS, an advanced 10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. electronic braking system that helps ABS can change the brake pressure prevent a braking skid. to each wheel, as required, faster Shifting Out of N (Neutral) than any driver could. This can help When the vehicle begins to drive you steer around the obstacle while To shift: away, ABS checks itself. braking hard. 1. Set the parking brake and A momentary motor or clicking noise apply the brake pedal. might be heard while this test is As the brakes are applied, the going on, and it might even be computer keeps receiving updates 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN noticed that the brake pedal moves on wheel speed and controls with the engine off. a little. This is normal. braking pressure accordingly. 3. Shift the transmission to Remember: ABS does not change N (Neutral). the time needed to get a foot up to 4. Turn the transfer case knob to the brake pedal or always decrease the desired setting. stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, After the transfer case has there will not be enough time to shifted out of N (Neutral), the apply the brakes if that vehicle N (Neutral) light will go out. If there is a problem with ABS, this suddenly slows or stops. Always 5. Release the parking brake. warning light stays on. See Antilock leave enough room up ahead to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light stop, even with ABS. 6. Start the engine and shift the 0 131. transmission to the desired gear. If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the brakes and continue braking to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 217
Using ABS Set the parking brake by holding the system warning light will flash and a regular brake pedal down, then chime will sound warning you that Do not pump the brakes. Just hold pushing down the parking brake the parking brake is still on. the brake pedal down firmly and let pedal. ABS work. You may hear the ABS If you are towing a trailer and are pump or motor operating and feel If the ignition is on, the brake parking on a hill, see Driving the brake pedal pulsate. This is system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Tips normal. See Brake System Warning Light 0 246. 0 130. Braking in Emergencies Brake Assist ABS allows you to steer and brake Caution The Brake Assist feature is at the same time. In many designed to assist the driver in emergencies, steering can help Driving with the parking brake on stopping or decreasing vehicle can overheat the brake system more than even the very best speed in emergency driving braking. and cause premature wear or conditions. This feature uses the damage to brake system parts. stability system hydraulic brake Parking Brake Make sure that the parking brake control module to supplement the is fully released and the brake power brake system under warning light is off before driving. conditions where the driver has quickly and forcefully applied the To release the parking brake, hold brake pedal in an attempt to quickly the regular brake pedal down, then stop or slow down the vehicle. The push down momentarily on the stability system hydraulic brake parking brake pedal until you feel control module increases brake the pedal release. Slowly pull your pressure at each corner of the foot up off the parking brake pedal. vehicle until the ABS activates. If the parking brake is not released Minor brake pedal pulsation or when you begin to drive, the brake pedal movement during this time is normal and the driver should continue to apply the brake pedal as GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
218 Driving and Operating the driving situation dictates. The Control (ITBC) system, HSA may Ride Control Systems Brake Assist feature will also apply the trailer brakes. It will automatically disengage when the not activate if the vehicle is in a brake pedal is released or brake drive gear and facing downhill or if Traction Control/ pedal pressure is quickly the vehicle is facing uphill and in Electronic Stability decreased. R (Reverse). There may be Control situations on minor hills (less than Hill Start Assist (HSA) 5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or System Operation while pulling a trailer where HSA Vehicles with StabiliTrak have an The vehicle has a Traction Control may activate. ® HSA feature, which may be useful System (TCS) and StabiliTrak , an when the vehicle is stopped on a electronic stability control system. grade. This feature is designed to These systems help limit wheel spin prevent the vehicle from rolling, and assist the driver in maintaining either forward or rearward, during control, especially on slippery road vehicle drive off. After the driver conditions. completely stops and holds the TCS activates if it senses that any vehicle in a complete standstill on a of the drive wheels are spinning or grade, HSA will be automatically beginning to lose traction. When this activated. During the transition happens, TCS applies the brakes to period between when the driver the spinning wheels and reduces releases the brake pedal and starts engine power to limit wheel spin. to accelerate to drive off on a grade, HSA holds the braking pressure for StabiliTrak activates when the a maximum of two seconds to vehicle senses a difference between ensure that there is no rolling. The the intended path and the direction brakes will automatically release the vehicle is actually traveling. when the accelerator pedal is StabiliTrak selectively applies applied within the two-second braking pressure to any one of the window. If the vehicle is equipped vehicle wheel brakes to assist the with the Integrated Trailer Brake driver in keeping the vehicle on the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 219
intended path. Trailer Sway Control the StabiliTrak OFF light comes on, maintaining control. The vehicle is (TSC) is also on automatically when and the appropriate message will safe to drive, but driving should be the vehicle is started. See Trailer appear on the DIC. Both traction adjusted accordingly. Sway Control (TSC) 0 258. control and StabiliTrak are If d comes on and stays on: If cruise control is being used and automatically disabled in this traction control or StabiliTrak begins condition. 1. Stop the vehicle. to limit wheel spin, cruise control will 2. Turn the engine off and wait disengage. Cruise control may be 15 seconds. turned back on when road conditions allow. 3. Start the engine. Both systems come on Drive the vehicle. If d comes on automatically when the vehicle is and stays on, the vehicle may need started and begins to move. The more time to diagnose the problem. The indicator light for both systems systems may be heard or felt while If the condition persists, see your is in the instrument cluster. This they are operating or while dealer. light will: performing diagnostic checks. This Turning the Systems Off is normal and does not mean there . Flash when TCS is limiting is a problem with the vehicle. wheel spin. and On It is recommended to leave both . Flash when StabiliTrak is systems on for normal driving activated. conditions, but it may be necessary . Turn on and stay on when either to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets system is not working. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 192 If either system fails to turn on or to and “Turning the Systems Off and activate, a message displays in the The button for TCS and StabiliTrak On” later in this section. Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and stays on to is on the instrument panel to the left When the transfer case is in of the steering wheel. Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability indicate that the system is inactive system is automatically disabled, and is not assisting the driver in GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
220 Driving and Operating
cluster, then release. The improved vehicle ride and handling Caution appropriate message will display in is provided under a variety of the DIC. See Ride Control System passenger and loading conditions. Do not repeatedly brake or Messages 0 150. accelerate heavily when TCS is Magnetic Ride Control is fully off. The vehicle driveline could be To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on automatic and uses a computer damaged. again, press and release the g controller to continuously monitor vehicle speed, wheel to body button. The traction off light i and position, lift/dive, and steering To turn off only TCS, press and the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the position of the vehicle. The release the g button. The traction instrument cluster turn off. controller then sends signals to off light i displays in the instrument StabiliTrak will automatically turn on each shock absorber to cluster. The appropriate message if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h independently adjust the damping will display in the DIC. See Ride (35 mph). Traction control will level to provide the optimum Control System Messages 0 150. To remain off. vehicle ride. turn TCS on again, press and The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Magnetic Ride Control also interacts release the g button. The traction Control (TSC) feature and a Hill with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when activated, will provide additional off light i displayed in the Start Assist (HSA) feature. See 0 control of the shock absorbers. This instrument cluster will turn off. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 258 or Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 218. additional control results in better If TCS is limiting wheel spin when ride and handling characteristics Adding accessories can affect the the button is pressed, the system when the vehicle is loaded or towing g vehicle performance. See will not turn off until the wheels stop a trailer. See “Tow/Haul Mode” Accessories and Modifications under Towing Equipment 0 251. spinning. 0 262. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, Locking Rear Axle press and hold the g button until Magnetic Ride Control Vehicles with a locking rear axle can the traction off light i and the This vehicle may have a semi-active give more traction on snow, mud, StabiliTrak OFF light g come on damping system called Magnetic ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a and stay on in the instrument Ride Control. With this feature, standard axle most of the time, but GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 221 when traction is low, this feature will been turned off. You may hear the Cruise Control allow the rear wheel with the most air compressor operating when the traction to move the vehicle. height is being adjusted. { Warning If a weight-distributing hitch is being Automatic Level Control used, it is recommended to allow Cruise control can be dangerous The Automatic Level Control (ALC) the shocks to inflate, thereby where you cannot drive safely at rear suspension is available on leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting a steady speed. Do not use light-duty vehicles and comes as a the hitch. cruise control on winding roads or part of the Magnetic Ride Control in heavy traffic. suspension, if equipped. ALC may also be available as a stand alone Cruise control can be dangerous feature. on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can This type of level control is fully cause excessive wheel slip, and automatic and will provide a better you could lose control. Do not use leveled riding position as well as cruise control on slippery roads. better handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions. An air compressor connected to the With cruise control a speed of about rear shocks will raise or lower the 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be rear of the vehicle to maintain maintained without keeping your proper vehicle height. The system is foot on the accelerator. Cruise activated when the ignition key is control does not work at speeds turned to ON/RUN and will below about 40 km/h (25 mph). automatically adjust vehicle height If the brakes are applied, the cruise thereafter. The system may exhaust control disengages. (lower vehicle height) for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key has For an explanation of how cruise control interacts with the Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
222 Driving and Operating
and Grade Braking systems. See 5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the 2. Get up to the desired speed. “Grade Braking” underTow/Haul system on or off. A white indicator 0 3. Press and release SET−. The Mode 212. comes on in the instrument cluster desired set speed briefly This vehicle has StabiliTrak and when the cruise is turned on. appears in the instrument when the system begins to limit SET− (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to cluster. wheel spin, the cruise control will set the speed and activate cruise 4. Remove foot from the automatically disengage. See control. If cruise control is already accelerator. Traction Control/Electronic Stability active, use to decrease vehicle Control 0 218. If a collision alert speed. The cruise control indicator on the occurs when cruise control is instrument cluster turns green after activated, cruise control is +RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If cruise control has been set to the disengaged. See Forward Collision there is a set speed in memory, desired speed. See Instrument Alert (FCA) System 0 234. When press to resume that speed or press Cluster 0 120. and hold to accelerate. If cruise road conditions allow the cruise Resuming a Set Speed control to be safely used again, it control is already active, use to can be turned back on. increase vehicle speed. If the cruise control is set at a * (Cancel) : Press to disengage desired speed and then the brakes cruise control without erasing the or * is applied, the cruise control is set speed from memory. disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory. Setting Cruise Control Once the vehicle speed reaches If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, +RES control could get pressed and briefly press +RES. The vehicle go into cruise when not desired. returns to the previous set speed. Keep the cruise 5 button off when cruise is not being used. 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 223
Increasing Speed While Using . To slow down in small may be necessary to maintain Cruise Control increments, briefly press SET–. vehicle speed. When going If the cruise control system is For each press, the vehicle goes downhill, Cruise Grade Braking already activated: about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. helps maintain the driver selected speed. . Press and hold the +RES button The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric Cruise Grade Braking is enabled until the vehicle accelerates to 0 the desired speed, then units. See Instrument Cluster 120. when the vehicle is started and release it. The increment value used depends cruise control is active. It is not on the units displayed. enabled in Range Selection Mode. . To increase vehicle speed in It assists in maintaining driver small increments, briefly press Passing Another Vehicle While selected speed when driving on Using Cruise Control +RES. For each press, the downhill grades by using the engine vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h Use the accelerator pedal to and transmission to slow the (1 mph) faster. increase the vehicle speed. When vehicle. The speedometer reading can be you take your foot off the pedal, the To disable and enable Cruise Grade vehicle will slow down to the displayed in either English or metric Braking for the current ignition key units. See Instrument Cluster 0 120. previous set cruise speed. While cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul The increment value used depends pressing the accelerator pedal or button for five seconds. A DIC on the units displayed. shortly following the release to message displays. See override cruise control, briefly Transmission Messages 0 152. Reducing Speed While Using pressing the SET– button will result Cruise Control in cruise control set to the current For other forms of Grade Braking, 0 If the cruise control system is vehicle speed. see Automatic Transmission 207 andTow/Haul Mode 0 212. already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills Ending Cruise Control . Press and hold the SET– button How well the cruise control works until the desired lower speed is on hills depends on the vehicle There are four ways to end cruise reached, then release it. speed, the load, and the steepness control: of the hills. When going up steep . Step lightly on the brake pedal. hills, pressing the accelerator pedal GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
224 Driving and Operating
. Press *. If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can apply acceleration or Warning (Continued) . Shift the transmission to limited, moderate braking to N (Neutral). maintain the selected following gap. Also see “Alerting the Driver” in this section. Complete attention is . To turn off cruise control, To disengage ACC, apply the brake. always required while driving and press 5. If ACC is controlling your vehicle speed when the traction control you should be ready to take Erasing Speed Memory system (TCS) or electronic stability action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 183. The cruise control set speed is control system activates, the ACC may automatically disengage. See erased from memory if the 5 button Traction Control/Electronic Stability is pressed or the ignition is Control 0 218. When road turned off. conditions allow ACC to be safely { Warning used, the ACC can be turned ACC will not detect or brake for Adaptive Cruise Control back on. children, pedestrians, animals, If equipped with Adaptive Cruise ACC will not engage if the TCS or or other objects. Control (ACC), it allows the driver to electronic stability control system is select the cruise control set speed disabled. Do not use ACC when: and following gap. Read this entire . On winding and hilly roads section before using this system. { Warning or when the sensors are The following gap is the following blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. time between your vehicle and a ACC has limited braking ability The system may not detect vehicle detected directly ahead in and may not have time to slow a vehicle ahead. Keep the your path, moving in the same the vehicle down enough to avoid entire front of the vehicle direction. If no vehicle is detected in a collision with another vehicle clean. your path, ACC works like regular you are following. This can occur (Continued) cruise control. ACC uses a radar when vehicles suddenly slow or sensor. See Radio Frequency stop ahead, or enter your lane. Statement 0 370. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 225
5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the Select the set speed desired for Warning (Continued) system on or off. The indicator turns cruise. This is the vehicle speed white on the instrument cluster when no vehicle is detected in . Visibility is low, such as in its path. fog, rain, or snow when ACC is turned on. conditions. ACC +RES (Resume/Accelerate) : ACC will not set or resume at a performance is limited under Press briefly to resume the previous speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph). these conditions. set speed or hold to accelerate. To set ACC: . On slippery roads where If ACC is already active, use to 1. Press 5. fast changes in tire traction increase vehicle speed. can cause excessive SET– (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to 2. Get up to the desired speed. wheel slip. set the speed and activate ACC. 3. Press and release SET– . If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed. 4. Remove foot from the accelerator. * (Cancel) : Press to disengage ACC without erasing the selected After ACC is set, it may immediately set speed. apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected closer than the selected 3 (Follow Distance Gap) : Press following gap. to select a following gap time (or distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near. Setting Adaptive Cruise Control If the cruise button is on when not in use, the cruise on/off control could get pressed and cruise control could become active when not desired. The ACC indicator displays on the Keep the cruise control off when Driver Information Center (DIC) in cruise is not being used. the instrument cluster and Head-Up GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
226 Driving and Operating
display (HUD), if equipped. When When the accelerator pedal is Reducing Speed While ACC is at a ACC is active, the indicator turns pressed, ACC will not brake Set Speed green. because it is overridden. If ACC is already activated, do one Be mindful of speed limits, A warning message will appear of the following: surrounding traffic speeds, and on the Driver Information Center (DIC) and HUD, if equipped. See . Use the brake to get to the weather conditions when selecting 0 desired lower speed. Press the set speed. Cruise Control Messages 144. SET– and release the . Press and hold +RES until the Resuming a Set Speed accelerator pedal. The vehicle desired set speed appears on will now cruise at the lower If the ACC is set at a desired speed the display, then release it. speed. and then the brakes are applied, . To increase vehicle speed in . Press and hold SET– until the ACC is disengaged without erasing small increments, briefly press the set speed from memory. desired lower speed is reached, +RES. For each press, the then release it. To begin using ACC again, press vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h +RES on the steering wheel. The (1 mph) faster mark on the . To decrease the vehicle speed in vehicle returns to the previous set speedometer. small increments, briefly press speed. SET−. For each press, the When it is determined that there is vehicle speed goes to the next Increasing Speed While ACC is at no vehicle ahead or the vehicle 1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on a Set Speed ahead is beyond the selected the speedometer. following gap, then the vehicle If ACC is already activated, do one speed will increase to the set speed. The speedometer reading can be of the following: displayed in either English or metric The speedometer reading can be . Use the accelerator to get to the units. See Instrument Cluster 0 120. displayed in either English or metric higher speed. Press SET . The increment value used depends – units. See Instrument Cluster 0 120. Release the control and the on the units displayed. The increment value used depends accelerator pedal. The vehicle on the units displayed. will now cruise at the higher speed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 227
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap Changing the gap setting When this condition occurs, six red When a slower moving vehicle is automatically changes the alert lights or the collision alert symbol on detected ahead within the selected timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, the HUD, if equipped, will flash on following gap, ACC will adjust the or Near) for the Forward Collision the windshield, and either eight Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward beeps will sound from the front, vehicle's speed and attempt to 0 maintain the follow distance gap Collision Alert (FCA) System 234. or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. See selected. Alerting the Driver “Collision/Detection Systems” under Press 3 on the steering wheel to Vehicle Personalization 0 155. adjust the following gap. When See Defensive Driving 0 183. pressed, the current gap setting displays briefly on the instrument Approaching and Following a cluster and HUD, if equipped. Vehicle Subsequent presses cycle the 3 button through three settings: Far, Without Head-Up Display Medium, or Near. The gap setting will be maintained until it is changed. Since each gap setting corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, The vehicle ahead symbol is in the or Near), the following distance will instrument cluster and HUD, vary based on vehicle speed. The With Head-Up Display if equipped. faster the vehicle speed, the further back your vehicle will follow a If ACC is engaged, driver action The vehicle ahead symbol only vehicle detected ahead. Consider may be required when ACC cannot displays when a vehicle is detected traffic and weather conditions when apply sufficient braking because of in your vehicle’s path moving in the selecting the following gap. The approaching a vehicle too rapidly. same direction. range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
228 Driving and Operating
If this symbol is not displaying, ACC . No traffic or other objects are will not respond to or brake to Warning (Continued) being detected. vehicles ahead. moving. This can occur in . There is a fault in the system. ACC automatically slows the vehicle stop-and-go traffic or when a A message will appear on the DIC down and adjusts vehicle speed to vehicle suddenly appears due to indicating that cruise is disengaging. follow the vehicle in front at the a vehicle ahead changing lanes. The ACC active symbol will not be selected follow gap. The vehicle Your vehicle may not stop and displayed when ACC is no longer speed increases or decreases to could cause a crash. Use caution follow the vehicle in front of you, but active. when using ACC. Your complete will not exceed the set speed. It may attention is always required while ACC Override apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake driving and you should be ready If using the accelerator pedal while lights will come on. The automatic to take action and apply the ACC is active, a warning message braking may feel or sound different brakes. in the DIC and in the HUD, than if the brakes were applied if equipped, will indicate that manually. This is normal. ACC Automatically Disengages automatic braking will not occur. See Vehicle Messages 0 143. ACC Stationary or Very Slow-Moving ACC may automatically disengage will resume operation when the Objects and you will need to manually apply accelerator pedal is not being the brakes to slow the vehicle when: pressed. { Warning . Your vehicle speed goes below the minimum speed of 16 km/h { Warning Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (10 mph). may not detect and react to The ACC will not automatically . The sensors are blocked. stopped or slow-moving vehicles apply the brakes if your foot is ahead of you. For example, the . The Traction Control System resting on the accelerator pedal. system may not brake for a (TCS) or electronic stability You could crash into a vehicle vehicle it has never detected control system has activated or ahead of you. (Continued) been disabled. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 229
Curves in the Road Warning (Continued)
{ Warning to use the brakes if necessary. On curves, ACC may not detect a Select an appropriate speed while vehicle ahead in your lane. You driving in curves. could be startled if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, ACC may operate differently in a especially when following a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle exiting or entering exit vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is ramps. You could lose control of sharp. not in your lane and apply the the vehicle or crash. Do not use brakes. ACC while driving on an entrance ACC may occasionally provide an or exit ramp. Always be ready to alert and/or braking that is use the brakes if necessary. considered unnecessary. It could respond to vehicles in different lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary objects when entering or { Warning exiting a curve. This is normal operation. The vehicle does not On curves, ACC may respond to need service. a vehicle in another lane, or may When following a vehicle and not have time to react to a vehicle entering a curve, ACC may not in your lane. You could crash into detect the vehicle ahead and a vehicle ahead of you, or lose accelerate to the set speed. When control of your vehicle. Give extra this happens, the vehicle ahead attention in curves and be ready symbol will not appear. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
230 Driving and Operating
Other Vehicle Lane Changes lane while driving on steep hills. The System operation may also be driver will often need to take over limited under snow, heavy rain, acceleration and braking on steep or road spray conditions. hills, especially when towing a trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC disengages. Disengaging ACC There are three ways to disengage ACC: . Step lightly on the brake pedal. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it is completely in the lane. The . Press *. brakes may need to be manually 5 applied. . Press . Do Not Use ACC on Hills and Erasing Speed Memory When Towing a Trailer The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. Cleaning the Sensing System The radar sensor on the front of the vehicle can become blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly.
Do not use ACC when driving on For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under steep hills or when towing a trailer. 0 ACC will not detect a vehicle in the Exterior Care 334. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 231
Audible or Safety Alert Seat Driver Assistance Warning (Continued) Systems Some driver assistance features Under many conditions, these alert the driver of obstacles by This vehicle may have features that systems will not: beeping. To change the volume of work together to help avoid crashes the warning chime, see “Comfort or reduce crash damage while . Detect children, and Convenience” under Vehicle driving, backing, and parking. Read pedestrians, bicyclists, Personalization 0 155. or animals. this entire section before using If equipped with the Safety Alert these systems. . Detect vehicles or objects Seat, the driver seat cushion may outside the area monitored provide a vibrating pulse alert { Warning by the system. instead of beeping. To change this, . Work at all driving speeds. see “Collision/Detection Systems” Do not rely on the Driver under Vehicle Personalization Assistance Systems. These . Warn you or provide you 0 155. systems do not replace the need with enough time to avoid a for paying attention and driving crash. Assistance Systems for safely. You may not hear or feel . Work under poor visibility or Parking or Backing alerts or warnings provided by bad weather conditions. these systems. Failure to use . Work if the detection sensor If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera proper care when driving may is not cleaned or is covered (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA), result in injury, death, or vehicle by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. Front Parking Assist (FPA), and damage. See Defensive Driving Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may 0 183. Complete attention is always help the driver park or avoid objects. required while driving, and you Always check around the vehicle (Continued) should be ready to take action when parking or backing. and apply the brakes and/or steer Rear Vision Camera (RVC) the vehicle to avoid crashes. When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the RVC displays an image of the area behind the vehicle GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
232 Driving and Operating
in the center stack display. The previous screen displays when the { Warning vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the The camera(s) do not display previous screen sooner, press a children, pedestrians, bicyclists, button on the infotainment system, crossing traffic, animals, or any shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle other object outside of the speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). The rear cameras’ field of view, below the vision camera is above the license bumper, or under the vehicle. plate. 1. View Displayed by the Shown distances may be different Camera from actual distances. Do not 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always Displayed images may be farther or check behind and around the closer than they appear. The area vehicle before driving. Failure to displayed is limited and objects that use proper care may result in are close to either corner of the injury, death, or vehicle damage. bumper or under the bumper do not display. Parking Assist A warning triangle may display on the RVC screen to show that RPA With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, has detected an object. This triangle as the vehicle moves at speeds of changes from amber to red and less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the increases in size the closer the sensors on the bumpers may detect 1. View Displayed by the object. objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and Camera 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below bumper level. These detection distances may be shorter during warmer or humid GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 233
weather. Blocked sensors will not Safety Alert Seat will pulse five detect objects and can also cause times. Beeps for FPA are higher false detections. Keep the sensors pitched than for RPA. clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensors after a car Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) wash in freezing temperatures. If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA { Warning displays a red warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow on the The parking assist system does RVC screen to warn of traffic not detect children, pedestrians, coming from the left or right. This bicyclists, animals, or objects system detects objects coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or located below the bumper or that The instrument cluster may have a are too close or too far from the right side of the vehicle. When an parking assist display with bars that object is detected, either three vehicle. It is not available at show “distance to object” and object speeds greater than 8 km/h beeps sound from the left or right or location information for RPA, and on three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, some vehicles, FPA. As the object on the left or right side, depending or vehicle damage, even with gets closer, more bars light up and on the direction of the detected parking assist, always check the the bars change color from yellow to vehicle. area around the vehicle and amber to red. Use caution while backing up when check all mirrors before moving When an object is first detected in forward or backing. towing a trailer, as the RCTA the rear, one beep will be heard detection zones that extend out from the rear, or both sides of the from the back of the vehicle do not Safety Alert Seat will pulse two move further back when a trailer is times. When an object is very close towed. (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), a continuous beep will sound from the front or rear depending on object location, or both sides of the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
234 Driving and Operating
Turning the Features On or Off properly with a small item attached quickly, FCA provides a red flashing to the trailer hitch. Turn off parking alert on the windshield and rapidly assist when towing a trailer. beeps or pulses the driver seat. To turn the rear parking assist FCA also lights an amber visual symbols, guidance lines, or Rear alert if following another vehicle Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see much too closely. “Rear Camera” under Vehicle FCA detects vehicles within a Personalization 0 155 distance of approximately 60 m The X button to the left of the (197 ft) and operates at speeds steering wheel is used to turn on or Assistance Systems for above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the off the Front and Rear Parking Driving vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control Assist. The indicator light in the (ACC), it can detect vehicles to button comes on when the features If equipped, when driving the distances of approximately 110 m are on and turns off when the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. 0 features have been disabled. Collision Alert (FCA), Lane See Adaptive Cruise Control 224. Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Front and Rear Parking Assist can Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone { Warning be turned off, on, or on with towbar Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert through vehicle personalization. See (LCA), and/or the Front Automatic FCA is a warning system and “Parking Assist” under Vehicle Braking (FAB) System can help to 0 does not apply the brakes. When Personalization 155. If the parking avoid a crash or reduce crash approaching a slower-moving or assist is turned off through vehicle damage. stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, personalization, the parking assist or when following a vehicle too button will be disabled. To turn the Forward Collision Alert parking assist on again, select On in closely, FCA may not provide a the vehicle personalization menu. (FCA) System warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. FCA does not warn The On with Towbar setting allows If equipped, the FCA system may for the parking assist to work help to avoid or reduce the harm of pedestrians, animals, signs, caused by front-end crashes. When guardrails, bridges, construction approaching a vehicle ahead too (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 235
display green. Vehicles may not be Collision Alert Warning (Continued) detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; barrels, or other objects. Be ready or if a vehicle ahead is partially to take action and apply the blocked by pedestrians or other brakes. For more information, see objects. FCA will not detect another Defensive Driving 0 183. vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane. With HUD FCA can be disabled with the FCA steering wheel control, or if your { Warning vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), through FCA does not provide a warning vehicle personalization. See the to help avoid a crash, unless it “Auto Collision Preparation” portion detects a vehicle. FCA may not of “Collision/Detection Systems” detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA under Vehicle Personalization sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, Without HUD 0 155. or ice, or if the windshield is When your vehicle approaches Detecting the Vehicle Ahead damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, another detected vehicle too rapidly, or in conditions that can limit the red FCA display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid visibility such as fog, rain, high-pitched beeps will sound from or snow, or if the headlamps or the front, or both sides of the Safety windshield are not cleaned or in Alert Seat will pulse five times. proper condition. Keep the When this Collision Alert occurs, the windshield, headlamps, and FCA brake system may prepare for driver sensors clean and in good repair. FCA warnings will not occur unless braking to occur more rapidly which the FCA system detects a vehicle can cause a brief, mild deceleration. ahead. When a vehicle is detected, Continue to apply the brake pedal the vehicle ahead indicator will GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
236 Driving and Operating
as needed. Cruise control may be vehicle speed, the farther away the front of the vehicle where radar disengaged when the Collision Alert alert will occur. Consider traffic and sensors are located, may correct occurs. weather conditions when selecting the issue. the alert timing. The range of For cleaning instructions, see Tailgating Alert selectable alert timing may not be “Washing the Vehicle” under appropriate for all drivers and Exterior Care 0 334. driving conditions. System operation may also be If your vehicle is equipped with limited under snow, heavy rain, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), or road spray conditions. changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the ACC Front Automatic Braking The vehicle-ahead indicator will following gap setting (Far, Medium, display amber when you are or Near). (FAB) System following a vehicle ahead much too Unnecessary Alerts If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise closely. Control (ACC), it also has FAB, FCA may provide unnecessary Selecting the Alert Timing which includes Intelligent Brake alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles Assist (IBA). When the system The Collision Alert control is on the in other lanes, objects that are not detects a vehicle ahead in your path steering wheel. Press [ / 3 to vehicles, or shadows. These alerts that is traveling in the same are normal operation and the set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, direction that you may be about to vehicle does not need service. Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The crash into, it can provide a boost to first button press shows the current Cleaning the System braking or automatically brake the setting on the DIC. Additional button vehicle. This can help avoid or presses will change this setting. The If the FCA system does not seem to lessen the severity of crashes when chosen setting will remain until it is operate properly, cleaning the driving in a forward gear. Depending changed and will affect the timing of outside of the windshield in front of on the situation, the vehicle may both the Collision Alert and the the camera sensor behind the automatically brake moderately or Tailgating Alert features. The timing rearview mirror, and cleaning the hard. This front automatic braking of both alerts will vary based on can only occur if a vehicle is vehicle speed. The faster the detected. This is shown by the FCA GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 237
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) System 0 234. . Detect a vehicle when objects. To override FAB, firmly The system works when driving in a weather limits visibility, such press the accelerator pedal, if it is forward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph). as in fog, rain, or snow. safe to do so. It can detect vehicles up to approximately 60 m (197 ft). . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) pedestrians or other objects. { Warning IBA may activate when the brake Complete attention is always pedal is applied quickly by providing FAB is an emergency crash required while driving, and you a boost to braking based on the preparation feature and is not should be ready to take action speed of approach and distance to designed to avoid crashes. Do and apply the brakes and/or steer a vehicle ahead. not rely on FAB to brake the the vehicle to avoid crashes. Minor brake pedal pulsations or vehicle. FAB will not brake pedal movement during this time is outside of its operating speed FAB may slow the vehicle to a normal and the brake pedal should range and only responds to complete stop to try to avoid a continue to be applied as needed. detected vehicles. potential crash. IBA will automatically disengage FAB may not: only when the brake pedal is released. . Detect a vehicle ahead on { Warning winding or hilly roads. FAB may automatically brake the { Warning . Detect all vehicles, vehicle suddenly in situations especially vehicles with a where it is unexpected and IBA may increase vehicle braking trailer, tractors, muddy undesired. It could respond to a in situations when it may not be vehicles, etc. turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, necessary. You could block the (Continued) signs, and other non-moving (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
238 Driving and Operating
When the vehicle is in a forward Warning (Continued) gear, the left or right side mirror { Warning display will light up if a moving flow of traffic. If this occurs, take vehicle is detected in that blind LCA does not alert the driver to your foot off the brake pedal and zone. If the turn signal is activated vehicles outside of the system then apply the brakes as needed. and a vehicle is also detected on detection zones, pedestrians, the same side, the display will flash bicyclists, or animals. It may not FAB and IBA can be disabled as an extra warning not to change provide alerts when changing through vehicle personalization. See lanes. Since this system is part of lanes under all driving conditions. “Auto Collision Preparation” in the Lane Change Alert system, read Failure to use proper care when “Collision/Detection Systems” under the entire Lane Change Alert changing lanes may result in Vehicle Personalization 0 155. section before using this feature. injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, { Warning Lane Change Alert (LCA) always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn If equipped, the LCA system is a Using FAB or IBA while towing a lane-changing aid that assists signals. trailer could cause you to lose drivers with avoiding lane change control of the vehicle and crash. crashes that occur with moving Turn the system to Off when vehicles in the side blind zone (or towing a trailer. spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display Side Blind Zone will light up in the corresponding Alert (SBZA) outside side mirror and will flash if If equipped, the SBZA system is a the turn signal is on. lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the 1. SBZA Detection Zone side blind zone (or spot) areas. 2. LCA Detection Zone GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 239
LCA Detection Zones When the System Does Not The LCA sensor covers a zone of Seem to Work Properly approximately one lane over from The LCA system requires some both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m driving for the system to calibrate to (11 ft). The height of the zone is maximum performance. This approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) calibration may occur more quickly if Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The the vehicle is driving on a straight Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display highway road with traffic and warning area starts at approximately When the vehicle is started, both roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, the middle of the vehicle and goes barriers). back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also outside mirror LCA displays will warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the LCA displays may not come on approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) system is operating. When the when passing a vehicle quickly, for behind the vehicle. vehicle is in a forward gear, the left a stopped vehicle, or when towing a or right side mirror display will light trailer. The LCA detection zones How the System Works up if a moving vehicle is detected in that extend back from the side of the next lane over in that blind zone the vehicle do not move further back The LCA symbol lights up in the or rapidly approaching that zone. when a trailer is towed. Use caution side mirrors when the system If the turn signal is activated in the while changing lanes when towing a detects a moving vehicle in the next same direction as a detected trailer. LCA may alert to objects lane over that is in the side blind vehicle, this display will flash as an attached to the vehicle, such as a zone or rapidly approaching that extra warning not to change lanes. trailer, bicycle, or object extending zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol out to either side of the vehicle. indicates it may be unsafe to LCA can be disabled through Attached objects may also interfere change lanes. Before making a lane vehicle personalization using the with the detection of vehicles. This change, check the LCA display, Side Blind Zone Alert option. See is normal system operation; the check mirrors, glance over your “Collision/Detection Systems” under vehicle does not need service. shoulder, and use the turn signals. Vehicle Personalization 0 155. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA may not always alert the driver LCA mirror displays will not light up. to vehicles in the next lane over, especially in wet conditions or when GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
240 Driving and Operating
driving on sharp curves. The system When LCA is disabled for any marking without using a turn signal does not need to be serviced. The reason other than the driver turning in that direction. It may also provide system may light up due to it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and option will not be available on the system alert as the lane marking is other non-moving objects. This is personalization menu. crossed. The LKA system will not normal system operation; the assist or provide an LDW alert if it vehicle does not need service. Radio Frequency Information detects that you are actively LCA may not operate when the LCA See Radio Frequency Statement steering. Override LKA by turning 0 sensors in the left or right corners of 370. the steering wheel. LKA uses a the rear bumper are covered with camera to detect lane markings mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in Lane Departure between 60 km/h (37 mph) and heavy rainstorms. For cleaning Warning (LDW) 180 km/h (112 mph). instructions, see "Washing the Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 334. If equipped, LDW may help avoid { Warning If the DIC still displays the system crashes due to unintentional lane unavailable message after cleaning departures. It may provide a The LKA system does not both sides of the vehicle toward the warning if the vehicle is crossing a continuously steer the vehicle. rear corners of the vehicle, see your detected lane marking without using It may not keep the vehicle in the dealer. a turn signal in the lane departure lane or give a Lane Departure direction. Since this system is part Warning (LDW) alert, even if a If the LCA displays do not light up of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) lane marking is detected. when vehicles are in the side blind system, read the entire LKA section zone or rapidly approaching this before using this feature. The LKA and LDW systems zone and the system is clean, the may not: system may need service. Take the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Provide an alert or enough vehicle to your dealer. If equipped, LKA may help avoid steering assist to avoid a crashes due to unintentional lane lane departure or crash. departures. It may assist by gently (Continued) turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 241
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
. Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions. When on, A is green if LKA is dirt, snow, or ice, if they are available to assist and provide LDW not in proper condition, or if alerts. It may assist by gently the sun shines directly into turning the steering wheel and the camera. { Warning display A as amber if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking . Detect road edges. Using LKA while towing a trailer without using a turn signal in that . Detect lanes on winding or or on slippery roads could cause direction. It may also provide an hilly roads. loss of control of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the system off. LDW alert by flashing A amber If LKA only detects lane markings as the lane marking is crossed. on one side of the road, it will Additionally, there will be three only assist or provide an LDW How the System Works beeps, or the driver seat will pulse alert when approaching the lane The LKA camera sensor is on the three times, on the right or left, on the side where it has detected windshield ahead of the rearview depending on the lane departure a lane marking. Even with LKA mirror. direction. and LDW, you must steer the The LKA system does not vehicle. Always keep your To turn LKA on and off, press A continuously steer the vehicle. attention on the road and to the left of the steering wheel. If LKA does not detect active driver maintain proper vehicle position steering, an alert and chime may be within the lane, or vehicle provided. Steer the vehicle to damage, injury, or death could dismiss. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
242 Driving and Operating When the System Does Not Fuel used, but acceleration and fuel Seem to Work Properly economy will be reduced, and an Use of the recommended fuel is an audible knocking noise may be The system performance may be important part of the proper heard. If this occurs, use a gasoline affected by: maintenance of this vehicle. When rated at 91 octane or higher as soon . Close vehicles ahead. driving in the U.S. and Canada, to as possible. Otherwise, the engine help keep the engine clean and could be damaged. If heavy . Sudden lighting changes, such maintain optimum vehicle knocking is heard when using as when driving through tunnels. performance, we recommend using gasoline with a 91 octane rating or . Banked roads. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. higher, the engine needs service. See www.toptiergas.com for a list of . Roads with poor lane markings, Use of Seasonal Fuels such as two-lane roads. TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. Use summer and winter fuels in the If the LKA system is not functioning appropriate season. The fuels properly when lane markings are industry automatically modifies the clearly visible, cleaning the fuel for the appropriate season. windshield may help. If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts long periods of time, driving or may occur due to tar marks, starting could be affected. Drive the shadows, cracks in the road, vehicle until the fuel is at one-half temporary or construction lane tank or less, then refuel with the markings, or other road current seasonal fuel. imperfections. This is normal system Prohibited Fuels operation; the vehicle does not need service. Turn LKA off if these Gasolines containing oxygenates conditions continue. such as ethers and ethanol, as well Use premium unleaded gasoline as reformulated gasolines, are meeting ASTM specification D4814 available in some cities. If these with a posted octane rating of 91 or gasolines comply with the higher. Regular unleaded gasoline previously described specification, rated at 87 octane or higher can be then they are acceptable to use. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 243
However, E85 (85% ethanol) and California Fuel Fuels in Foreign other fuels containing more than 15% ethanol must be used only in Requirements Countries FlexFuel vehicles. If the vehicle is certified to meet If planning to drive in countries California Emissions Standards, it is outside the U.S. or Canada, the Caution designed to operate on fuels that proper fuel might be hard to find. meet California specifications. See Check regional auto club or fuel Do not use fuel containing the underhood emission control retail brand websites for availability methanol. It can corrode metal label. If this fuel is not available in in the country where driving. Never parts in the fuel system and also states adopting California Emissions use leaded gasoline, fuel containing damage plastic and rubber parts. Standards, the vehicle will operate methanol, manganese, or any other That damage would not be satisfactorily on fuels meeting fuel not recommended. Costly covered under the vehicle federal specifications, but emission repairs caused by use of improper warranty. control system performance might fuel would not be covered by the be affected. The malfunction vehicle warranty. indicator lamp could turn on and the Some gasolines, mainly high octane vehicle may not pass a smog-check Fuel Additives racing gasolines, can contain an test. See Malfunction Indicator octane-enhancing additive called Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 129. To keep fuel systems clean, TOP methylcyclopentadienyl manganese If this occurs, return to your TIER Detergent Gasoline is 0 tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it recommended. See Fuel 242. gasolines and/or fuel additives with is determined that the condition is If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is MMT as they can reduce spark plug caused by the type of fuel used, not available, one bottle of Fuel life and affect emission control repairs may not be covered by the System Treatment PLUS added to system performance. The vehicle warranty. the fuel tank at every engine oil malfunction indicator lamp may turn change, can help. Fuel System on. If this occurs, see your dealer Treatment PLUS is the only for service. gasoline additive recommended by General Motors. It is available at your dealer. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
244 Driving and Operating
Filling the Tank The vehicle has a capless refueling Warning (Continued) system and does not have a fuel cap. The filling nozzle must be fully { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the inserted and latched prior to starting refueling nozzle is inserted fuel flow. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn too quickly. This spray can violently and can cause injury or happen if the tank is nearly death. full, and is more likely in hot { Warning weather. Insert the refueling . To help avoid injuries to you Overfilling the fuel tank by more and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop prior than three clicks of a standard fill all the instructions on the nozzle may cause: fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel . Vehicle performance issues, . Turn off the engine when including engine stalling and refueling. damage to the fuel system. . Keep sparks, flames, and . Fuel spills. smoking materials away from fuel. . Potential fuel fires. . Do not leave the fuel pump unattended. Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a . Do not use a cell phone few seconds after you have finished while refueling. pumping before removing the . Do not reenter the vehicle nozzle. Clean fuel from painted while pumping fuel. surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 334. . Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let To open the fuel door, push and children pump fuel. release the rearward center edge of the door. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 245
2. Insert and latch the funnel into { Warning the capless fuel system. Warning (Continued) If a fire starts while you are means. You or others could be refueling, do not remove the { Warning badly burned and the vehicle nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by Attempting to refuel without using could be damaged. Always: shutting off the pump or by the funnel adapter may cause fuel . Use approved fuel notifying the station attendant. spillage and damage the capless containers. Leave the area immediately. fuel system. This could cause a . Remove the container from fire and you or others could be the vehicle, trunk, or pickup Filling the Tank With a Portable badly burned and the vehicle bed before filling. Gas Can could be damaged. . Place the container on the If the vehicle runs out of fuel and ground. must be filled from a portable 3. Remove and clean the funnel . Place the nozzle inside the gas can: adapter and return to the fill opening of the container storage location. before dispensing fuel, and keep it in contact with the fill Filling a Portable Fuel opening until filling is Container complete. . Fill the container no more { Warning than 95% full to allow for expansion. 1. Locate the capless funnel Filling a portable fuel container adapter from inside the vehicle. while it is in the vehicle can cause . Do not smoke, light fuel vapors that can ignite either matches, or use lighters by static electricity or other while pumping fuel. (Continued) . Avoid using cell phones or other electronic devices. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
246 Driving and Operating Trailer Towing . Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent { Warning damage to the engine, axle, General Towing or other parts. When towing a trailer, exhaust Information gases may collect at the rear of . Then during the first 800 km the vehicle and enter if the Only use towing equipment that has (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most been designed for the vehicle. drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and window is open. Contact your dealer or trailering do not make starts at full throttle. When towing a trailer: dealer for assistance with preparing . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read Shift the transmission to a lower . Do not drive with the the entire section before towing a gear if the transmission shifts liftgate, trunk/hatch, trailer. too often under heavy loads and/ or rear-most window open. For towing a disabled vehicle, see or hilly conditions. . Fully open the air outlets on 0 Towing the Vehicle 330. For . Do not use Adaptive Cruise or under the instrument towing the vehicle behind another Control when towing. panel. vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330. . Turn off Parking Assist when . Also adjust the climate towing. control system to a setting that brings in only outside Driving Characteristics . The Front Automatic Braking air. See “Climate Control System should be set to Off and Towing Tips Systems” in the Index. when towing. See Front Driving with a Trailer Automatic Braking (FAB) System For more information about 0 When towing a trailer: 236. Carbon Monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 206. . Become familiar with the state and local laws that apply to trailer towing. Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. The combination you are driving is longer and not as responsive as the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 247
vehicle itself. Get acquainted with necessary to go much farther or other objects. Avoid jerky or the handling and braking of the rig beyond the passed vehicle before sudden maneuvers. Signal well in before setting out for the open road. returning to the lane. advance. Before starting, check all trailer hitch Backing Up If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn parts and attachments, safety out, the arrows on the instrument chains, electrical connectors, lamps, Hold the bottom of the steering cluster will still flash for turns. It is tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has wheel with one hand. To move the important to check occasionally to electric brakes, start the trailer to the left, move that hand to be sure the trailer bulbs are still combination moving and then apply the left. To move the trailer to the working. the trailer brake controller by hand right, move your hand to the right. to be sure the brakes work. Always back up slowly and, Driving on Grades if possible, have someone Reduce speed and shift to a lower During the trip, check occasionally guide you. to be sure that the load is secure gear before starting down a long or and the lamps and any trailer Making Turns steep downgrade. If the brakes still work. transmission is not shifted down, the Caution brakes might get hot and no longer Following Distance work well. Stay at least twice as far behind the Making very sharp turns while Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift vehicle ahead as you would when trailering could cause the trailer to the transmission to a lower gear if driving the vehicle without a trailer. come in contact with the vehicle. the transmission shifts too often This can help to avoid heavy The vehicle could be damaged. under heavy loads and/or hilly braking and sudden turns. Avoid making very sharp turns conditions. Passing while trailering. When towing, use the Tow/Haul Mode to prevent damage to the More passing distance is needed When turning with a trailer, make engine or transmission. See Tow/ when towing a trailer. The Haul Mode 0 212. combination will not accelerate as wider turns than normal. Do this so quickly and is longer so it is the trailer will not strike soft When towing at high altitude on shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, steep uphill grades, consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
248 Driving and Operating
a lower temperature than at normal If parking the rig on a hill: 7. Stop and have someone pick altitudes. If the engine is turned off 1. Press the brake pedal, but do up and store the chocks. immediately after towing at high not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn altitude on steep uphill grades, the Maintenance when Trailer the wheels into the curb if Towing vehicle may show signs similar to facing downhill or into traffic if engine overheating. To avoid this, facing uphill. The vehicle needs service more let the engine run while parked, often when pulling a trailer. See preferably on level ground, with the 2. Have someone place chocks Maintenance Schedule 0 344. transmission in P (Park) for a few under the trailer wheels. Things that are especially important minutes before turning the engine 3. When the wheel chocks are in in trailer operation are automatic off. If the overheat warning comes place, release the regular transmission fluid, engine oil, axle 0 on, see Engine Overheating 273. brakes until the chocks absorb lubricant, belts, cooling system, and Parking on Hills the load. brake system. It is a good idea to inspect these before and during 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then the trip. { Warning apply the parking brake and shift into P (Park). Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. Parking the vehicle on a hill with 5. Release the brake pedal. the trailer attached can be dangerous. If something goes Leaving After Parking on a Hill Trailer Towing wrong, the rig could start to move. 1. Apply and hold the brake Do not tow a trailer during break-in. People can be injured, and both pedal. See New Vehicle Break-In 0 198. the vehicle and the trailer can be damaged. When possible, always 2. Start the engine. Before towing a trailer, see park the rig on a flat surface. 3. Shift into a gear. "Hands-Free Operation" under Liftgate 0 36. 4. Release the parking brake. 5. Let up on the brake pedal. 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 249
It depends on how the rig is used. { Warning Caution (Continued) Speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, and how much The driver can lose control when correctly, follow the advice in this the vehicle is used to pull a trailer pulling a trailer if the correct section and see your dealer for are all important. It can depend on equipment is not used or the important information about any special equipment on the vehicle is not driven properly. For towing a trailer with the vehicle. vehicle, and the amount of tongue example, if the trailer is too weight the vehicle can carry. See heavy, the brakes may not work To identify the trailering capacity of “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” later well — or even at all. The driver the vehicle, read the information in in this section. and passengers could be “Weight of the Trailer” following. Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is seriously injured. The vehicle may Trailering is different than just calculated assuming the tow vehicle also be damaged; the resulting has only the driver and all required repairs would not be covered by driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in trailering equipment. Weight of the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer handling, acceleration, braking, additional optional equipment, only if all the steps in this section durability, and fuel economy. passengers, and cargo in the tow have been followed. Ask your Successful, safe trailering takes vehicle must be subtracted from the dealer for advice and information correct equipment, and it has to be trailer weight rating. about towing a trailer with the used properly. Use the following chart to determine vehicle. The following information has many how much the vehicle can weigh, time-tested, important trailering tips based upon the vehicle model and and safety rules. Many of these are options. Caution important for your safety and that of your passengers. So please read Pulling a trailer improperly can this section carefully before pulling a damage the vehicle and result in trailer. costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer Weight of the Trailer (Continued) How heavy can a trailer safely be? GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
250 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*
Yukon Denali 2WD 3.23/3.42 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon Denali AWD 3.23/3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL Denali 2WD 3.23/3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) Yukon XL Denali AWD 3.23/3.42 3 583 kg (7,900 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering which will also reduce the trailer information or advice. weight the vehicle can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 194 for more Weight of the Trailer Tongue information about the vehicle's The tongue load (1) of any trailer is maximum load capacity. very important because it is also part of the vehicle weight. The Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle as well as trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, equipment, Trailer tongue weight (1) should be passengers, and cargo in the 10 % to 15 % of the loaded trailer vehicle reduce the amount of weight (2) up to the maximums for tongue weight the vehicle can carry, vehicle series and hitch type. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 251
Maximum Tongue not to exceed the RGAWR before Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight applying the weight distribution spring bars. 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb) Weight of the Trailering 1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb) Combination It is important that the combination Do not exceed the maximum If a cargo carrier is used in the of the tow vehicle and trailer does allowable tongue weight for the trailer hitch receiver, choose a not exceed any of its weight ratings vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch carrier that positions the load as — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer extension that will position the hitch close to the vehicle as possible. Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. ball closest to the vehicle. This will Make sure the total weight, The only way to be sure it is not help reduce the effect of trailer including the carrier, is no more than exceeding any of these ratings is to tongue weight on the rear axle. half of the maximum allowable weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded for the trip, Trailer rating may be limited by the tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. getting individual weights for each of vehicle's ability to carry tongue these items. weight. Tongue weight cannot cause Total Weight on the Vehicle's the vehicle to exceed the GVWR Tires Towing Equipment (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Be sure the vehicle's tires are Hitches Weight Rating). See Total Weight inflated to the inflation pressures “ The correct hitch equipment helps on the Vehicle's Tires” following. found on the Certification label on the center pillar or see Vehicle Load maintain combination control. Most After loading the trailer, weigh the Limits 0 194. Make sure not to small-to-medium trailers can be trailer and then the tongue, exceed the GVWR limit for the towed with a weight-carrying hitch separately, to see if the weights are vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow which simply features a coupler proper. If they are not, adjustments vehicle and trailer fully loaded for latched to the hitch ball. Larger might be made by moving some the trip including the weight of the trailers may require a items around in the trailer. trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing hitch that uses weight-distributing hitch, make sure spring bars to distribute the trailer GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
252 Driving and Operating
tongue weight among the two When using a weight-distributing Trailer Brakes vehicle and trailer axles. See hitch, the spring bars should be A loaded trailer that weighs more Weight of the Trailer Tongue in adjusted so the distance (2) is the “ ” than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have Trailer Towing 0 248 for rating limits same after coupling the trailer to the its own brake system that is with various hitch types. tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. adequate for the weight of the Consider using sway controls with Safety Chains trailer. Be sure to read and follow any trailer. Ask a trailering the instructions for the trailer brakes professional about sway controls or Always attach chains between the so they are installed, adjusted, and refer to the trailer manufacturer's vehicle and the trailer. Cross the maintained properly. recommendations and instructions. safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue Since the vehicle is equipped with Weight-Distributing Hitch from contacting the road if it StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot Adjustment becomes separated from the hitch. tap into the vehicle's hydraulic Instructions about safety chains system. may be provided by the hitch Trailer Wiring Harness manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. If the trailer being The seven-pin trailer connector is towed weighs up to 2 271 kg mounted in the bumper. This (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed connector can be plugged into a step bumper, safety chains may be seven-pin universal heavy-duty attached to the attaching points on trailer connector available through the bumper, otherwise, safety your dealer. chains should be attached to holes The seven-wire harness contains on the trailer hitch platform. Always the following trailer circuits: leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never allow . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal safety chains to drag on the ground. . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn 1. Front of Vehicle Signal 2. Body to Ground Distance . Brown: Taillamps GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 253
. White: Ground Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul is a feature that assists . Light Green: Back-up Lamps when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul . Red/Green: Battery Feed Mode 0 212. . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Tow/Haul is designed to be most If charging a remote (non-vehicle) effective when the vehicle and battery, press the Tow/Haul mode trailer combined weight is at least button at the end of the shift lever. 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross This will boost the vehicle system Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). voltage and properly charge the See “Weight of the Trailer” under 0 battery. If the trailer is too light for Trailer Towing 248. Tow/Haul is Tow/Haul mode, turn on the most useful under the following headlamps as a second way to driving conditions: boost the vehicle system and . When pulling a heavy trailer or a charge the battery. Pressing this button at the end of large or heavy load through the shift lever turns on and off the rolling terrain. Electric Brake Control Wiring Tow/Haul Mode. Provisions . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in These wiring provisions are stop-and-go traffic. included with the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring package. These . When pulling a heavy trailer or a provisions are for an electric brake large or heavy load in busy controller. parking lots where improved low speed control of the vehicle is The harness should be installed by desired. your dealer or a qualified service This indicator light on the instrument center. cluster comes on when the Tow/ Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Haul Mode is on. when lightly loaded or with no trailer at all will not cause damage. However, there is no benefit to the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
254 Driving and Operating
selection of Tow/Haul when the system, and on the type of trailer vehicle is unloaded. Such a brakes detected. This available { Warning selection when unloaded may result power output to the trailer brakes in unpleasant engine and can be adjusted to a wide range of Connecting a trailer that has an transmission driving characteristics trailering situations. air brake system may result in reduced or complete loss of trailer and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ The ITBC system is integrated with Haul is recommended only when braking. There may be an the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, pulling a heavy trailer or a large or increase in stopping distance or and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering trailer instability which could heavy load. conditions that cause the vehicle s ’ result in personal injury or antilock brake or StabiliTrak Integrated Trailer Brake damage to the vehicle, trailer, Control System systems to activate, power sent to the trailer's brakes will be or other property. Use the ITBC automatically adjusted to minimize system only with electric or trailer wheel lock-up. This does not electric over hydraulic trailer imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak. brakes. If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, or StabiliTrak systems are not functioning properly, the ITBC The vehicle may have an Integrated system may not be fully functional Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system or may not function at all. Make sure for use with electric trailer brakes or all of these systems are fully most electric-over-hydraulic trailer operational to ensure full brakes. functionality of the ITBC system. This symbol is on the Trailer Brake The ITBC system is powered Control Panel on vehicles with an through the vehicle's electrical ITBC system. The power output to system. Turning the ignition off will the trailer brakes is based on the also turn off the ITBC system. The amount of brake pressure being ITBC system is fully functional only applied by the vehicle’s brake when the ignition is in ON/RUN. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 255
Trailer Brake Control Panel Page on the DIC to adjust and TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be display power output to the trailer adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either brakes. a trailer connected or disconnected. To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one Trailer Brake DIC Display Page of the Trailer Gain adjustment The ITBC system displays buttons. Press and hold a gain messages in the Driver Information button to continuously adjust the Center (DIC). Trailer Gain. To turn the output to The display page indicates Trailer the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain Gain setting, power output to the setting to 0.0 (zero). trailer brakes, trailer connection, and TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any system operational status. time a trailer with electric brakes is To display the Trailer Brake Display connected. Output to the trailer Page do any of the following: brakes is based on the amount of 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply vehicle braking present and relative . Scroll through the DIC menu Lever to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is pages. 2. Trailer Gain Adjustment displayed from 0 to 100% for each Buttons . Press a Trailer Gain button. gain setting. If the Trailer Brake Display Page The Trailer Output will indicate “--- The ITBC system has a control is not currently displayed, press panel on the instrument panel to the ---” on the Trailer Brake Display a Trailer Gain button to recall the Page whenever the following occur: left of the steering column. The current Trailer Gain setting. control panel allows adjustment to Each press and release of the . No trailer is connected. the amount of output, referred to as gain buttons will then change the . A trailer without electric brakes Trailer Gain, available to the trailer Trailer Gain setting. is connected (no DIC message brakes and allows manual displayed). application of the trailer brakes. The . Activate the Manual Trailer Trailer Brake Control Panel is used Brake apply lever. along with the Trailer Brake Display GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
256 Driving and Operating
. A trailer with electric brakes has Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure Adjusting Trailer Gain at become disconnected (a Trailer Gain should be set for a speeds lower than 32 to CHECK TRAILER WIRING specific trailering condition and must 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may message will also display on be adjusted any time vehicle result in an incorrect gain the DIC). loading, trailer loading, or road setting. . There is a fault present in the surface conditions change. 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using wiring to the trailer brakes (a the Trailer Gain adjustment CHECK TRAILER WIRING { Warning buttons, to just below the point message will also display on of trailer wheel lock-up, the DIC). Trailer brakes that are indicated by trailer wheel . The ITBC system is not working over-gained or under-gained may squeal or tire smoke when a due to a fault (a SERVICE not stop the vehicle and the trailer trailer wheel locks. TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM as intended and can result in a Trailer wheel lock-up may not message will also display in crash. Always follow the occur if towing a heavily loaded the DIC). instructions to set the Trailer Gain trailer. In this case, adjust the for the proper trailer stopping Trailer Gain to the highest Manual Trailer Brake Apply performance. allowable setting for the towing The Manual Trailer Brake Apply condition. Lever is used to apply the trailer s ’ Use the following to adjust Trailer 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time electric brakes independent of the Gain for each towing condition: vehicle loading, trailer loading, vehicle’s brakes. Sliding the lever to or road surface conditions 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer the left will apply only the trailer change or if trailer wheel attached on a level road brakes. Use this lever to adjust lock-up is noticed at any time surface representative of the Trailer Gain to properly adjust the while towing. power output to the trailer brakes. towing condition and free of traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h The trailer's and the vehicle's brake (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply lamps will come on when either the Manual Trailer Brake apply vehicle brakes or manual trailer lever. brakes are applied. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 257
Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages If the disconnect occurs while If the CHECK TRAILER In addition to displaying TRAILER the vehicle is moving, this WIRING message only GAIN and OUTPUT through the message will continue until the reappears when connecting the DIC, trailer connection and ITBC ignition is turned off. This trailer wiring harness to the system status are displayed on message will also turn off if it is vehicle, the electrical fault is on the DIC. acknowledged or if the trailer the trailer side. harness is reconnected. TRAILER CONNECTED: This SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE message will briefly display when a . There is an electrical fault in the SYSTEM: This message will display trailer with electric brakes is first wiring to the trailer brakes. This when there is a problem with the connected to the vehicle. This message will continue as long ITBC system. If this message message will automatically turn off as there is an electrical fault in continues over multiple ignition in about 10 seconds. This message the trailer wiring. This message cycles, there is a problem with the can be acknowledged before it will also turn off if it is ITBC system. Have the vehicle automatically turns off. acknowledged. serviced. CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This To determine if the electrical fault is If either the CHECK TRAILER message will display if: on the vehicle side or trailer side of WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER the trailer wiring harness BRAKE SYSTEM message displays . The ITBC system first connection: while driving, the ITBC system may determines connection to a not be fully functional or may not trailer with electric brakes and 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness from the vehicle. function at all. When traffic then the trailer harness becomes conditions allow, carefully pull the disconnected from the vehicle. 2. Turn the ignition off. vehicle over to the side of the road If the disconnect occurs while 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the and turn the ignition off. Check the the vehicle is stationary, this ignition back to RUN. wiring connection to the trailer and turn the ignition back on. If either of message will automatically turn 4. If the CHECK TRAILER off in about 30 seconds. This these messages continues, either WIRING message reappears, the vehicle or trailer needs service. message will also turn off if it is the electrical fault is on the acknowledged or if the trailer vehicle side. harness is reconnected. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
258 Driving and Operating
A GM dealer may be able to instrument cluster. Vehicle speed Adding non-dealer accessories can diagnose and repair problems with must be reduced. If trailer sway affect the vehicle performance. See the trailer. However, any diagnosis continues, StabiliTrak can reduce Accessories and Modifications and repair of the trailer is not engine torque to help slow the 0 262. covered under the vehicle warranty. vehicle. See Traction Control/ Contact your trailer dealer for Electronic Stability Control 0 218. assistance with trailer repairs and trailer warranty information. { Warning Trailer Sway Even if the vehicle is equipped Control (TSC) with TSC, trailer sway could result in loss of control and the vehicle Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a could crash. If excessive trailer TSC feature. Trailer sway is sway is detected, slow down to a unintended side-to-side motion of a safe speed. Check the trailer and trailer while being towed. If the vehicle to help correct possible vehicle is towing a trailer and the causes. These could include an TSC detects that sway is increasing, improperly or overloaded trailer, the vehicle brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, to help unrestrained cargo, improper reduce excessive trailer sway. If the trailer hitch configuration, vehicle is equipped with the excessive vehicle-trailer speed, Integrated Trailer Brake Control or improperly inflated or incorrect (ITBC) system, and the trailer has vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing the electric actuated brake system, Equipment 0 251 for trailer ratings StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer and hitch setup brakes. recommendations. If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak warning light will flash on the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Driving and Operating 259
Conversions and Caution Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and Equipment would not be covered by the warranty. Always check with your { Warning dealer before adding electrical equipment. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 129. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system. Data Link Connector (DLC)— Before attempting to add anything such as an aftermarket fleet or electrical to the vehicle, see driver-behavior tracking device— Servicing the Airbag-Equipped 0 may interfere with vehicle Vehicle 84 and Adding Equipment systems. This could affect vehicle to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 operation and cause a crash. 84. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
260 Vehicle Care
Four-Wheel Drive ...... 278 Instrument Panel Fuse Vehicle Care Front Axle ...... 279 Block (Left) ...... 291 Rear Axle ...... 280 Instrument Panel Fuse Block Noise Control System ...... 280 (Right) ...... 294 General Information Starter Switch Check ...... 281 Rear Compartment Fuse General Information ...... 261 Automatic Transmission Shift Block ...... 296 California Proposition Lock Control Function 65 Warning ...... 261 Check ...... 282 Wheels and Tires California Perchlorate Park Brake and P (Park) Tires ...... 297 Materials Requirements . . . . . 261 Mechanism Check ...... 282 All-Season Tires ...... 298 Accessories and Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 282 Winter Tires ...... 298 Modifications ...... 262 Glass Replacement ...... 283 Low-Profile Tires ...... 299 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 284 All-Terrain Tires ...... 299 Vehicle Checks Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 299 Doing Your Own Headlamp Aiming Tire Designations ...... 300 Service Work ...... 262 Headlamp Aiming ...... 284 Tire Terminology and Hood ...... 263 Definitions ...... 301 Engine Compartment Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure ...... 303 Overview ...... 264 Bulb Replacement ...... 284 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Engine Oil ...... 265 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Operation ...... 305 Engine Oil Life System ...... 267 Lighting ...... 284 Tire Pressure Monitor Automatic Transmission LED Lighting ...... 285 System ...... 305 Fluid ...... 268 Fog Lamps ...... 285 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 269 Back-Up Lamps ...... 285 Operation ...... 306 Cooling System ...... 270 License Plate Lamp ...... 286 Tire Inspection ...... 309 Engine Coolant ...... 271 Replacement Bulbs ...... 287 Tire Rotation ...... 309 Engine Overheating ...... 273 When It Is Time for New Engine Fan ...... 275 Electrical System Electrical System Overload . . . 287 Tires ...... 310 Washer Fluid ...... 275 Buying New Tires ...... 311 Brakes ...... 276 Fuses ...... 287 Engine Compartment Fuse Different Size Tires and Brake Fluid ...... 277 Wheels ...... 313 Battery - North America ...... 278 Block ...... 288 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 261 Uniform Tire Quality General Information California Proposition Grading ...... 313 Wheel Alignment and Tire For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Balance ...... 315 your dealer. You will receive WARNING: Most motor vehicles, Wheel Replacement ...... 315 genuine GM parts and GM-trained including this one, contain and/or Tire Chains ...... 316 and supported service people. emit chemicals known to the State If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 316 Genuine GM parts have one of of California to cause cancer and Tire Changing ...... 317 these marks: birth defects or other reproductive Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 325 harm. Engine exhaust, many parts Jump Starting and systems, many fluids, and some component wear by-products Jump Starting - North contain and/or emit these America ...... 326 chemicals. Towing the Vehicle See Battery - North America 0 278 Towing the Vehicle ...... 330 and Jump Starting - North America Recreational Vehicle 0 326. Towing ...... 330 Appearance Care California Perchlorate Exterior Care ...... 334 Materials Requirements Interior Care ...... 339 Floor Mats ...... 342 Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, safety belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may be necessary. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
262 Vehicle Care Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to Vehicle Checks complement and function with other Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle Doing Your Own making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories Service Work can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician. safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the { Warning airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84. handling, emissions systems, It can be dangerous to work on aerodynamics, durability, and your vehicle if you do not have electronic systems like antilock the proper knowledge, service brakes, traction control, and stability manual, tools, or parts. Always control. These accessories or follow owner manual procedures modifications could even cause and consult the service manual malfunction or damage not covered for your vehicle before doing any by the vehicle warranty. service work. Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the If doing some of your own service installation or use of non-GM work, use the proper service certified parts, including control manual. It tells you much more module or software modifications, is about how to service the vehicle not covered under the terms of the than this manual can. To order the vehicle warranty and may affect proper service manual, see Service remaining warranty coverage for Publications Ordering Information affected parts. 0 369. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 263
This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 84. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 356.
Caution
Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage 2. Go to the front of the vehicle to to vehicle systems. Do not allow find the secondary hood contaminants to contact the fluids, release. The handle is under reservoir caps, or dipsticks. the front edge of the hood near the center. Push the handle to the right and at the same time Hood raise the hood. To open the hood: Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed position, pause, and push the front center of the hood with a swift, firm motion to fully close the hood.
1. Pull the handle with this symbol on it. It is inside the vehicle under the steering wheel. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
264 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 265
1. Positive (+) Terminal. See 11. Engine Compartment Fuse Checking Engine Oil Jump Starting - North America Block 0 288. If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW 0 326. ADD OIL message displays when 2. Battery - North America 0 278. Engine Oil the engine oil level may be too low. 0 3. Coolant Surge Tank and To ensure proper engine See Engine Oil Messages 146. Pressure Cap. See Cooling performance and long life, careful Check the oil level before filling to System 0 270. attention must be paid to engine oil. the recommended level. If the oil is not low and this message remains 0 Following these simple, but 4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 269. important steps will help protect on, see your dealer. 5. Remote Negative (–) Location your investment: It is also a good idea to check the (Out of View). See Jump Always use engine oil approved engine oil level at each fuel fill. In 0 . Starting - North America 326. to the proper specification and of order to get an accurate reading, 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of the proper viscosity grade. See the vehicle must be on level ground. View). See Cooling System “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” The engine oil dipstick handle is a 0 270. in this section. loop. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 264 for the location of Check the engine oil level 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When . the engine oil dipstick. to Add Engine Oil” under regularly and maintain the Engine Oil 0 265. proper oil level. See “Checking Obtaining an accurate oil level Engine Oil and When to Add reading is essential: 8. Engine Oil Dipstick. See ” “ Engine Oil” in this section. “Checking Engine Oil” under 1. If the engine has been running Engine Oil 0 265. . Change the engine oil at the recently, turn off the engine and appropriate time. See Engine Oil allow several minutes for the oil 9. Windshield Washer Fluid Life System 0 267. to drain back into the oil pan. Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Checking the oil level too soon Always dispose of engine oil Fluid” under Washer Fluid . after engine shutoff will not 0 properly. See What to Do with 275. “ provide an accurate oil level Used Oil in this section. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See ” reading. Brake Fluid 0 277. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
266 Vehicle Care
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in Add enough oil to put the level { Warning this section for an explanation of somewhere in the proper operating what kind of oil to use. For engine range. Push the dipstick all the way The engine oil dipstick handle oil crankcase capacity, see back in when through. may be hot; it could burn you. Capacities and Specifications 0 358. Use a towel or glove to touch the Selecting the Right Engine Oil dipstick handle. Caution Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it Do not add too much oil. Oil specification and viscosity grade. with a clean paper towel or levels above or below the See Recommended Fluids and cloth, then push it back in all acceptable operating range Lubricants 0 353. the way. Remove it again, shown on the dipstick are harmful Specification keeping the tip down, and to the engine. If you find that you check the level. have an oil level above the Ask for and use engine oils that meet the dexos1™ specification. When to Add Engine Oil operating range, i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level Engine oils that have been gets above the cross-hatched approved by GM as meeting the area that shows the proper dexos1 specification are marked operating range, the engine could with the dexos1 approved logo. See be damaged. You should drain www.gmdexos.com. out the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle and seek a service professional to remove the excess amount of oil.
If the oil is below the cross-hatched See Engine Compartment Overview area at the tip of the dipstick, add 0 264 for the location of the engine 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil oil fill cap. and then recheck the level. See GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 267
Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System Caution recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the When to Change Engine Oil Failure to use the recommended vehicle warranty. engine oil can result in engine This vehicle has a computer system damage not covered by the What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based vehicle warranty. Check with your Used engine oil contains certain dealer or service provider on on a combination of factors which elements that can be unhealthy for include engine revolutions, engine whether the oil is approved to the your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven. dexos1 specification. cancer. Do not let used oil stay on Based on driving conditions, the your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is Viscosity Grade skin and nails with soap and water, indicated can vary considerably. For or a good hand cleaner. Wash or the oil life system to work properly, Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade properly dispose of clothing or rags engine oil. the system must be reset every time containing used engine oil. See the the oil is changed. When selecting an oil of the manufacturer's warnings about the appropriate viscosity grade, always use and disposal of oil products. When the system has calculated select an oil of the correct that oil life has been diminished, a Used oil can be a threat to the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON specification. See “Specification” environment. If you change your message comes on to indicate that earlier in this section for more own oil, be sure to drain all the oil information. an oil change is necessary. See from the filter before disposal. Never Engine Oil Messages 0 146. Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the Change the oil as soon as possible Oil Flushes trash or pouring it on the ground, within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). into sewers, or into streams or It is possible that, if driving under Do not add anything to the oil. The bodies of water. Recycle it by taking the best conditions, the oil life recommended oils meeting the it to a place that collects used oil. system may indicate that an oil dexos1 specification are all that is change is not necessary for up to a needed for good performance and year. The engine oil and filter must engine protection. be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
268 Vehicle Care
be reset. Your dealer has trained The oil life system can also be reset equipped with a transmission fluid service people who will perform this as follows: level dipstick. There is a special work and reset the system. It is also 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN procedure for checking and important to check the oil regularly with the engine off. changing the transmission fluid in over the course of an oil drain these vehicles. Because this interval and keep it at the proper 2. Fully press the accelerator procedure is difficult, this should be level. pedal slowly three times within done at the dealer. Contact the five seconds. If the system is ever reset dealer for additional information or accidentally, the oil must be 3. Display the REMAINING OIL the procedure can be found in the changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) LIFE on the DIC. If the display service manual. See Service shows 100%, the system is Publications Ordering Information since the last oil change. 0 Remember to reset the oil life reset. 369. system whenever the oil is changed. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Caution How to Reset the Engine Oil message comes back on when the Life System vehicle is started and/or the Use of the incorrect automatic REMAINING OIL LIFE is near 0%, transmission fluid may damage Reset the system whenever the the engine oil life system has not the vehicle, and the damage may engine oil is changed so that the been reset. Repeat the procedure. system can calculate the next not be covered by the vehicle engine oil change. Always reset the Automatic Transmission warranty. Always use the engine oil life to 100% after every oil automatic transmission fluid listed change. It will not reset itself. To Fluid in Recommended Fluids and 0 reset the engine oil life system: When to Check and Change Lubricants 353. 1. Display the REMAINING OIL Automatic Transmission Fluid Change the fluid and filter at the LIFE on the DIC. See Driver It is usually not necessary to check 0 scheduled maintenance intervals Information Center (DIC) 137. the transmission fluid level. The only listed in Maintenance Schedule reason for fluid loss is a 2. Press and hold V. The oil life 0 344. Be sure to use the will change to 100%. transmission leak or overheated transmission. This vehicle is not GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 269
transmission fluid listed in cleaner/filter for damage, and 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by Recommended Fluids and replace if damaged. Do not clean loosening the air duct Lubricants 0 353. the engine air cleaner/filter or clamp (3). components with water or 3. Disconnect the electrical Engine Air Cleaner/Filter compressed air. connector (2) and the See Engine Compartment Overview To inspect or replace the engine air connector harness from the 0 264 for the location of the engine cleaner/filter: cover. air cleaner/filter. 4. Remove the four screws (1) on When to Inspect the Engine Air top of the cover of the housing and lift up the cover. Cleaner/Filter 5. Remove the engine air cleaner/ For intervals on changing and filter from the housing. Take inspecting the engine air cleaner/ care to dislodge as little dirt as filter, see Maintenance Schedule possible. 0 344. 6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ How to Inspect the Engine Air filter sealing surfaces and the Cleaner/Filter housing. Do not start the engine or have the 7. Inspect or replace the engine engine running with the engine air air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter housing open. Before 1. Screws (4) 8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall removing the engine air cleaner/ 2. Electrical Connector the filter cover housing. filter, make sure that the engine air 3. Air Duct Clamp cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter debris. Remove the engine air assembly. See Engine cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake Compartment Overview 0 264. the engine air cleaner/filter (away from the vehicle), to release loose dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
270 Vehicle Care
{ Warning { Warning
Operating the engine with the air Heater and radiator hoses, and cleaner/filter off can cause you or other engine parts, can be very others to be burned. The air hot. Do not touch them. If you do, cleaner not only cleans the air; it you can be burned. helps to stop flames if the engine Do not run the engine if there is a backfires. Use caution when leak. If you run the engine, it working on the engine and do not could lose all coolant. That could drive with the air cleaner/filter off. cause an engine fire, and you could be burned. Get any leak 1. Coolant Surge Tank fixed before you drive the vehicle. Caution 2. Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 3. Engine Electric Caution can easily get into the engine, Cooling Fan(s) which could damage it. Always Using coolant other than have the air cleaner/filter in place { Warning DEX-COOL® can cause when you are driving. premature engine, heater core, An electric engine cooling fan can or radiator corrosion. In addition, Cooling System start even when the engine is not the engine coolant could require running. To avoid injury, always changing sooner. Any repairs The cooling system allows the keep hands, clothing, and tools would not be covered by the engine to maintain the correct away from any engine vehicle warranty. Always use working temperature. cooling fan. DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 271
Engine Coolant Warning (Continued) Caution The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL® engine overheat warning. The engine If improper coolant mixture, coolant. This coolant is designed to could catch fire and you or others inhibitors, or additives are used in remain in the vehicle for 5 years or could be burned. Use a the vehicle cooling system, the 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable engine could overheat and be occurs first. water and DEX-COOL coolant. damaged. Too much water in the The following explains the cooling mixture can freeze and crack system and how to check and add Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, engine cooling parts. The repairs coolant when it is low. If there is a drinkable water and DEX-COOL would not be covered by the problem with engine overheating, coolant. If using this mixture, vehicle warranty. Use only the see Engine Overheating 0 273. nothing else needs to be added. proper mixture of engine coolant This mixture: for the cooling system. See What to Use Recommended Fluids and . Gives freezing protection down Lubricants 0 353. { Warning to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside temperature. Never dispose of engine coolant by Adding only plain water or some . Gives boiling protection up to putting it in the trash, or by pouring other liquid to the cooling system 129 °C (265 °F), engine it on the ground, or into sewers, can be dangerous. Plain water temperature. and other liquids, can boil before streams, or bodies of water. Have . Protects against rust and the proper coolant mixture will. the coolant changed by an corrosion. authorized service center, familiar The coolant warning system is set with legal requirements regarding for the proper coolant mixture. . Will not damage aluminum parts. used coolant disposal. This will help With plain water or the wrong . Helps keep the proper engine protect the environment and your mixture, the engine could get too temperature. health. hot but you would not get the (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
272 Vehicle Care
Checking Coolant Caution The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the This vehicle has a specific passenger side of the vehicle. See coolant fill procedure. Failure to Engine Compartment Overview follow this procedure could cause 0 264. the engine to overheat and be The vehicle must be on a level severely damaged. surface when checking the coolant level. Check to see if coolant is visible in { Warning the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is How to Add Coolant to the Steam and scalding liquids from a boiling, wait until it cools down. The Coolant Surge Tank hot cooling system can blow out coolant level should be at or above and burn you badly. Never turn the FULL COLD mark. If it is not, { Warning the cap when the cooling system, there may be a leak in the cooling including the surge tank pressure system. You can be burned if you spill cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling If coolant is visible but the coolant coolant on hot engine parts. system and surge tank pressure level is not at or above the FULL Coolant contains ethylene glycol cap to cool. COLD mark, see “How to Add and it will burn if the engine parts Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank,” are hot enough. Do not spill If no coolant is visible in the surge following. coolant on a hot engine. tank, add coolant. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 273
By this time, the coolant level Engine Overheating inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper Caution mixture to the coolant surge Running the engine without tank until the level reaches the coolant may cause damage or a FULL COLD mark. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank fire. Vehicle damage would not be pressure cap when the cooling 5. Replace the pressure cap covered by the vehicle warranty. system, including the coolant tightly. surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no 6. Verify coolant level after the The vehicle has several indicators longer hot. engine is shut off and the to warn of engine overheating. coolant is cold. If necessary, Turn the pressure cap slowly repeat coolant fill procedure There is a coolant temperature counterclockwise about one full Steps 1-6. gauge in the vehicle's instrument turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for cluster. See Engine Coolant that to stop. A hiss means Temperature Gauge 0 124. Caution there is still some pressure left. In addition, there are ENGINE 2. Keep turning the pressure cap If the pressure cap is not tightly OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, slowly, and remove it. installed, coolant loss and ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with possible engine damage may ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS the proper mixture to the FULL occur. Be sure the cap is properly REDUCED messages in the Driver COLD mark. and tightly secured. Information Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling System Messages 4. With the coolant surge tank 0 146 and Engine Power Messages pressure cap off, start the 0 147. engine and let it run until the engine coolant temperature If the decision is made not to lift the gauge indicates approximately hood when this warning appears, 90 °C (195 °F). get service help right away. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
274 Vehicle Care
If the decision is made to lift the If the ENGINE OVERHEATED hood, make sure the vehicle is Warning (Continued) STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE parked on a level surface. OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE could be badly burned. Stop the Check to see if the engine cooling message appears with no sign of engine if it overheats, and get out steam, try this for a minute or so: fan(s) are running. If the engine is of the vehicle until the engine overheating, the fans should be is cool. 1. Turn the air conditioning off. running. If they are not, do not 2. Turn the heater on to the continue to run the engine, and If No Steam is Coming from highest temperature and to the have the vehicle serviced. highest fan speed. Open the the Engine Compartment If Steam is Coming from the windows as necessary. Engine Compartment The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off ENGINE or the ENGINE the road, shift to P (Park) or OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE { Warning N (Neutral), and let the message, along with a low coolant engine idle. Steam from an overheated engine condition, can indicate a serious problem. If the temperature overheat gauge is can burn you badly, even if you no longer in the overheat zone or an just open the hood. Stay away If there is an engine overheat overheat warning no longer from the engine if you see or hear warning, but no steam is seen or displays, the vehicle can be driven. steam coming from it. Just turn it heard, the problem may not be too Continue to drive the vehicle slowly off and get everyone away from serious. Sometimes the engine can for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe the vehicle until it cools down. get a little too hot when the vehicle: vehicle distance from the vehicle in Wait until there is no sign of . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. front. If the warning does not come steam or coolant before you open back on, continue to drive normally . Stops after high-speed driving. the hood. and have the cooling system . Idles for long periods in traffic. checked for proper fill and function. If you keep driving when the engine is overheated, the liquids . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing If the warning continues, pull over, 0 in it can catch fire. You or others 248. stop, and park the vehicle right away. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 275
If there is still no sign of steam and system is functioning properly. The displays, washer fluid will need to the vehicle is equipped with an fans will change to low speed when be added to the windshield washer engine driven cooling fan, push additional cooling is no longer fluid reservoir. down the accelerator until the required. engine speed is about twice as fast The electric engine cooling fans as normal idle speed for at least may run after the engine has been five minutes while the vehicle is turned. off. This is normal and no parked. If the warning is still there, service is required. turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down. Washer Fluid If there is no sign of steam, idle the Open the cap with the washer engine for five minutes while What to Use symbol on it. Add washer fluid until parked. If the warning is still the tank is full. See Engine When windshield washer fluid needs 0 displayed, turn off the engine until it to be added, be sure to read the Compartment Overview 264 for cools down. manufacturer's instructions before reservoir location. use. Use a fluid that has sufficient Engine Fan protection against freezing in an Caution If the vehicle has electric cooling area where the temperature may fall below freezing. . Do not use washer fluid that fans, the fans may be heard contains any type of water spinning at low speed during most Adding Washer Fluid repellent coating. This can everyday driving. The fans may turn The vehicle has a low washer fluid cause the wiper blades to off if no cooling is required. Under chatter or skip. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, message on the DIC that comes on high outside temperatures, when the washer fluid is low. The . Do not use engine coolant or operation of the air conditioning message is displayed for (antifreeze) in the system, the fans may change to 15 seconds at the start of each windshield washer. It can high speed and an increase in fan ignition cycle. When the WASHER damage the windshield noise may be heard. This is normal FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message washer system and paint. and indicates that the cooling (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
276 Vehicle Care
heard all the time when the vehicle evenly tighten wheel nuts in the Caution (Continued) is moving, except when applying the proper sequence to torque brake pedal firmly. specifications. See Capacities and . Do not mix water with Specifications 0 358. ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the { Warning Brake pads should be replaced as solution to freeze and complete sets. The brake wear warning sound damage the washer fluid Brake Pedal Travel tank and other parts of the means that soon the brakes will washer system. not work well. That could lead to See your dealer if the brake pedal a crash. When the brake wear does not return to normal height, . When using concentrated warning sound is heard, have the or if there is a rapid increase in washer fluid, follow the vehicle serviced. pedal travel. This could be a sign manufacturer instructions for that brake service may be required. adding water. . Fill the washer fluid tank Replacing Brake System Parts Caution only three-quarters full when Always replace brake system parts it is very cold. This allows Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement for fluid expansion if parts. If this is not done, the brakes freezing occurs, which could brake pads could result in costly brake repair. may not work properly. The braking damage the tank if it is performance expected can change completely full. in many other ways if the wrong Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are can cause a brake squeal when the installed or parts are improperly Brakes brakes are first applied or lightly installed. Disc brake pads have built-in wear applied. This does not mean indicators that make a high-pitched something is wrong with the brakes. warning sound when the brake pads Properly torqued wheel nuts are are worn and new pads are needed. necessary to help prevent brake The sound can come and go or be pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 277
Brake Fluid Do not top off the brake fluid. Checking Brake Fluid Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Check brake fluid by looking at the If fluid is added when the linings are brake fluid reservoir. See Engine worn, there will be too much fluid Compartment Overview 0 264. when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system. The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See { Warning Engine Compartment Overview If too much brake fluid is added, it 0 264 for the location of the can spill on the engine and burn, reservoir. if the engine is hot enough. You There are only two reasons why the or others could be burned, and brake fluid level in the reservoir may the vehicle could be damaged. go down: Add brake fluid only when work is . Normal brake lining wear. When done on the brake hydraulic new linings are installed, the system. The fluid level should be above fluid level goes back up. MIN. If it is not, have the brake hydraulic system checked to see if . A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low there is a leak. hydraulic system. Have the level, the brake warning light comes brake hydraulic system fixed. on. See Brake System Warning After work is done on the brake With a leak, the brakes will not Light 0 130. hydraulic system, make sure the work well. level is above MIN but not over the Brake fluid absorbs water over time. MAX mark. Always clean the brake fluid Replace brake fluid at the specified reservoir cap and the area around intervals to prevent increased the cap before removing it. stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 344. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
278 Vehicle Care
What to Add Refer to the replacement number Vehicle Storage Use only GM approved DOT 3 shown on the original battery label brake fluid from a clean, sealed when a new battery is needed. See { Warning Engine Compartment Overview container. See Recommended 0 Fluids and Lubricants 0 353. 264 for battery location. Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. { Warning { Warning You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting - The wrong or contaminated brake WARNING: Battery posts, North America 0 326 for tips on fluid could result in damage to the terminals, and related working around a battery without brake system. This could result in accessories contain lead and lead getting hurt. the loss of braking leading to a compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause possible injury. Always use the Infrequent Usage: Remove the proper brake fluid. cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also black, negative (−) cable from the contain other chemicals known to battery to keep the battery from running down. the State of California to cause Caution cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Extended Storage: Remove the HANDLING. See California black, negative (−) cable from the If brake fluid is spilled on the Proposition 65 Warning 0 261. battery or use a battery trickle vehicle's painted surfaces, the charger. paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any painted Four-Wheel Drive surface. Transfer Case Battery - North America When to Check Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule The original equipment battery is 0 344 to determine when to check maintenance free. Do not remove the lubricant. the cap and do not add fluid. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 279
How to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 344 to determine how often to change the lubricant. What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 353 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant 1. Fill Plug Automatic Transfer Case 2. Drain Plug It is not necessary to regularly 1. Fill Plug check front axle fluid unless a leak . When the differential is cold, add 2. Drain Plug is suspected, or an unusual noise is enough lubricant to raise the heard. A fluid loss could indicate a level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm To get an accurate reading, the problem. Have it inspected and (1/8 in) below the fill vehicle should be on a level repaired. plug (1) hole. surface. . When the differential is at How to Check Lubricant If the level is below the bottom of operating temperature (warm), the fill plug (1) hole, located on the To get an accurate reading, the add enough lubricant to raise the transfer case, some lubricant will vehicle should be on a level level to the bottom of the fill need to be added. Add enough surface. plug (1) hole. lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use What to Use care not to overtighten the plug. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 353 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
280 Vehicle Care
Rear Axle two. The rear axle assembly must What to Use be supported on a flat, level surface Refer to Recommended Fluids and When to Check Lubricant to get a true reading. Lubricants 0 353 to determine what It is not necessary to regularly How to Check Lubricant kind of lubricant to use. check rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or an unusual noise is To get an accurate reading, the Noise Control System heard. A fluid loss could indicate a vehicle should be on a level problem. Have it inspected and surface. Noise Emission Warranty repaired. General Motors warrants to the first All axle assemblies are filled by person who purchases this vehicle volume of fluid during production. for purposes other than resale and They are not filled to reach a certain to each subsequent purchaser that level. When checking the fluid level this vehicle as manufactured by on any axle, variations in the General Motors was designed, built readings can be caused by factory and equipped to conform at the time fill differences between the minimum it left General Motors control with all and the maximum fluid volume. applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control Also, if a vehicle has just been Regulations. This warranty covers driven before checking the fluid this vehicle as designed, built and level, it may appear lower than equipped by General Motors and is normal because fluid has traveled not limited to any particular part, out along the axle tubes and has The proper level is 1.0 mm to component or system of the vehicle not drained back to the sump area. 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below manufactured by General Motors. Therefore, a reading taken the bottom of the fill hole, located on Defects in design, assembly or any five minutes after the vehicle has the rear axle. Add only enough fluid part, component or system of the been driven will appear to have a to reach the proper level. vehicle manufactured by General lower fluid level than a vehicle that Motors, which at the time it left has been stationary for an hour or General Motors control caused GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 281
noise emissions to exceed Federal to its sale or delivery to the Air Intake: standards, are covered by the ultimate purchaser or while it is . Removal of the air cleaner warranty for the life of the vehicle. in use; or silencer. The following information relates to 2. The use of the vehicle after . Modification of the air cleaner. compliance with federal noise such device or element of emission standards for vehicles with design has been removed or Exhaust: a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating rendered inoperative by any . Removal of the muffler and/or (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg person. resonator. (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance Among those acts presumed to Schedule provides information on . Removal of the exhaust pipes constitute tampering are the acts and exhaust pipe clamps. maintaining the noise control system listed below. to minimize degradation of the noise emission control system during the Insulation: Starter Switch Check life of the vehicle. The noise control Removal of the noise shields or any system warranty is given in the underhood insulation. { Warning vehicle warranty booklet. Engine: These standards apply only to When you are doing this vehicles sold in the United States. Removal or rendering engine speed inspection, the vehicle could governor, if the vehicle has one, move suddenly. If the vehicle Federal law prohibits the following moves, you or others could be acts or the causing thereof: inoperative so as to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer injured. 1. The removal or rendering specifications. inoperative by any person, other than for purposes of Fan and Drive: 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room maintenance, repair or . Removal of fan clutch, if the around the vehicle. replacement, of any device or vehicle has one, or rendering element of design incorporated clutch inoperative. 2. Apply both the parking brake into any new vehicle for the and the regular brake. . Removal of the fan shroud, if the purpose of noise control, prior vehicle has one. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
282 Vehicle Care
Do not use the accelerator 2. Apply the parking brake. Be Park on a fairly steep hill, with the pedal, and be ready to turn off ready to apply the regular vehicle facing downhill. Keeping the engine immediately if it brake immediately if the vehicle your foot on the regular brake, set starts. begins to move. the parking brake. 3. Try to start the engine in each 3. With the engine off, turn the . To check the parking brake's gear. The vehicle should start ignition on, but do not start the holding ability: With the engine only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). engine. Without applying the running and the transmission in If the vehicle starts in any other regular brake, try to move the N (Neutral), slowly remove foot position, contact your dealer for shift lever out of P (Park) with pressure from the regular brake service. normal effort. If the shift lever pedal. Do this until the vehicle is moves out of P (Park), contact held by the parking brake only. Automatic Transmission your dealer for service. . To check the P (Park) Shift Lock Control mechanism's holding ability: Park Brake and P (Park) Function Check With the engine running, shift to Mechanism Check P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the { Warning { Warning regular brake. When you are doing this Contact your dealer if service is inspection, the vehicle could When you are doing this check, required. move suddenly. If the vehicle the vehicle could begin to move. moves, you or others could be You or others could be injured Wiper Blade Replacement injured. and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front Windshield wiper blades should be of the vehicle in case it begins to inspected for wear or cracking. 1. Before starting this check, be roll. Be ready to apply the regular For the proper type and size, see sure there is enough room brake at once should the vehicle Maintenance Replacement Parts around the vehicle. It should be begin to move. 0 354. parked on a level surface. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 283
Front Wiper Blade 4. Remove the wiper blade. Replacement Allowing the wiper blade arm to To replace the wiper blade touch the windshield when no assembly: wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any 1. Pull the windshield wiper damage that occurs would not assembly away from the be covered by the vehicle windshield. warranty. Do not allow the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield. 2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage the hook and push 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper the wiper arm (1) out of the blade replacement. blade assembly (3). Rear Wiper Blade Replacement 3. Push the new blade assembly To replace the rear wiper blade: securely in the wiper arm hook until the release lever clicks 1. Pull the wiper blade assembly into place. away from the backglass. 4. Return the wiper arm and The rear wiper blade will not blade assembly to the rest lock in a vertical position so position on the glass. care should be used when 2. Lift up on the latch in the pulling it away from the vehicle. middle of the wiper blade Glass Replacement where the wiper arm attaches. If the windshield or front side glass 3. With the latch open, pull the must be replaced, see your dealer wiper blade down toward the to determine the correct windshield far enough to replacement glass. release it from the J-hooked end of the wiper arm. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
284 Vehicle Care Windshield Replacement Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement HUD System Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs The windshield is part of the HUD 0 287. system. If the windshield must be If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, replaced, get one that is designed the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure for HUD or the HUD image may If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact look out of focus. necessary, see your dealer. your dealer. Driver Assistance Systems High Intensity Discharge When a windshield replacement is (HID) Lighting needed and the vehicle is equipped with a front-looking camera sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, { Warning the windshield must be installed The high intensity discharge according to GM specifications for these systems to work properly. If it lighting system operates at a very is not, there may be unexpected high voltage. If you try to service behavior and/or messages from any of the system components, these systems. See Object you could be seriously injured. Detection System Messages 0 148. Have your dealer or a qualified technician service them.
After an HID headlamp bulb has been replaced, the beam might be a slightly different shade than it was originally. This is normal. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 285
LED Lighting 3. Turn the bulb counter clockwise to remove it from the This vehicle has several LED lamps. housing. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer. Back-Up Lamps Fog Lamps To replace a back-up bulb: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 36.
3. Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly. 4. Pull the taillamp assembly straight back to remove.
To replace the front fog lamp bulb: 1. Locate the fog lamp under the front bumper. 2. Remove the taillamp closeout cover from the lamp assembly 2. Disconnect the electrical by pulling rearward from the connector from the fog lamp top and bottom at the same bulb assembly by pressing the time to unfasten the snap tabs. connector release. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
286 Vehicle Care
5. Turn the bulb socket License Plate Lamp 2. Bulb counterclockwise to remove it 3. Lamp Assembly from the taillamp assembly. To replace one of these bulbs: 6. Pull the bulb straight out from 1. Push the lamp assembly (3) the socket. toward the center of the 7. Press a new bulb into the vehicle. socket, insert it into the taillamp 2. Pull the lamp assembly down assembly, and turn the bulb to remove. socket clockwise until it clicks. 3. Turn the bulb socket (1) 8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly counterclockwise to remove it and tighten the screws. from the lamp assembly (3). 9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of snapping it into place. Passenger Side Shown, Driver the bulb socket (1). Side Similar 5. Push the replacement bulb straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly. 6. Push the lamp assembly back into position until the release tab locks into place.
1. Bulb Socket GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 287 Replacement Bulbs Electrical System Windshield Wipers Exterior Lamp Bulb If the wiper motor overheats due to Number Electrical System heavy snow or ice, the windshield Overload wipers will stop until the motor cools Back-up Lamp W16W and will then restart. The vehicle has fuses to protect Fog Lamp PSX26W Although the circuit is protected against an electrical system from electrical overload, overload License H11 LL overload. Fuses also protect power due to heavy snow or ice may Plate Lamp devices in the vehicle. cause wiper linkage damage. For replacement bulbs not listed Replace a bad fuse with a new one Always clear ice and heavy snow here, contact your dealer. of the identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the If there is a problem on the road and windshield wipers. a fuse needs to be replaced, there If the overload is caused by an are some spare fuses and a fuse electrical problem and not snow or puller in the Instrument Panel Fuse ice, be sure to get it fixed. Block. The same amperage fuse can also be borrowed. Choose Fuses some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as The wiring circuits in the vehicle are soon as possible. protected from short circuits by fuses. This greatly reduces the Headlamp Wiring chance of fires caused by electrical An electrical overload may cause problems. the lamps to go on and off, or in Look at the silver-colored band some cases to remain off. Have the inside the fuse. If the band is broken headlamp wiring checked right away or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure if the lamps go on and off or you replace a bad fuse with a new remain off. one of the identical size and rating. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
288 Vehicle Care
Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from Caution another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as Spilling liquid on any electrical you can. component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the Engine Compartment covers on any electrical Fuse Block component. The engine compartment fuse block A fuse puller is available in the left is in the engine compartment, on instrument panel fuse block. the driver side of the vehicle.
Lift the cover to access the fuse block. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 289
Item Usage Item Usage Item Usage 1 Electric running 2 Antilock brake 3 Interior BEC LT1 boards system pump 4 MBS passenger GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
290 Vehicle Care
Item Usage Item Usage Item Usage 5 Suspension 30 Wiper 59 Euro trailer leveling 31 TIM 60 Air conditioning compressor 34 Back-up lamps control 6 4WD transfer case 63 Upfitter 1 electronic control 35 Antilock brake system valve 67 Trailer battery 10 Electric parking brake 36 Trailer brakes 69 RC upfitter 3 and 4 13 Interior BEC LT2 37 Upfitter 3 relay 70 VBAT upfitter 3 and 4 14 Rear BEC 1 39 Trailer stop, turn right 72 Upfitter 1 relay 17 MBS driver 40 Trailer stop, 74 Engine control 21 ALC exhaust turn left module ignition solenoid 41 Trailer park lamps 75 Miscellaneous 23 Integrated chassis ignition spare control module 42 Right parking lamps 76 Transmission 24 Real time ignition dampening 43 Left parking lamps 77 RC upfitter 1 and 2 25 Fuel pump power 44 Upfitter 3 module 45 Automatic level 78 VBAT upfitter 1 and 2 26 Spare/Battery control run, crank regulated voltage 47 Upfitter 4 83 Euro trailer RC control 48 Upfitter 4 relay 84 Run, crank relay 28 Upfitter 2 49 Reverse lamps 87 Engine 29 Upfitter 2 relay 51 Parking lamp relay 88 Injector A – odd GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 291
Item Usage Item Usage The left instrument panel fuse block access door is on the driver side 89 Injector B – even 114 Front windshield edge of the instrument panel. washer 90 Oxygen sensor B Pull off the cover to access the fuse 91 Throttle control 115 Rear window block. washer 92 Engine control module relay 116 Cooling fan left 93 Horn 121 Right HID headlamp 94 Fog lamps 122 Left HID headlamp 95 High-beam headlamps 123 Cooling fan right 100 Oxygen sensor A Instrument Panel Fuse 101 Engine control Block (Left) module 102 Engine control module/ Transmission control module 103 Auxiliary interior heater 104 Starter 107 Aero shutter 109 Police upfitter 112 Starter relay GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
292 Vehicle Care
Number Usage 3 Not used 4 Accessory power outlet 1 5 Retained accessory power/Accessory 6 APO/BATT 7 Universal garage door opener/Inside rear view mirror 8 SEO retained accessory power 9 Not used 10 Body control module 3 11 Body control module 5 12 Steering wheel controls backlighting 13 Not used 14 Not used 15 Not used The vehicle may not be equipped Number Usage 16 Discrete logic ignition with all of the fuses, relays, and sensor features shown. 1 Not used 2 Not used 17 VPM GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 293
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage 18 Mirror window module 29 Content theft 45 Not used 19 Body control module 1 30 Not used 46 Right heated, 20 Front bolster (if 31 Not used cooled seat equipped) 32 Not used 47 Left heated, cooled seat 21 Not used 33 SEO/Automatic level 22 Not used control 48 Not used 23 Not used 34 Park enable electric 49 Not used 24 Heater, ventilation and adjustable pedal (if 50 Accessory power air conditioning equipped) outlet 2 ignition/Heater, 35 Not used 51 Not used ventilation and air 36 Miscellaneous R/C 52 Retained accessory conditioning auxiliary 37 Heated steering wheel power/Accessory 25 Instrument cluster relay 38 Steering column lock ignition/Sensing 53 Run, crank relay diagnostic module 2 (if equipped) ignition 39 Instrument cluster 54 Not used 26 Tilt column/SEO, tilt battery 55 Not used column lock 1/SEO 40 Not used 56 Not used 27 Data link connector/ 41 Not used Driver seat module 42 Euro trailer (if 28 Passive entry/Passive equipped) start/Heater, ventilation and air 43 Left doors conditioning battery 44 Driver power seat GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
294 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right)
The right instrument panel fuse block access door is on the passenger side edge of the instrument panel. Pull off the cover to access the fuse block.
The vehicle may not be equipped Number Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 1 Not used 2 Not used GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 295
Number Usage Number Usage Number Usage 3 Not used 21 Sunroof 40 Not used 4 Accessory power 22 Not used 41 Not used outlet 4 23 Not used 42 Not used 5 Not used 24 Not used 43 Not used 6 Not used 25 Not used 44 Right door window 7 Not used 26 Info/Airbag motor 8 Glove box 27 Spare/RF WDW 45 Front blower 9 Not used RN SW 46 Body control module 6 10 Not used 28 Obstacle 47 Body control module 7 11 Not used detection/USB 48 Amplifier 12 Steering wheel 29 Radio 49 Right front seat controls 30 Not used 50 Accessory power 13 Body control module 8 31 Not used outlet 3 14 Not used 32 Not used 51 Not used 15 Not used 33 Not used 52 Retained accessory 16 Not used 34 Not used power/Accessory relay 17 Not used 35 Not used 53 Not used 18 Not used 36 SEO B2 54 Not used 19 Body control module 4 37 SEO 55 Not used 20 Rear seat 38 Body control module 2 56 Not used entertainment 39 A/C Inverter GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
296 Vehicle Care
Rear Compartment Fuse ISO Mini Usage Block Relays 1 Rear defogger
Micro Usage Fuses 2 Heated second row seat left 3 Heated second row seat right 4 Heated mirrors 5 Liftgate 6 Glass breakage The rear compartment fuse block is 7 Liftglass behind the access panel on the left side of the compartment. 8 Liftgate module logic Pull the panel out by grabbing the 9 Rear wiper finger access slot at the rear edge. 10 Rear heater, ventilation and air conditioning blower 11 Second row seat The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and 19 Rear fog lamp (if features shown. equipped) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 297
M-Type Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Fuses 12 Liftgate module Tires . Underinflated tires pose 13 Third row seat Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The 14 Rear accessory power resulting crash could outlet leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for cause serious injury. 15 Rear defogger information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently warranty and where to get to maintain the Ultra Usage service. For additional recommended pressure. Micro Tire pressure should be Relays information refer to the tire manufacturer. checked when the tires 16 Liftgate are cold. { Warning . Overinflated tires are Micro Usage more likely to be cut, Relays . Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by 17 Liftglass improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such dangerous. 18 Rear fog lamp (if as when hitting a pothole. equipped) . Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the recommended pressure. 19 Heated mirrors cause overheating as a result of too much . Worn or old tires can flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. 0 Limits 194. (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
298 Vehicle Care
All-Season Tires traction on snow and ice-covered Warning (Continued) roads. Consider installing winter This vehicle may come with tires on the vehicle if frequent . Replace any tires that all-season tires. These tires are driving on ice or snow covered have been damaged by designed to provide good overall roads is expected. See your dealer impacts with potholes, performance on most road surfaces for details regarding winter tire curbs, etc. and weather conditions. Original availability and proper tire selection. equipment tires designed to GM's Also, see Buying New Tires 0 311. . Improperly repaired tires specific tire performance criteria can cause a crash. Only have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be the dealer or an molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction, authorized tire service equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter center should repair, identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle replace, dismount, and handling and braking. mount the tires. be “MS.” Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires: . Do not spin the tires in the vehicle if frequent driving on excess of 56 km/h . Use tires of the same brand and snow or ice-covered roads is tread type on all four wheel (35 mph) on slippery expected. All-season tires provide positions. surfaces such as snow, adequate performance for most mud, ice, etc. Excessive winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and spinning may cause the may not offer the same level of speed rating as the original tires to explode. traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires. See Winter Tires 0 298. Winter tires with the same speed See Tire Pressure for rating as the original equipment tires High-Speed Operation 0 305 for Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, inflation pressure adjustment for and ZR speed rated tires. If winter high-speed driving. This vehicle was not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 299
tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's Caution (Continued) maximum speed capability. correct inflation pressure and Low-Profile Tires when possible, avoid contact with curbs, potholes, and other road The vehicle has low profile tires hazards. that are classified as touring tires and are designed for on road use. The low-profile, wide All-Terrain Tires tread design is not This vehicle may have all-terrain recommended for off-road tires. These tires provide good driving. See Off-Road Driving performance on most road surfaces, Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire 0 185, for additional information. weather conditions, and for off-road driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 185. (1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a combination of letters and Caution The tread pattern on these tires may wear more quickly than other tires. numbers used to define a Low-profile tires are more Consider rotating the tires more particular tire's width, height, susceptible to damage from road frequently than at 12 000 km aspect ratio, construction type, hazards or curb impact than (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear and service description. See the standard profile tires. Tire and/or is noted when the tires are “Tire Size” illustration later in this wheel assembly damage can inspected. See Tire Inspection section for more detail. 0 309. occur when coming into contact (2) TPC Spec (Tire with road hazards like potholes, Tire Sidewall Labeling Performance Criteria or sharp edged objects, or when Specification) : Original sliding into a curb. The warranty Useful information about a tire is equipment tires designed to does not cover this type of molded into the sidewall. The GM's specific tire performance damage. Keep tires set to the example shows a typical criteria have a TPC specification (Continued) passenger vehicle tire sidewall. code molded onto the sidewall. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
300 Vehicle Care
GM's TPC specifications meet or tire size, and date the tire was (8) Temporary Use Only : Only exceed all federal safety manufactured. The TIN is use a temporary spare tire until guidelines. molded onto both sides of the the road tire is repaired and (3) DOT (Department of tire, although only one side may replaced. This spare tire should Transportation) : The have the date of manufacture. not be driven on over 112 km/h Department of Transportation (5) Tire Ply Material : The type (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) (DOT) code indicates that the of cord and number of plies in when pulling a trailer, with the tire is in compliance with the the sidewall and under the tread. proper inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare Tire 0 325. U.S. Department of (6) Uniform Tire Quality Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading (UTQG) : Tire Tire Designations Safety Standards. manufacturers are required to DOT Tire Date of grade tires based on three Tire Size Manufacture : The last four performance factors: treadwear, The example shows a typical digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature passenger vehicle tire size. manufactured date. The first two resistance. For more digits represent the week information, see Uniform Tire (01-52) and the last two digits, Quality Grading 0 313. the year. For example, the third (7) Maximum Cold Inflation week of the year 2010 would Load Limit : Maximum load that have a four-digit DOT date can be carried and the of 0310. maximum pressure needed to Passenger (P-Metric) Tire (4) Tire Identification Number support that load. For (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : (TIN) : The letters and numbers information on recommended The United States version of a following the DOT code are the tire pressure see Tire Pressure metric tire sizing system. The Tire Identification Number (TIN). 0 303 and Vehicle Load Limits letter P as the first character in The TIN shows the 0 194. the tire size means a passenger manufacturer and plant code, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 301
vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of Aspect Ratio : The relationship standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. of a tire's height to its width. and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These Belt : A rubber coated layer of (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load cords between the plies and the number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the tread. Cords may be made from width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents steel or other reinforcing sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire materials. (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit is certified to carry. The speed Bead : The tire bead contains number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a steel wires wrapped by steel height-to-width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. cords that hold the tire onto For example, if the tire size the rim. aspect ratio is 75, as shown in Tire Terminology and Definitions Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire item C of the tire illustration, it in which the plies are laid at would mean that the tire's Air Pressure : The amount of alternate angles less than sidewall is 75 percent as high as air inside the tire pressing 90 degrees to the centerline of it is wide. outward on each square inch of the tread. the tire. Air pressure is (4) Construction Code : A letter Cold Tire Pressure : The code is used to indicate the type expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch). amount of air pressure in a tire, of ply construction in the tire. measured in kPa (kilopascal) The letter R means radial ply Accessory Weight : The or psi (pounds per square inch) construction; the letter D means combined weight of optional before a tire has built up heat diagonal or bias ply accessories. Some examples of from driving. See Tire Pressure construction; and the letter B optional accessories are 0 303. means belted-bias ply automatic transmission, power construction. windows, power seats, and air Curb Weight : The weight of a conditioning. motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
302 Vehicle Care
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb passengers and cargo. that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric production options weight. signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The compliance with the U.S. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A number of occupants a vehicle Department of Transportation tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load some multipurpose passenger 0 Standards. The DOT code vehicles. Limits 194. includes the Tire Identification Load Index : An assigned Occupant Distribution : Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Designated seating positions. designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that date of production. Maximum Inflation Pressure : has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits contains a whitewall, bears 0 194. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight manufacturer, brand, and/or Rating for the front axle. See Maximum Load Rating : The model name molding that is Vehicle Load Limits 0 194. load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight pressure for that tire. Rating for the rear axle. See of the tire. Vehicle Load Limits 0 194. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 303
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A Traction : The friction between Vehicle Capacity Weight : The tire used on passenger cars and the tire and the road surface. number of designated seating some light duty trucks and The amount of grip provided. positions multiplied by multipurpose vehicles. Tread : The portion of a tire that 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Recommended Inflation comes into contact with 0 Pressure : Vehicle the road. Limits 194. manufacturer's recommended Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the tire inflation pressure as shown bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire on the tire placard. See Tire bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Pressure 0 303 and Vehicle weight, occupant weight, and 0 of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ Load Limits 194. 16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic When It Is Time for New Tires Vehicle Placard : A label tire in which the ply cords that 0 310. permanently attached to a extend to the beads are laid at UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle 90 degrees to the centerline of Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original the tread. information system that provides equipment tire size and Rim : A metal support for a tire consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure. and upon which the tire beads tire's traction, temperature, and See “Tire and Loading are seated. treadwear. Ratings are Information Label” under Vehicle Load Limits 0 194. Sidewall : The portion of a tire determined by tire between the tread and the bead. manufacturers using government testing procedures. Tire Pressure Speed Rating : An The ratings are molded into the Tires need the correct amount of alphanumeric code assigned to sidewall of the tire. See Uniform air pressure to operate a tire indicating the maximum Tire Quality Grading 0 313. effectively. speed at which a tire can operate. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
304 Vehicle Care
The Tire and Loading Do not forget the spare tire, Caution Information label on the vehicle if the vehicle has one. See 0 Neither tire underinflation nor indicates the original equipment Full-Size Spare Tire 325 for overinflation is good. tires and the correct cold tire additional information. inflation pressures. The Underinflated tires, or tires How to Check that do not have enough air, recommended pressure is the can result in: minimum air pressure needed to Use a good quality pocket-type support the vehicle's maximum gauge to check tire pressure. . Tire overloading and load carrying capacity. Proper tire inflation cannot be overheating which could determined by looking at the tire. For additional information lead to a blowout. Check the tire inflation pressure regarding how much weight the when the tires are cold, meaning . Premature or vehicle can carry, and an the vehicle has not been driven irregular wear. example of the Tire and Loading for at least three hours or no Information label, see Vehicle . Poor handling. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Load Limits 0 194. How the . Reduced fuel economy. vehicle is loaded affects vehicle Remove the valve cap from the Overinflated tires, or tires that handling and ride comfort. Never tire valve stem. Press the tire have too much air, can load the vehicle with more gauge firmly onto the valve to result in: weight than it was designed to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure . Unusual wear. carry. matches the recommended . Poor handling. When to Check pressure on the Tire and . Rough ride. Check the tires once a month Loading Information label, no or more. further adjustment is necessary. . Needless damage from If the inflation pressure is low, road hazards. add air until the recommended pressure is reached. If the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 305
inflation pressure is high, press Tire Pressure Monitor Warning (Continued) on the metal stem in the center System of the tire valve to release air. you or others could be killed. The Tire Pressure Monitor System Re-check the tire pressure with Some high-speed rated tires (TPMS) uses radio and sensor the tire gauge. require inflation pressure technology to check tire pressure adjustment for high-speed levels. The TPMS sensors monitor Put the valve caps back on the operation. When speed limits and valve stems to keep out dirt and the air pressure in your tires and road conditions allow the vehicle transmit tire pressure readings to a moisture and prevent leaks. Use to be driven at high speeds, make receiver located in the vehicle. only valve caps designed for the sure the tires are rated for Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors high-speed operation, are in could be damaged and would provided), should be checked excellent condition, and are set to monthly when cold and inflated to not be covered by the vehicle the correct cold tire inflation the inflation pressure recommended warranty. pressure for the vehicle load. by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation Tire Pressure for When driving the vehicle at speeds pressure label. (If your vehicle has High-Speed Operation of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set tires of a different size than the size the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa indicated on the vehicle placard or { Warning (3 psi) above the recommended tire tire inflation pressure label, you pressure shown on the Tire and should determine the proper tire Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h Loading Information label. Return inflation pressure for those tires.) (100 mph) or higher, puts the tires to the recommended cold As an added safety feature, your additional strain on tires. tire inflation pressure when vehicle has been equipped with a Sustained high-speed driving high-speed driving has ended. See tire pressure monitoring system 0 causes excessive heat buildup Vehicle Load Limits 194 and Tire (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire 0 and can cause sudden tire failure. Pressure 303. pressure telltale when one or more This could cause a crash, and of your tires is significantly under-inflated. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
306 Vehicle Care
Accordingly, when the low tire This sequence will continue upon Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale illuminates, you subsequent vehicle start-ups as should stop and check your tires as long as the malfunction exists. Operation soon as possible, and inflate them When the malfunction indicator is This vehicle may have a Tire to the proper pressure. Driving on a illuminated, the system may not be Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). significantly under-inflated tire able to detect or signal low tire The TPMS is designed to warn the causes the tire to overheat and can pressure as intended. TPMS driver when a low tire pressure lead to tire failure. Under-inflation malfunctions may occur for a variety condition exists. TPMS sensors are also reduces fuel efficiency and tire of reasons, including the installation mounted onto each tire and wheel tread life, and may affect the of replacement or alternate tires or assembly, excluding the spare tire vehicle's handling and stopping wheels on the vehicle that prevent and wheel assembly. The TPMS ability. the TPMS from functioning properly. sensors monitor the air pressure in Please note that the TPMS is not a Always check the TPMS malfunction the tires and transmit the tire substitute for proper tire telltale after replacing one or more pressure readings to a receiver maintenance, and it is the driver's tires or wheels on your vehicle to located in the vehicle. responsibility to maintain correct tire ensure that the replacement or pressure, even if under-inflation has alternate tires and wheels allow the not reached the level to trigger TPMS to continue to function illumination of the TPMS low tire properly. pressure telltale. See Tire Pressure Monitor Your vehicle has also been Operation 0 306. equipped with a TPMS malfunction See Radio Frequency Statement When a low tire pressure condition indicator to indicate when the 0 370. system is not operating properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates The TPMS malfunction indicator is the low tire pressure warning light combined with the low tire pressure located on the instrument cluster. telltale. When the system detects a If the warning light comes on, stop malfunction, the telltale will flash for as soon as possible and inflate the approximately one minute and then tires to the recommended pressure remain continuously illuminated. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 307
shown on the Tire and Loading they are cold. See Vehicle Load TPMS Malfunction Light and Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 194, for an example of the Message Limits 0 194. Tire and Loading Information label The TPMS will not function properly A message to check the pressure in and its location. Also see Tire Pressure 0 303. if one or more of the TPMS sensors a specific tire displays in the Driver are missing or inoperable. When the Information Center (DIC). The low The TPMS can warn about a low system detects a malfunction, the tire pressure warning light and the tire pressure condition but it does low tire pressure warning light DIC warning message come on at not replace normal tire flashes for about one minute and each ignition cycle until the tires are maintenance. See Tire Inspection then stays on for the remainder of inflated to the correct inflation 0 309, Tire Rotation 0 309 and Tires the ignition cycle. A DIC warning pressure. If the vehicle has DIC 0 297. message also displays. The buttons, tire pressure levels can be malfunction light and DIC warning viewed. For additional information Caution message come on at each ignition and details about the DIC operation cycle until the problem is corrected. and displays, see Driver Information Tire sealant materials are not all Some of the conditions that can Center (DIC) 0 137 and Tire the same. A non-approved tire cause these to come on are: Messages 0 152. sealant could damage the TPMS . One of the road tires has been The low tire pressure warning light sensors. TPMS sensor damage replaced with the spare tire. The may come on in cool weather when caused by using an incorrect tire spare tire does not have a the vehicle is first started, and then sealant is not covered by the TPMS sensor. The malfunction turn off as the vehicle is driven. This vehicle warranty. Always use only light and the DIC message could be an early indicator that the the GM approved tire sealant should go off after the road tire air pressure is getting low and available through your dealer or is replaced and the sensor needs to be inflated to the proper included in the vehicle. matching process is performed pressure. successfully. See "TPMS Sensor A Tire and Loading Information label Matching Process" later in this shows the size of the original section. equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
308 Vehicle Care
. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or passenger side front tire, passenger process was not done or not being near facilities using radio side rear tire, and driver side rear. completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the See your dealer for service or to rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. relearn tool can also be purchased. message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a Activation Tool at sensor matching process. See low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS Process" later in this section. light and DIC message come on (1-800-468-6657). . One or more TPMS sensors are and stay on. There are two minutes to match the missing or damaged. The first tire/wheel position, and malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching five minutes overall to match all four message should go off when the Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification and must be restarted. performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new The TPMS sensor matching your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the process is: vehicle’s tires or replacing one or . Replacement tires or wheels do 1. Set the parking brake. not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also, tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process 2. Place the vehicle power mode other than those recommended should be performed after replacing in ON/RUN/START. See could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire Ignition Positions 0 199. containing the TPMS sensor. The functioning properly. See Buying 3. Make sure the Tire Pressure 0 malfunction light and the DIC New Tires 311. info page option is turned on. message should go off at the next The info pages on the DIC can ignition cycle. The sensors are be turned on and off through matched to the tire/wheel positions, the Settings menu. See Driver using a TPMS relearn tool, in the Information Center (DIC) 0 137. following order: driver side front tire, GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 309
4. Use the DIC controls on the 9. Proceed to the passenger side Replace the tire if: right side of the steering wheel rear tire, and repeat the to scroll to the Tire Pressure procedure in Step 7. . The indicators at three or screen under the DIC more places around the tire 10. Proceed to the driver side rear can be seen. info page. tire, and repeat the procedure 5. Press and hold the V (Set/ in Step 7. The horn sounds two . There is cord or fabric Reset) button located in the times to indicate the sensor showing through the tire's center of the DIC controls. identification code has been rubber. matched to the driver side rear The horn sounds twice to tire, and the TPMS sensor . The tread or sidewall is signal the receiver is in relearn matching process is no longer cracked, cut, or snagged mode and the TIRE active. The TIRE LEARNING deep enough to show cord or LEARNING ACTIVE message ACTIVE message on the DIC fabric. displays on the DIC screen. display screen goes off. . The tire has a bump, bulge, 6. Start with the driver side 11. Turn the ignition switch to or split. front tire. LOCK/OFF. 7. Place the relearn tool against . The tire has a puncture, cut, 12. Set all four tires to the or other damage that cannot the tire sidewall, near the valve recommended air pressure stem. Then press the button to level as indicated on the Tire be repaired well because of activate the TPMS sensor. and Loading Information label. the size or location of the A horn chirp confirms that the damage. sensor identification code has Tire Inspection been matched to this tire and Tire Rotation wheel position. We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated every 8. Proceed to the passenger side including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See front tire, and repeat the 0 procedure in Step 7. for signs of wear or damage at Maintenance Schedule 344. least once a month. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
310 Vehicle Care
Tires are rotated to achieve a Use this rotation pattern when uniform wear for all tires. The rotating the tires. Warning (Continued) first rotation is the most Do not include the spare tire in off and cause an accident. When important. the tire rotation. changing a wheel, remove any Anytime unusual wear is rust or dirt from places where the Adjust the front and rear tires to wheel attaches to the vehicle. In noticed, rotate the tires as soon the recommended inflation as possible, check for proper tire an emergency, a cloth or a paper pressure on the Tire and towel can be used; however, use inflation pressure, and check for Loading Information label after damaged tires or wheels. If the a scraper or wire brush later to the tires have been rotated. See remove all rust or dirt. unusual wear continues after the Tire Pressure 0 303 and Vehicle rotation, check the wheel Load Limits 0 194. alignment. See When It Is Time Lightly coat the center of the for New Tires 0 310 and Wheel Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor wheel hub with wheel bearing Replacement 0 315. System. See Tire Pressure grease after a wheel change or Monitor Operation 0 306. tire rotation to prevent corrosion Check that all wheel nuts are or rust build-up. Do not get properly tightened. See “Wheel grease on the flat wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities mounting surface or on the and Specifications 0 358. wheel nuts or bolts.
{ Warning When It Is Time for New Tires Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, make wheel nuts become loose vehicle loading, and road conditions after time. The wheel could come affect the wear rate of the tires. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 311
equipped, be replaced after six Buying New Tires years, regardless of tread wear. The tire manufacture date is the last four GM has developed and matched digits of the DOT Tire Identification specific tires for the vehicle. The Number (TIN) which is molded into original equipment tires installed one side of the tire sidewall. The were designed to meet General first two digits represent the week Motors Tire Performance Criteria (01-52) and the last two digits, the Specification (TPC Spec) year. For example, the third week of system rating. When the year 2010 would have a replacement tires are needed, four-digit DOT date of 0310. GM strongly recommends Vehicle Storage buying tires with the same TPC Treadwear indicators are one way to Tires age when stored normally Spec rating. tell when it is time for new tires. mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Treadwear indicators appear when GM's exclusive TPC Spec a vehicle that will be stored for at the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) system considers over a dozen least a month in a cool, dry, clean or less of tread remaining. Some critical specifications that impact area away from direct sunlight to commercial truck tires may not have slow aging. This area should be free the overall performance of the treadwear indicators. See Tire of grease, gasoline, or other vehicle, including brake system Inspection 0 309 and Tire Rotation substances that can deteriorate performance, ride and handling, 0 309 for additional information. rubber. traction control, and tire The rubber in tires ages over time. pressure monitoring Parking for an extended period can This also applies to the spare tire, cause flat spots on the tires that performance. GM's TPC Spec if the vehicle has one, even if it is may result in vibrations while number is molded onto the tire's never used. Multiple factors driving. When storing a vehicle for sidewall near the tire size. If the including temperatures, loading at least a month, remove the tires or tires have an all-season tread conditions, and inflation pressure raise the vehicle to reduce the design, the TPC Spec number maintenance affect how fast aging weight from the tires. takes place. GM recommends that will be followed by MS for mud tires, including the spare if GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
312 Vehicle Care
and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 299 for additional { Warning Warning (Continued) information. Tires could explode during and wheel assembly with a GM recommends replacing worn improper service. Attempting similar overall diameter as the tires in complete sets of four. to mount or dismount a tire road tires and wheels, so it is Uniform tread depth on all tires could cause injury or death. all right to drive on it. The will help to maintain the Only your dealer or authorized spare tire was developed for performance of the vehicle. tire service center should use on this vehicle and will not Braking and handling mount or dismount the tires. affect vehicle handling. performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. { Warning { Warning If proper rotation and maintenance have been done, Mixing tires of different sizes, Using bias-ply tires on the all four tires should wear out at brands, or types may cause vehicle may cause the wheel about the same time. See Tire loss of control of the vehicle, rim flanges to develop cracks Rotation 0 309 for information resulting in a crash or other after many miles of driving. on proper tire rotation. However, vehicle damage. Use the A tire and/or wheel could fail if it is necessary to replace only correct size, brand, and type suddenly and cause a crash. one axle set of worn tires, place of tires on all wheels. Use only radial-ply tires with the new tires on the rear axle. This vehicle may have a the wheels on the vehicle. different size spare than the road tires originally installed Winter tires with the same speed on the vehicle. When new, the rating as the original equipment vehicle included a spare tire tires may not be available for H, (Continued) V, W, Y and ZR speed rated tires. Never exceed the winter GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 313
tires’ maximum speed capability Different Size Tires and Warning (Continued) when using winter tires with a Wheels lower speed rating. If wheels or tires are installed that developed for the vehicle, and If the vehicle tires must be are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a replaced with a tire that does not equipment wheels and tires, vehicle GM certified technician. have a TPC Spec number, make performance, including its braking, sure they are the same size, ride and handling characteristics, See Buying New Tires 0 311 and load range, speed rating, and stability, and resistance to rollover Accessories and Modifications construction (radial) as the may be affected. If the vehicle has 0 262. original tires. electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction Uniform Tire Quality Vehicles that have a tire control, electronic stability control, pressure monitoring system or All-Wheel Drive, the performance Grading could give an inaccurate of these systems can also be The following information relates low-pressure warning if non-TPC affected. to the system developed by the Spec rated tires are installed. United States National Highway See Tire Pressure Monitor { Warning Traffic Safety Administration System 0 305. (NHTSA), which grades tires by If different sized wheels are used, The Tire and Loading there may not be an acceptable treadwear, traction, and Information label indicates the level of performance and safety if temperature performance. This original equipment tires on the tires not recommended for those applies only to vehicles sold in vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits wheels are selected. This the United States. The grades 0 194 for the label location and increases the chance of a crash are molded on the sidewalls of more information about the Tire and serious injury. Only use GM most passenger car tires. The and Loading Information label. specific wheel and tire systems Uniform Tire Quality Grading (Continued) (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
314 Vehicle Care
nominal rim diameters of Treadwear specified government test 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), The treadwear grade is a surfaces of asphalt and or to some limited-production comparative rating based on the concrete. A tire marked C may tires. wear rate of the tire when tested have poor traction performance. While the tires available on under controlled conditions on a Warning: The traction grade General Motors passenger cars specified government test assigned to this tire is based on and light trucks may vary with course. For example, a tire straight-ahead braking traction respect to these grades, they graded 150 would wear one and tests, and does not include must also conform to federal one-half (1½) times as well on acceleration, cornering, safety requirements and the government course as a tire hydroplaning, or peak traction additional General Motors Tire graded 100. The relative characteristics. Performance Criteria (TPC) performance of tires depends Temperature standards. upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A their use, however, and may Quality grades can be found (the highest), B, and C, depart significantly from the where applicable on the tire representing the tire's resistance norm due to variations in driving sidewall between tread shoulder to the generation of heat and its habits, service practices and and maximum section width. For ability to dissipate heat when differences in road example: tested under controlled characteristics and climate. Treadwear 200 Traction AA conditions on a specified indoor Temperature A Traction laboratory test wheel. Sustained The traction grades, from high temperature can cause the All Passenger Car Tires Must material of the tire to degenerate Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent and reduce tire life, and Requirements In Addition To excessive temperature can lead These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under to sudden tire failure. The grade controlled conditions on C corresponds to a level of performance which all GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 315
passenger car tires must meet the left or right, depending on the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel under the Federal Motor Safety crown of the road and/or other road nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Standard No. 109. Grades B and surface variations such as troughs System (TPMS) sensors with new A represent higher levels of or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is GM original equipment parts. performance on the laboratory vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need { Warning test wheel than the minimum to be rebalanced. See your dealer required by law. Warning: The for proper diagnosis. Using the wrong replacement temperature grade for this tire is wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel established for a tire that is Wheel Replacement nuts can be dangerous. It could properly inflated and not affect the braking and handling of overloaded. Excessive speed, Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or the vehicle. Tires can lose air, underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming and cause loss of control, causing loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and a crash. Always use the correct combination, can cause heat wheel nuts should be replaced. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel buildup and possible tire failure. If the wheel leaks air, replace it. nuts for replacement. Some aluminum wheels can be Wheel Alignment and Tire repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist. Balance Caution The tires and wheels were aligned Your dealer will know the kind of and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed. The wrong wheel can also cause provide the longest tire life and best Each new wheel should have the problems with bearing life, brake overall performance. Adjustments to same load-carrying capacity, cooling, speedometer or wheel alignment and tire balancing diameter, width, offset, and be odometer calibration, headlamp are not necessary on a regular mounted the same way as the one it aim, bumper height, vehicle basis. Consider an alignment check replaces. ground clearance, and tire or tire if there is unusual tire wear or the chain clearance to the body and vehicle is significantly pulling to one chassis. side or the other. Some slight pull to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
316 Vehicle Care
Used Replacement Wheels maintain lane position, and then Warning (Continued) gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. { Warning manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle's tire size combination A rear blowout, particularly on a Replacing a wheel with a used and road conditions. Follow that curve, acts much like a skid and one is dangerous. How it has manufacturer's instructions. To may require the same correction as been used or how far it has been avoid vehicle damage, drive used in a skid. Stop pressing the driven may be unknown. It could slowly and readjust or remove the accelerator pedal and steer to fail suddenly and cause a crash. straighten the vehicle. It may be traction device if it contacts the When replacing wheels, use a very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. new GM original equipment to a stop, well off the road, If traction devices are used, install wheel. if possible. them on the rear tires. { Warning Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat Driving on a flat tire will cause { Warning It is unusual for a tire to blowout permanent damage to the tire. while driving, especially if the tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been Do not use tire chains. There is are maintained properly. If air goes driven on while severely not enough clearance. Tire chains out of a tire, it is much more likely to underinflated or flat may cause a leak out slowly. But if there ever is a used on a vehicle without the blowout and a serious crash. blowout, here are a few tips about proper amount of clearance can Never attempt to re-inflate a tire what to expect and what to do: cause damage to the brakes, that has been driven on while suspension, or other vehicle If a front tire fails, the flat tire severely underinflated or flat. parts. The area damaged by the creates a drag that pulls the vehicle Have your dealer or an authorized tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off tire service center repair or control and a crash. Use another the accelerator pedal and grip the replace the flat tire as soon as type of traction device only if its steering wheel firmly. Steer to possible. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 317
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), { Warning Warning (Continued) use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Lifting a vehicle and getting under causing injury or death. Find a the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. it to do maintenance or repairs is level place to change the tire. To dangerous without the help prevent the vehicle from appropriate safety equipment and moving: training. If a jack is provided with 1. Set the parking brake firmly. the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for 2. Put the shift lever in anything else, you or others could P (Park). be badly injured or killed if the 3. For vehicles with vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack four-wheel-drive with a is provided with the vehicle, only N (Neutral) transfer case use it for changing a flat tire. position, be sure the 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) transfer case is in a drive 2. Flat Tire gear — not in N (Neutral). If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire The following information explains and wheel damage by driving slowly 4. Turn off the engine and do how to use the jack and change to a level place, well off the road, not restart while the vehicle a tire. if possible. Turn on the hazard is raised. warning flashers. See Hazard 5. Do not allow passengers to Tire Changing Warning Flashers 0 168. remain in the vehicle. Before towing a trailer, see 6. Place wheel blocks, { Warning "Hands-Free Operation" under if equipped, on both sides of Liftgate 0 36. Changing a tire can be the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being dangerous. The vehicle can slip changed. off the jack and roll over or fall (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
318 Vehicle Care
Removing the Spare Tire and 4. Turn the jack knob (1) Tools counterclockwise to release the jack and wheel blocks from the The equipment needed to change a bracket. flat tire is stored in the rear of the vehicle, on the driver side, behind a 5. Turn the wing nut retaining the door in the trim panel. wheel blocks (2) counterclockwise to remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer. Use the following tools:
1. Pull to open the trim panel door. The third row driver side seat may need to be folded to access the trim panel door. 2. Lift the acoustic pad to access the jack and tools. 1. Jack Knob 3. Turn the wing nut retaining the 2. Wing Nut Retaining the tool bag (3) counterclockwise to Wheel Blocks remove it. 3. Wing Nut Retaining the Tool Bag Pull the tool bag toward the 1. Jack front of the vehicle and lift the 2. Wheel Blocks rear portion of the bag upward 3. Jack Handle to remove it. 4. Jack Handle Extensions 5. Wheel Wrench GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 319
To access the spare tire, refer to the 1. Open the hoist shaft access following graphics and instructions: door (3) on the bumper to access the spare tire lock (6).
3. Assemble the two jack handle If equipped with a hitch cover, extensions (4) and wheel turn the hitch cover retainers wrench (5), as shown. counterclockwise and pull the 1. Hoist Assembly cover downward to remove it 2. Hoist Shaft before removing the hoist shaft 3. Hoist Shaft Access access door. Cover/Hole 4. Jack Handle Extensions 2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert the ignition key, turn 5. Wheel Wrench it clockwise and then pull it 6. Spare Tire Lock straight out. 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 11. Hoist Cable GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
320 Vehicle Care
4. Insert the open end of the 6. Use the wheel wrench hook to Removing the Flat Tire and extension (7) through the hole pull the hoist cable closer to Installing the Spare Tire in the rear bumper (8) (hoist assist in reaching the shaft access hole). spare tire. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Be sure the hoist end of the Flat 0 316 for more information. extension (7) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle be pulled out from under the with some slack in the cable to vehicle. access the tire/wheel retainer. Tilt the retainer and pull it and the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. 2. Use the wheel wrench to Once the retainer is separated loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn from the guide pin, tilt the the wheel wrench retainer and pull it through the counterclockwise to loosen the center of the wheel along with wheel nuts. Do not remove the the cable and latch. wheel nuts yet. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 321
one jack handle extension. both jack handle Attach the wheel wrench to the extensions (3). Attach the jack handle extension. Attach wheel wrench (4) to the jack the jack handle to the jack. handle extensions (3). Attach Position the jack on the frame the jack handle (2) to the behind the flat tire where the jack (1). Use the jacking frame sections overlap. Turn pad (5) provided on the rear the wheel wrench clockwise to axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4) raise the vehicle. Raise the clockwise to raise the vehicle. Jacking Locations (Overall View) vehicle far enough off the Raise the vehicle far enough 3. Position the jack under the ground so there is enough off the ground so there is vehicle, as shown. room for the spare tire to clear enough room for the spare tire the ground. to clear the ground.
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.
Left Front Shown, Right Front Rear Position Similar Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle, on a front tire of the vehicle, use the jack handle (2) and use the jack handle and only GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
322 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Raising the vehicle with the jack towel can be used; however, use improperly positioned can a scraper or wire brush later to damage the vehicle and even remove all rust or dirt. make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle 7. Put the wheel nuts back on damage, be sure to fit the jack lift with the rounded end of the head into the proper location nuts toward the wheel after before raising the vehicle. mounting the spare tire.
6. Remove any rust or dirt from { Warning the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel. Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might { Warning come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can 8. Tighten each wheel nut by make wheel nuts become loose hand. Then use the wheel after time. The wheel could come wrench to tighten the nuts until off and cause an accident. When the wheel is held against changing a wheel, remove any the hub. rust or dirt from places where the 4. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 9. Turn the wheel wrench wheel attaches to the vehicle. In counterclockwise to lower the 5. Take off the flat tire. an emergency, a cloth or a paper vehicle. Lower the jack (Continued) completely. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 323
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire Warning (Continued) and Tools using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and { Warning Specifications 0 358 for original Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment wheel nut torque equipment in the passenger specifications. compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could Caution strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 10. Tighten the nuts firmly in a Improperly tightened wheel nuts crisscross sequence as shown can lead to brake pulsation and by turning the wheel wrench rotor damage. To avoid expensive clockwise. brake repairs, evenly tighten the Caution wheel nuts in the proper Storing an aluminum wheel with a sequence and to the proper { Warning flat tire under your vehicle for an torque specification. See extended period of time or with Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications the valve stem pointing up can incorrectly tightened can cause 0 358 for the wheel nut torque damage the wheel. Always stow the wheels to become loose or specification. come off. The wheel nuts should the wheel with the valve stem be tightened with a torque wrench pointing down and have the to the proper torque specification wheel/tire repaired as soon as after replacing. Follow the torque possible. specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
324 Vehicle Care
2. Hoist Shaft Caution 3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole The tire hoist can be damaged if 4. Jack Handle Extensions there is no tension on the cable 5. Wheel Wrench when using it. To have the necessary tension, the spare or 6. Spare Tire Lock road tire and wheel assembly 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool must be installed on the tire hoist 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole to use it. 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer Store the tire under the rear of the 11. Hoist Cable vehicle in the spare tire carrier. 3. Assemble the two jack handle Refer to the following graphics and 1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at extensions (4) and wheel instructions to help you: the rear of the vehicle with the wrench (5), as shown. valve stem pointed down, and to the rear. 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate the tire/wheel retainer from the guide pin. Pull the pin through the center of the wheel. Tilt the retainer down through the center wheel opening. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel.
1. Hoist Assembly GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 325
4. Insert the open end of the 7. Make sure the tire is stored 5. Use the retaining bracket to extension (7) through the hole securely. Push, pull, and then fasten the tool bag on the stud in the rear bumper (8) (hoist try to turn the tire. If the tire and turn the wing nut clockwise shaft access hole). moves, use the wheel wrench to secure. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. to tighten the cable. 6. Close the trim panel door. Make sure the retainer is 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. seated in the wheel opening. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access Full-Size Spare Tire 6. Raise the tire fully against the cover. If this vehicle came with a full-size underside of the vehicle by If equipped, reinstall the hitch spare tire, it was fully inflated when turning the wheel wrench cover and turn the retainers new, however, it can lose air over clockwise until you hear two clockwise. time. Check the inflation pressure clicks or feel it skip twice. The regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 303 cable cannot be overtightened. To store the tools, do the following: and Vehicle Load Limits 0 194. For 1. Return the tools (wheel instructions on how to remove, wrench, jack handle, and jack install, or store a spare tire, see Tire handle extensions) to the Changing 0 317. tool bag. If equipped with a temporary use 2. Assemble wheel blocks and full-size spare tire, it is indicated on jack together with the wing nut. the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 299. This spare tire 3. Position the jack and wheel should not be driven on over blocks in the driver side trim 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h panel over the wheelhouse. (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at 4. Turn the jack knob clockwise the proper inflation pressure. Repair until the jack is secured tight in and replace the road tire as soon as the mounting bracket. Be sure it is convenient, and stow the spare to position the holes in the tire for future use. base of the jack onto the pin in the mounting bracket. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
326 Vehicle Care Have the damaged or flat road tire Jump Starting Caution repaired or replaced and installed back onto the vehicle as soon as If the vehicle has four-wheel drive possible so the spare tire will be Jump Starting - North and a different size spare tire is available in case it is needed again. America installed, do not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat tire Do not mix tires and wheels of For more information about the is repaired and/or replaced. The different sizes, because they will not vehicle battery, see Battery - North 0 vehicle could be damaged and fit. Keep your spare tire and its America 278. wheel together. If the vehicle has a the repairs would not be covered If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) spare tire that does not match the by the warranty. Never use has run down, you may want to use original road tires and wheels in size another vehicle and some jumper four-wheel drive when a different and type, do not include the spare in cables to start your vehicle. Be sure size spare tire is installed on the the tire rotation. vehicle. to use the following steps to do it safely. The vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tires { Warning originally installed on the vehicle. WARNING: Battery posts, This spare tire was developed for terminals, and related use on this vehicle, so it is all right accessories contain lead and lead to drive on it. If the vehicle has compounds, chemicals known to four-wheel drive and a different size spare tire is installed, drive only in the State of California to cause two-wheel drive. cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also After installing the spare tire on the contain other chemicals known to vehicle, stop as soon as possible the State of California to cause and check that the spare tire is correctly inflated. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 327
This is located on the Warning (Continued) Caution passenger side, in the rear of the engine compartment. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER Ignoring these steps could result HANDLING. See California in costly damage to the vehicle 3. Get the vehicles close enough Proposition 65 Warning 0 261. that would not be covered by the so the jumper cables can vehicle warranty. Trying to start reach, but be sure the vehicles the vehicle by pushing or pulling it are not touching each other. will not work, and it could damage If they are, it could cause an unwanted ground connection. { Warning the vehicle. You would not be able to start Batteries can hurt you. They can your vehicle, and the bad be dangerous because: 1. Check the other vehicle. grounding could damage the . They contain acid that can It must have a 12-volt battery electrical systems. with a negative ground system. burn you. To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set the parking . They contain gas that can Caution explode or ignite. brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start . They contain enough If the other vehicle does not have procedure. Put the automatic electricity to burn you. a 12-volt system with a negative transmission in P (Park) or a ground, both vehicles can be If you do not follow these steps manual transmission in Neutral damaged. Only use a vehicle that exactly, some or all of these before setting the parking has a 12-volt system with a things can hurt you. brake. For vehicles with negative ground for jump starting. four-wheel-drive with a N (Neutral) transfer case 2. If the vehicle is equipped with position, be sure the transfer dual batteries, using the battery case is in a drive gear — not that is closer to the starter will N (Neutral). reduce electrical resistance. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
328 Vehicle Care
uncover the positive (+) Caution terminal, open the red plastic Warning (Continued) cover. If any accessories are left on or Battery fluid contains acid that plugged in during the jump For more information on the can burn you. Do not get it on starting procedure, they could be location of the remote you. If you accidentally get it in damaged. The repairs would not positive (+) and remote your eyes or on your skin, flush be covered by the vehicle negative (−) terminals, see the place with water and get warranty. Whenever possible, turn Engine Compartment Overview medical help immediately. 0 264. off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting. { Warning { Warning 4. Turn off the ignition on both An electric fan can start up even vehicles. Unplug unnecessary when the engine is not running Fans or other moving engine accessories plugged into the and can injure you. Keep hands, parts can injure you badly. Keep accessory power outlets. Turn clothing, and tools away from any your hands away from moving off the radio and all the lamps underhood electric fan. parts once the engine is running. that are not needed. This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries. And it could 6. Check that the jumper cables save the radio! { Warning do not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could 5. Open the hood on the other Using a match near a battery can get a shock. The vehicles vehicle and locate the cause battery gas to explode. could be damaged too. positive (+) and negative (−) People have been hurt doing this, terminal locations on that Before you connect the cables, vehicle. and some have been blinded. here are some basic things you Use a flashlight if you need more should know. Positive (+) will The positive (+) terminal is light. go to positive (+) or to a remote under a red plastic cover at the (Continued) positive (+) terminal if the positive battery post. To vehicle has one. Negative (−) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 329
will go to a heavy, unpainted 8. Do not let the other end touch engine and supports the metal engine part or to a metal. Connect it to the resonator, on the vehicle with remote negative (−) terminal if positive (+) terminal of the the dead battery. the vehicle has one. good battery. Use a remote 11. Start the vehicle with the good Do not connect positive (+) to positive (+) terminal if the battery and run the engine for a negative (−) or you will get a vehicle has one. while. short that would damage the 9. Connect the black negative (−) 12. Try to start the vehicle that had battery and maybe other parts cable to the negative (−) the dead battery. If it will not too. And do not connect the terminal of the good battery. start after a few tries, it negative (−) cable to the Use a remote negative (−) probably needs service. negative (−) terminal on the terminal if the vehicle has one. dead battery because this can Do not let the other end touch Caution cause sparks. anything until the next step. If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal.
7. Connect the red positive (+) 10. Connect the other end of the cable to the positive (+) negative (−) cable to the metal terminal of the vehicle with the bracket that is bolted to the dead battery. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
330 Vehicle Care Jumper Cable Removal Towing the Vehicle dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy Reverse the sequence exactly when towing is towing the vehicle with all removing the jumper cables. four wheels on the ground. Dolly Caution towing is towing the vehicle with two After starting the disabled vehicle wheels on the ground and two and removing the jumper cables, Incorrectly towing a disabled wheels on a dolly. allow it to idle for several minutes. vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not be covered by Follow the tow vehicle the vehicle warranty. manufacturer’s instructions. See your dealer or trailering professional Do not lash or hook to for additional advice and equipment suspension components. Use the recommendations. proper straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. Caution
Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed Use of a shield mounted in front car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck of the vehicle grille could restrict could damage the vehicle. airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would Consult your dealer or a not be covered by the vehicle professional towing service if the warranty. If using a shield, only disabled vehicle must be towed. use one that attaches to the Recreational Vehicle towing vehicle. Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 331
Dinghy Towing Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles To dinghy tow: Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface. 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. If equipped with an Electric Parking Brake (EPB), the parking brake cannot be applied and the tires must be Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive chocked. vehicles with a two-speed transfer 4. Shift the transfer case to Caution case that have an N (Neutral) and a 4 setting. N (Neutral). See “Shifting into n N (Neutral) under Four-Wheel If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is ” Drive 0 213. Check that the towed with all four wheels on the { Warning vehicle is in N (Neutral) by ground, the drivetrain starting the engine and shifting components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive the transmission to The repairs would not be covered vehicle's transfer case into R (Reverse) and then to D by the vehicle warranty. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle (Drive). There should be no to roll even if the transmission is movement of the vehicle while in P (Park). You or others could Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not shifting. be towed with all four wheels on the be injured. Set the parking brake ground. before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
332 Vehicle Care
5. Shift the transmission into D 2. Set the parking brake, then (Drive). Turn the engine off. Caution shift the transmission to Then shift the transmission into P (Park). P (Park). If the steering column is locked, vehicle damage may occur. 3. Connect the battery. 6. Wait for at least 10 seconds, 4. Apply the brake pedal. then restart the engine. 10. Move the steering wheel to 5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN 7. Shift the transmission to D make sure the steering column with the engine off. Shift the (Drive), then turn the engine off is unlocked. transfer case out of N (Neutral) again. 11. With a foot on the brake pedal, to 2 m. See “Shifting out of release the parking brake. N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Caution 0 12. Keep the ignition key in the Drive 213. See your dealer if Failure to disconnect the negative towed vehicle in ACC/ the transfer case cannot be battery cable or to have it contact ACCESSORY to prevent the shifted out of N (Neutral). the terminals can cause damage steering column from locking. 6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m to the vehicle. If equipped with Keyless by starting the engine and Access, keep the RKE shifting the transmission to transmitter outside of the 8. Disconnect the negative R (Reverse) and then to D vehicle, and manually lock the (Drive). There should be battery cable at the battery and doors. Access the vehicle as if secure the nut and bolt. Cover movement of the vehicle while it has a dead RKE transmitter shifting. the negative battery post with a battery, by using the key in the non-conductive material to door lock. 7. Shift the transmission to prevent any contact with the P (Park) and turn off the negative battery terminal. Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle ignition. 9. Shift the transmission to Before disconnecting the towed 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the P (Park). vehicle: tow vehicle. 1. Park on a level surface. 9. Release the parking brake. 10. Reset any lost presets. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 333
The outside temperature Dolly Towing – Rear Towing display will default to 0 °C Caution (Continued) (Rear Wheels Off the Ground) (32 °F) but will reset with – Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles normal usage. warranty. Never tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the Dolly Towing – Front Towing ground. (Front Wheels Off the Ground)
Caution
Towing a four-wheel-drive vehicle with all four wheels on the ground, or even with only two of its wheels on the ground, will damage drivetrain components. Do not tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle with any of its wheels on the ground. Caution Towing a four-wheel-drive vehicle This vehicle should not be towed with all four wheels on the Caution with the rear wheels on the ground. ground, or even with only two of If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is its wheels on the ground, will towed with the rear wheels on the damage drivetrain components. ground, the transmission could be Do not tow a four-wheel-drive damaged. The repairs would not vehicle with any of its wheels on be covered by the vehicle the ground. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
334 Vehicle Care This vehicle should not be towed 4. Put the transmission in Appearance Care with any wheels on the ground. P (Park). Dolly Towing – Rear Towing 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Exterior Care (Rear Wheels Off the Ground) following the manufacturer's instructions. Locks – Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 6. Use an adequate clamping Locks are lubricated at the factory. device designed for towing to Use a de-icing agent only when ensure that the front wheels absolutely necessary, and have the are locked into the straight locks greased after using. See position. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 353. 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. Washing the Vehicle To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight.
Caution To dolly tow the vehicle from Do not use petroleum-based, the rear: acidic, or abrasive cleaning 1. Attach the dolly to the tow agents as they can damage the vehicle following the dolly vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic manufacturer's instructions. parts. If damage occurs, it would 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the not be covered by the vehicle dolly. warranty. Approved cleaning 3. Firmly set the parking brake. products can be obtained from See Parking Brake 0 217. (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 335
If using an automatic car wash, the vehicle as soon as possible. Caution (Continued) follow the car wash instructions. The If necessary, use non-abrasive windshield wiper and rear window cleaners that are marked safe for your dealer. Follow all wiper, if equipped, must be off. painted surfaces to remove foreign manufacturer directions regarding Remove any accessories that may matter. correct product usage, necessary be damaged or interfere with the car Occasional hand waxing or mild safety precautions, and wash equipment. appropriate disposal of any polishing should be done to remove vehicle care product. Rinse the vehicle well, before residue from the paint finish. See washing and after, to remove all your dealer for approved cleaning cleaning agents completely. If they products. are allowed to dry on the surface, Do not apply waxes or polishes to Caution they could stain. uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, Dry the finish with a soft, clean decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Avoid using high-pressure chamois or an all-cotton towel to as damage can occur. washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) avoid surface scratches and water to the surface of the vehicle. Use spotting. Caution of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Finish Care Machine compounding or in damage or removal of paint Application of aftermarket clearcoat aggressive polishing on a and decals. sealant/wax materials is not basecoat/clearcoat paint finish recommended. If painted surfaces may damage it. Use only are damaged, see your dealer to The e symbol is on any non-abrasive waxes and polishes have the damage assessed and that are made for a basecoat/ underhood compartment electrical repaired. Foreign materials such as center that should not be power clearcoat paint finish on the calcium chloride and other salts, ice vehicle. washed. This could cause damage melting agents, road oil and tar, tree that would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can To keep the paint finish looking new, damage the vehicle's finish if they keep the vehicle garaged or remain on painted surfaces. Wash covered whenever possible. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
336 Vehicle Care
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal . Do not use cleaners that are not . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Moldings intended for automotive use. or other harsh cleaners. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the . Ice scrapers or other hard items. Caution vehicle after washing to protect . Aftermarket appearance caps or and extend the molding finish. Failure to clean and protect the covers while the lamps are bright metal moldings can result Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ illuminated, due to excessive in a hazy white finish or pitting. Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and heat generated. This damage would not be Stripes Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap Failure to clean lamps properly The bright metal moldings on the to clean exterior lamps, lenses, can cause damage to the lamp vehicle are aluminum, chrome or emblems, decals, and stripes. cover that would not be covered stainless steel. To prevent damage Follow instructions under "Washing by the vehicle warranty. always follow these cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this instructions: section. . Be sure the molding is cool to Lamp covers are made of plastic, the touch before applying any and some have a UV protective Caution cleaning solution. coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry. Using wax on low gloss black . Use only approved cleaning finish stripes can increase the solutions for aluminum, chrome Do not use any of the following on gloss level and create a or stainless steel. Some lamp covers: non-uniform finish. Clean low cleaners are highly acidic or . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss stripes with soap and contain alkaline substances and water only. can damage the moldings. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations . Always dilute a concentrated than suggested by the cleaner according to the manufacturer. manufacturer’s instructions. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 337
Air Intakes may require more frequent application. Black marks from Caution Clear debris from the air intakes, rubber material on painted surfaces between the hood and windshield, can be removed by rubbing with a Chrome wheels and other chrome when washing the vehicle. clean cloth. See Recommended trim may be damaged if the Windshield and Wiper Blades Fluids and Lubricants 0 353. vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed Clean the outside of the windshield Tires with magnesium, calcium, with glass cleaner. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to or sodium chloride. These Clean rubber blades using a lint-free clean the tires. chlorides are used on roads for cloth or paper towel soaked with conditions such as ice and dust. windshield washer fluid or a mild Caution Always wash the chrome with detergent. Wash the windshield soap and water after exposure. thoroughly when cleaning the Using petroleum-based tire blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and dressing products on the vehicle a buildup of vehicle wash/wax may damage the paint finish and/ Caution treatments may cause wiper or tires. When applying a tire streaking. dressing, always wipe off any To avoid surface damage, do not Replace the wiper blades if they are overspray from all painted use strong soaps, chemicals, worn or damaged. Damage can be surfaces on the vehicle. abrasive polishes, cleaners, caused by extreme dusty brushes, or cleaners that contain conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, acid on aluminum or snow, and ice. Wheels and Trim — Aluminum or Chrome chrome-plated wheels. Use only Weatherstrips approved cleaners. Also, never Use a soft, clean cloth with mild drive a vehicle with aluminum or Apply Dielectric silicone grease on soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels through an weatherstrips to make them last After rinsing thoroughly with clean automatic car wash that uses longer, seal better, and not stick or water, dry with a soft, clean towel. silicone carbide tire cleaning squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at A wax may then be applied. least once a year. Hot, dry climates (Continued) GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
338 Vehicle Care
Inspect power steering for proper on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Caution (Continued) hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, will make them last longer, seal chafing, etc. better, and not stick or squeak. brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be Visually check constant velocity joint Underbody Maintenance boots and axle seals for leaks. covered by the vehicle warranty. At least twice a year, spring and fall, For 1500 Series vehicles, at least use plain water to flush any Brake System every other oil change lubricate the corrosive materials from the outer tie rod ends. underbody. Take care to thoroughly Visually inspect brake lines and Control arm ball joints on 1500 clean any areas where mud and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, other debris can collect. If equipped leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect Series vehicles are maintenance-free. with power running boards, extend disc brake pads for wear and rotors them and then use a high pressure for surface condition. Inspect drum wash to clean all joints and gaps. brake linings/shoes for wear or Caution cracks. Inspect other brake parts, Do not directly power wash the including drums, wheel cylinders, Lubrication of applicable Steering/ transfer case and/or front/rear axle calipers, parking brake, master Suspension points should not be output seals. High pressure water cylinder, brake fluid reservoir, done unless the temperature is can overcome the seals and vacuum pipes, electric vacuum −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, contaminate the fluid. Contaminated pump including bracket and vent or damage could result. fluid will decrease the life of the hose, if equipped. transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. Steering, Suspension, and Body Component Lubrication Chassis Components Lubricate all key lock cylinders, Sheet Metal Damage Visually inspect steering, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel If the vehicle is damaged and suspension, and chassis fuel door hinge and power assist requires sheet metal repair or components for damaged, loose, step hinges, unless the components replacement, make sure the body or missing parts or signs of wear at are plastic. Applying silicone grease repair shop applies anti-corrosion least once a year. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 339
material to parts repaired or Newspapers or dark garments can . Never use a brush with stiff replaced to restore corrosion transfer color to the vehicle’s bristles. protection. interior. . Never rub any surface Original manufacturer replacement Use a soft bristle brush to remove aggressively or with too much parts will provide the corrosion dust from knobs and crevices on the pressure. protection while maintaining the instrument cluster. Using a mild . Do not use laundry detergents or vehicle warranty. soap solution, immediately remove dishwashing soaps with hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect Finish Damage degreasers. For liquid cleaners, repellent from all interior surfaces or use approximately 20 drops per Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result. 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. scratches with touch-up materials Use cleaners specifically designed A concentrated soap solution will available from your dealer to avoid for the surfaces being cleaned to create streaks and attract dirt. corrosion. Larger areas of finish prevent permanent damage. Apply Do not use solutions that contain damage can be corrected in your all cleaners directly to the cleaning strong or caustic soap. dealer's body and paint shop. cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any . Do not heavily saturate the Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove upholstery when cleaning. cleaners quickly. Airborne pollutants can fall upon . Do not use solvents or cleaners and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and containing solvents. causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow all safety instructions on the discolorations, and small, irregular label. While cleaning the interior, Interior Glass open the doors and windows to get dark spots etched into the paint To clean, use a terry cloth fabric proper ventilation. surface. See “Finish Care” dampened with water. Wipe droplets previously in this section. To prevent damage, do not clean left behind with a clean dry cloth. the interior using the following If necessary, use a commercial Interior Care cleaners or techniques: glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, . Never use a razor or any other regularly clean the vehicle's interior. sharp object to remove soil from Immediately remove any soils. any interior surface. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
340 Vehicle Care
Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to Caution prevent forcing the soil in to the Start by vacuuming the surface fabric. To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the glass. Abrasive cleaners or being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no aggressive cleaning may damage carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth. possible: 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap Cleaning the windshield with water . Gently blot liquids with a paper during the first three to six months towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain of ownership will reduce tendency more soil can be removed. water. to fog. . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to Speaker Covers use a commercial upholstery To clean: Vacuum around a speaker cover cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before be damaged. Clean spots with water colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to . When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture. not drip from the cleaning cloth. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the and Vehicle Information and . When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the Radio Displays soapy water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Vehicle Care 341
dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a Caution Caution microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause hand wash the microfiber cloth especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics separately, using mild soap. Do not well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with thoroughly and air dry before Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in next use. surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened Caution heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners Do not attach a device with a silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the suction cup to the display. This Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. may cause damage and would solvents can permanently change not be covered by the vehicle the appearance and feel of Cargo Cover and warranty. leather or soft trim, and are not Convenience Net recommended. Wash with warm water and mild Instrument Panel, Leather, detergent. Do not use chlorine Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Do not use cleaners that increase bleach. Rinse with cold water, and Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and gloss, especially on the instrument then dry completely. Natural Open Pore Wood panel. Reflected glare can decrease Surfaces visibility through the windshield Care of Safety Belts under certain conditions. Use a soft microfiber cloth Keep belts clean and dry. dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
342 Vehicle Care
Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the { Warning proper floor mat usage: Floor Mats Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . The original equipment floor Pull up on the rear of the driver side It may severely weaken them. In mats were designed for your floor mat to unlock each retainer a crash, they might not be able to vehicle. If the floor mats need and remove. provide adequate protection. replacing, it is recommended Clean safety belts only with mild that GM certified floor mats be soap and lukewarm water. purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always Floor Mats check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. { Warning . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a If a floor mat is the wrong size or floor mat retainer on the driver is not properly installed, it can side floor. interfere with the pedals. . Use the floor mat with the Interference with the pedals can correct side up. Do not turn cause unintended acceleration it over. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat and/or increased stopping retainer openings over the carpet . Do not place anything on top of distance which can cause a crash retainers and snapping into position. and injury. Make sure the floor the driver side floor mat. Make sure the floor mat is properly mat does not interfere with the . Use only a single floor mat on secured in place. pedals. the driver side. Verify the floor mat does not . Do not place one floor mat on interfere with the pedals. top of another. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Service and Maintenance 343 General Information changes and tire rotations and Service and additional maintenance items like Maintenance Your vehicle is an important tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper investment. This section describes blades. the required maintenance for the General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution General Information ...... 343 protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly Maintenance Schedule ...... 344 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Special Application Services by the vehicle warranty. responsibility of the owner to have Maintenance intervals, checks, Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 350 inspections, recommended fluids, Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working and Care maintenance using genuine condition. Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and Care ...... 350 up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these Lubricants ...... 353 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Parts ...... 354 keep the vehicle in good working Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy, Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions. Maintenance Records ...... 356 competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place for routine maintenance such as oil GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
344 Service and Maintenance Because of the way people use . Frequently towing a trailer. Maintenance vehicles, maintenance needs vary. . Used for high speed or There may need to be more competitive driving. Schedule frequent checks and services. The Additional Required Services - . Used for taxi, police, or delivery Owner Checks and Services Normal are for vehicles that: service. At Each Fuel Stop . Carry passengers and cargo Refer to the information in the . Check the engine oil level. See within recommended limits on Maintenance Schedule Additional Engine Oil 0 265. the Tire and Loading Information Required Services - Severe chart. label. See Vehicle Load Limits Once a Month 0 194. { Warning . Check the tire inflation . Are driven on reasonable road pressures. See Tire Pressure Performing maintenance work can surfaces within legal driving 0 303. be dangerous and can cause limits. . Inspect the tires for wear. See serious injury. Perform 0 . Use the recommended fuel. See maintenance work only if the Tire Inspection 309. 0 Fuel 242. required information, proper tools, . Check the windshield washer Refer to the information in the and equipment are available. fluid level. See Washer Fluid Maintenance Schedule Additional If they are not, see your dealer to 0 275. Required Services - Normal chart. have a trained technician do the Engine Oil Change The Additional Required Services - work. See Doing Your Own 0 When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Severe are for vehicles that are: Service Work 262. SOON message displays, have the . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic engine oil and filter changed within in hot weather. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven . Mainly driven in hilly or under the best conditions, the mountainous terrain. engine oil life system may not indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Service and Maintenance 345
a year and the oil life system must . Check windshield washer fluid . Visually inspect steering, be reset. Your trained dealer level. See Washer Fluid 0 275. suspension, and chassis technician can perform this work. . Visually inspect windshield wiper components for damaged, loose, If the engine oil life system is reset blades for wear, cracking, or missing parts or signs of wear accidentally, service the vehicle at least once a year. See or contamination. See Exterior 0 within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Care 0 334. Replace worn or Exterior Care 334. Lubricate last service. Reset the oil life damaged wiper blades. See the suspension and steering system when the oil is changed. components at least every other 0 Wiper Blade Replacement See Engine Oil Life System 267. 0 282. oil change (if equipped with grease fittings). Tire Rotation and Required . Check tire inflation pressures. Services Every 12 000 km/ See Tire Pressure 0 303. . Check restraint system 7,500 mi components. See Safety System . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Check 0 72. Rotate the tires, if recommended for Inspection 0 309. . Visually inspect fuel system for the vehicle, and perform the . Visually check for fluid leaks. following services. See Tire damage or leaks. Rotation 0 309. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. . Visually inspect exhaust system See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter and nearby heat shields for . Check engine oil level and oil 0 269. life percentage. If needed, loose or damaged parts. change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect brake system. See . Lubricate body components. See reset oil life system. See Engine Exterior Care 0 334. Exterior Care 0 334. Oil 0 265 and Engine Oil Life 0 . Check starter switch. See Starter System 267. Switch Check 0 281. . Check engine coolant level. See Engine Coolant 0 271. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
346 Service and Maintenance
. Check automatic transmission . Inspect sunroof track and seal, shift lock control function. See if equipped. See Sunroof 0 50. Automatic Transmission Shift . Verify spare tire key lock Lock Control Function Check 0 operation and lubricate as 282. needed. See Tire Changing . Check parking brake and 0 317. automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 282. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed. . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Service and Maintenance 347
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with @ 4WD. (4) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @
Footnotes — Maintenance environmental allergens. Filter (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines Schedule Additional Required replacement may also be needed if and hoses for proper hook-up, Services - Normal you notice reduced airflow, windows routing, and condition. (1) Or every two years, whichever fogging up, or odors. Your local GM (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. More frequent Service location can help you comes first. If driving in dusty replacement may be needed if the determine when it is the right time to conditions, inspect the filter at each vehicle is driven in areas with heavy replace your filter. oil change or more often as needed. traffic, poor air quality, areas with high dust levels or are sensitive to GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
348 Service and Maintenance
(4) Do not directly power wash the (5) Or every five years, whichever (7) Or every three years, whichever transfer case output seals. High comes first. See Cooling System comes first. pressure water can overcome the 0 270. seals and contaminate the transfer (6) Or every 10 years, whichever case fluid. Contaminated fluid will comes first. Inspect for fraying, decrease the life of the transfer excessive cracking, or damage; case and should be replaced. replace, if needed. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Service and Maintenance 349
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with AWD @ @ @ or 4WD. (4) Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) @ @ @
Footnotes — Maintenance high dust levels or are sensitive to (2) Check all fuel and vapor lines Schedule Additional Required environmental allergens. Filter and hoses for proper hook-up, Services - Severe replacement may also be needed if routing, and condition. (1) Or every two years, whichever you notice reduced airflow, windows (3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. More frequent fogging up, or odors. Your local GM comes first. If driving in dusty replacement may be needed if the Service location can help you conditions, inspect the filter at each vehicle is driven in areas with heavy determine when it is the right time to oil change or more often as needed. traffic, poor air quality, areas with replace your filter. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
350 Service and Maintenance (4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Additional transfer case output seals. High pressure water can overcome the Services Maintenance and Care seals and contaminate the transfer . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important case fluid. Contaminated fluid will Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly decrease the life of the transfer components every 5 000 km/ may help to avoid future costly case and should be replaced. 3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle (5) Or every five years, whichever . Have underbody flushing service performance, additional comes first. See Cooling System performed. See "Underbody maintenance services may be 0 270. Maintenance" in Exterior Care required. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever 0 334. It is recommended that your dealer comes first. Inspect for fraying, perform these services — their excessive cracking, or damage; trained dealer technicians know replace, if needed. your vehicle best. Your dealer can (7) Or every three years, whichever also perform a thorough comes first. assessment with a multi-point inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention. The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Service and Maintenance 351
Battery Brakes Hoses The 12-volt battery supplies power Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses transport fluids and should to start the engine and operate any crucial to safe driving. be regularly inspected to ensure additional electrical accessories. . Signs of brake wear may include that there are no cracks or leaks. . To avoid break-down or failure to chirping, grinding, or squealing With a multi-point inspection, your start the vehicle, maintain a noises, or difficulty stopping. dealer can inspect the hoses and advise if replacement is needed. battery with full cranking power. . Trained dealer technicians have . Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment Lamps the diagnostic equipment to test to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps, the battery and ensure that the recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are connections and cables are engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on corrosion-free. Fluids the road. Belts Proper fluid levels and approved . Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure . Belts may need replacing if they fluids protect the vehicle’s systems squeak or show signs of and components. See to light, cracking, or damage. cracking or splitting. Recommended Fluids and The brake lamps need to be Lubricants 0 353 for GM approved checked periodically to ensure . Trained dealer technicians have that they light when braking. access to tools and equipment fluids. to inspect the belts and . Engine oil and windshield . With a multi-point inspection, recommend adjustment or washer fluid levels should be your dealer can check the lamps replacement when necessary. checked at every fuel fill. and note any concerns. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
352 Service and Maintenance
Shocks and Struts . Trained dealer technicians can Windshield Shocks and struts help aid in control inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the for a smoother ride. tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear. . Signs of wear may include services to ensure smooth steering wheel vibration, bounce/ vehicle operation at all speeds. . Signs of damage include sway while braking, longer Your dealer sells and services scratches, cracks, and chips. stopping distance, or uneven name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can tire wear. Vehicle Care inspect the windshield and . As part of the multi-point recommend proper replacement inspection, trained dealer To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed. technicians can visually inspect new, vehicle care products are the shocks and struts for signs available from your dealer. For Wiper Blades of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper blades need to be cleaned or damage, and can advise protect the vehicle’s interior and and kept in good condition to 0 when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 339 and provide a clear view. Exterior Care 0 334. Tires . Signs of wear include streaking, Wheel Alignment skipping across the windshield, Tires need to be properly inflated, and worn or split rubber. rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver . Trained dealer technicians can and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. check the wiper blades and failure. . Signs that the alignment may replace them when needed. . Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear. or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment. split in the tire. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Service and Maintenance 353 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Engine Oil Use only engine oil meeting the dexos1™ specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. Look for the dexos1 approved logo for GM approved engine oil. See Engine Oil 0 265. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 271. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536, in Canada 19300537). Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678). Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in Canada 19300458). Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
354 Service and Maintenance
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Front Axle Propshaft Spline or Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in One-Piece Propshaft Spline Canada 19257122). (Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.) Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Power Assist Steps, and Outer Canada 10953474). Tailgate Handle Pivot Points Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481). Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437).
Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C Oil Filter 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 22808781 CF188 Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 — GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Service and Maintenance 355
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331 — Rear – 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295 — GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
356 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Technical Data 357 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Label Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove Number (VIN) box, has the following information: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...... 357 . Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification Number (VIN). Label ...... 357 . Model designation. Vehicle Data . Paint information. Capacities and Specifications ...... 358 . Production options and special Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 359 equipment. This legal identifier is in the front Do not remove this label from the corner of the instrument panel, on vehicle. the left side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 358 for the vehicle's engine code. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
358 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 353 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 16.5 L 17.4 qt Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt Fuel Tank Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Technical Data 359
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 6.2L V8 J 0.95–1.10mm (0.037– 0.043 in)
Engine Drive Belt Routing GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
360 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Information Customer the Canadian Information Government ...... 371 Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction General Motors ...... 371 Procedure Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 360 Vehicle Data Recording and GMC. Normally, any concerns with Customer Assistance Privacy ...... 372 the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 362 Event Data Recorders ...... 372 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text ® OnStar ...... 373 resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 363 Infotainment System ...... 373 service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 363 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 364 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 364 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 366 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 366 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 367 can be quickly resolved at that level. Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 369 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 370 of your dealership or the general manager. Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a the United States member of dealership management, Government ...... 371 it appears your concern cannot be GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Customer Information 361
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Customer Care Centre at with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program 1-800-263-3777 (English), if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, or 1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc. We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 4200 Wilson Boulevard can file with the Better Business toll-free number in order to give your ® Suite 800 inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22203-1838 to enforce your rights. following information available to Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/ . Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/ Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line disputes regarding vehicle repairs or from the vehicle registration or This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to vehicle age, mileage, and other . Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves . Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. When contacting GMC, remember decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian that your concern will likely be may reject it and proceed with any resolved at a dealer's facility. That is Owners : In the event that you do other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been why we suggest following Step One to you. first. addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
362 Customer Information
Limited wants you to be aware of its Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), www.GMC.com participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to: 1-888-889-2438 (For Text General Motors of Canada Limited Mediation/Arbitration Program Telephone devices (TTYs)) has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Care Centre Roadside Assistance: of owner disputes involving General Motors of Canada Limited 1-888-881-3302 factory-related vehicle service Mail Code: CA1-163-005 From U.S. Virgin Islands: claims. The program provides for 1908 Colonel Sam Drive the review of the facts involved by Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 1-800-496-9994 an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an informal hearing Your inquiry should be accompanied Canada by the Vehicle Identification before the arbiter. The program is General Motors of Canada Limited Number (VIN). designed so that the entire dispute Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: settlement process, from the time CA1-163-005 you file your complaint to the final Customer Assistance 1908 Colonel Sam Drive decision, should be completed in Offices Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 about 70 days. We believe our www.gmc.ca impartial program offers advantages GMC encourages customers to call over courts in most jurisdictions the toll-free number for assistance. 1-800-263-3777 (English) because it is informal, quick, and However, if a customer wishes to 1-800-263-7854 (French) free of charge. write or e-mail GMC, the letter 1-800-263-3830 (For Text should be addressed to: Telephone Devices (TTYs)) For further information concerning Roadside Assistance: eligibility in the Canadian Motor United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-268-6800 Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), GMC Customer Assistance Center call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call P.O. Box 33172 Overseas the General Motors Customer Care Detroit, MI 48232-5172 Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Customer Information 363
Customer Assistance for G (Maintenance Information) : Visit my.gmc.com to register your Text Telephone (TTY) View maintenance schedules, vehicle. Users alerts, and OnStar onboard vehicle GMC Owner Centre (Canada) diagnostic information. Schedule gmcowner.ca To assist customers who are deaf, service appointments. Take a trip to the GMC Owner hard of hearing, or speech-impaired I (Service History) : View and Centre: and who use Text Telephones print dealer-recorded service (TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment records and self-recorded service . Chat live with online help available at its Customer Assistance records. representatives. Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with GMC by D (Preferred Dealer . Use the Vehicle Tools section. dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users Information) : Select a preferred . Access third party enthusiast in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. dealer and view dealer location, sites and social media networks. maps, phone numbers, and hours. . Locate owner resources such as Online Owner Center r (Warranty Tracking lease-end, financing, and Information) : Track your vehicle’s warranty information. Online Owner Experience warranty information. (U.S.) my.gmc.com . Retrieve your favorite articles, J (Recall Information) : View The GMC online owner experience quizzes, tips, and multimedia active recalls by Vehicle galleries organized into the is a one-stop resource that allows Identification Number (VIN). See Features and Auto Care interaction with GMC and keeps Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Sections. important vehicle-specific 0 357. information in one place. H . Download the owner manual for (Other Account Information) : your vehicle, quickly and easily. Membership Benefits View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite . Find the GMC-recommended E (Vehicle Information) : radio (if equipped), and OnStar account information (if equipped). maintenance services for your Download owner manuals and view vehicle. vehicle-specific how-to videos. F (Live Chat Support) : Chat live with online help representatives. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
364 Customer Information
GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the duration of the vehicle's powertrain For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty. 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438). In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not Service is available 24 hours a day, covered. 365 days a year. This program is available to Roadside Assistance is not a part of qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. reimbursement of eligible General Motors North America and aftermarket adaptive equipment When calling Roadside Assistance, GMC reserve the right to make any required for the vehicle, such as have the following information changes or discontinue the hand controls or a wheelchair/ ready: Roadside Assistance program at scooter lift for the vehicle. . Your name, home address, and any time without notification. For more information on the limited home telephone number. General Motors North America and offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Telephone number of your GMC reserve the right to limit call the GM Mobility Assistance location. services or payment to an owner or Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text driver if they decide the claims are . Location of the vehicle Telephone (TTY) users, call made too often, or the same type of 1-800-833-9935. . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times. plate number of the vehicle. General Motors of Canada also has Services Provided a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca . Odometer reading, Vehicle or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery: for details. TTY users call delivery date of the vehicle. Delivery of enough fuel for the 1-800-263-3830. vehicle to get to the nearest . Description of the problem. service station. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Customer Information 365
. Lock-Out Service: Service to event, incidental expenses may Services Specific to unlock the vehicle if you are be reimbursed within the Canadian-Purchased Vehicles locked out. A remote unlock may Powertrain warranty period. be available if you have Items considered are reasonable . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement OnStar®. For security reasons, and customary hotel, meals, is up to 7 liters. Diesel fuel the driver must present rental car, or a vehicle being delivery may be restricted. identification before this service delivered back to the customer, Propane and other fuels are not is given. up to 805 km (500 mi). provided through this service. . Emergency Tow from a Public . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Services Not Included in registration is required. Road or Highway: Tow to the Roadside Assistance nearest GMC dealer for warranty . Trip Interruption Benefits and service, or if the vehicle was in a . Impound towing caused by Assistance: Must be over crash and cannot be driven. violation of any laws. 150 kilometers from where your Assistance is not given when the . Legal fines. trip was started to qualify. vehicle is stuck in the sand, General Motors of Canada mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Limited requires or changing of snow tires, pre-authorization, original . Flat Tire Change: Service to chains, or other traction devices. change a flat tire with the spare detailed receipts, and a copy of tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle the repair orders. Once must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible authorization has been received, properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a the Roadside Assistance advisor responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained will help to make arrangements replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and and explain how to receive covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not payment. covered. . Battery Jump Start: Service to . Alternative Service: If jump start a dead battery. assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance advisor may give Assistance: If your trip is permission to get local interrupted due to a warranty emergency road service. You will GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
366 Customer Information
receive payment, up to $100, If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle after sending the original receipt the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage to Roadside Assistance. urged to do so as early in the work information. Mechanical failures may be day as possible to allow for covered, however any cost for same-day repair. Transportation Options parts and labor for repairs not Warranty service can generally be covered by the warranty are the Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However, owner responsibility. Program if you are unable to do so, your dealer may offer the following Scheduling Service To enhance your ownership transportation options: experience, we and our participating Appointments dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service When the vehicle requires warranty Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip service, contact your dealer and program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable request an appointment. By Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of scheduling a service appointment Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area. and advising the service consultant extended powertrain, and/or of your transportation needs, your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel dealer can help minimize your the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement inconvenience. Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are If the vehicle cannot be scheduled options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is into the service department reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be immediately, keep driving it until it warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed can be scheduled for service, Courtesy Transportation is not a unless, of course, the problem is by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. part of the New Vehicle Limited customers arrange their own safety related. If it is, please call Warranty. A separate booklet your dealership, let them know this, transportation, limited entitled “Limited Warranty and and ask for instructions. reimbursement for reasonable fuel Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Customer Information 367
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new information. All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was For an overnight warranty repair, the every dealer. Contact your dealer originally built. Genuine GM dealer may provide an available for specific availability. Collision parts are the best choice to courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to ensure that the vehicle's designed reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change, appearance, durability, and safety Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle. excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
368 Customer Information
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of Protect your investment in the GM companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs. vehicle with comprehensive and not have been tested for the vehicle. collision insurance coverage. There As a result, these parts may fit If a Crash Occurs are significant differences in the poorly, exhibit premature durability/ quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call corrosion problems, and may not various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not perform properly in subsequent Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all collisions. Aftermarket parts are not reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. covered by the GM New Vehicle vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position Limited Warranty, and any vehicle damage repairs through the use of puts you in danger, or you are failure related to such parts is not aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police covered by that warranty. insurance companies will not officer. Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see meets your needs before you ever original equipment collision parts. need collision repairs. Your dealer Roadside Assistance Program If such insurance coverage is not 0 364. may have a collision repair center available from your current with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier. able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number. technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number. equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number. Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Customer Information 369
. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications model year. recycled parts will not be covered by Ordering Information . Vehicle Identification the GM vehicle warranty. Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, (US and Canada Only) . Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals number. Depending on your policy limits, your insurance company may Service Manuals have the diagnosis . General description of the initially value the repair using and repair information on the damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with engines, transmission, axle, the repair professional, and insist on suspension, brakes, electrical, Choose a reputable repair facility steering, body, etc. that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins section. obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins give additional If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage technical service information Will You See after an Airbag does not pay the full cost. needed to knowledgeably service Inflates? 0 78. General Motors cars and trucks. If another party's insurance Each bulletin contains instructions Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, to assist in the diagnosis and Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a service of the vehicle. repair valuation based on that In the event that the vehicle requires insurance company's collision policy damage repairs, GM recommends Owner Information repair limits, as you have no that you take an active role in its Owner publications are written contractual limits with that company. repair. If you have a pre-determined specifically for owners and intended In such cases, you can have control repair facility of choice, take the to provide basic operational of the repair and parts choices as vehicle there, or have it towed there. information about the vehicle. The long as the cost stays within Specify to the facility that any Owner Manual includes the reasonable limits. required replacement collision parts Maintenance Schedule for all be original equipment parts, either models. new Genuine GM parts or recycled GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
370 Customer Information
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Prices are subject to change without Changes or modifications to any of Owner Manual, and Warranty notice and without incurring these systems by other than an Manual. obligation. Allow ample time for authorized service facility could void delivery. authorization to use this equipment. RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 – $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S. shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. funds. RETAIL SELL PRICE: Radio Frequency $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and shipping fees. Statement This vehicle has systems that Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that Technical Service Bulletins and complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the Manuals are available for current Federal Communications and past model GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with ORDER TOLL FREE: Industry Canada Standards RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310, 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday ICES 001. 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time ‐ For Credit Card Orders Only Operation is subject to the following (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see two conditions: Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. 1. The device may not cause Or write to: harmful interference. Helm, Incorporated 2. The device must accept any Attention: Customer Service interference received, including 47911 Halyard Drive interference that may cause Plymouth, MI 48170 undesired operation of the device. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Customer Information 371 Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects the Vehicle Safety Hotline to General Motors Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to: Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors. to the United States Administrator, NHTSA Government 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Call 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782), or write: If you believe that your vehicle Washington, D.C. 20590 GMC Customer Assistance Center has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other P.O. Box 33172 a crash or could cause injury or information about motor Detroit, MI 48232-5172 death, you should immediately vehicle safety from http:// In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov. (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Traffic Safety Administration (French), or write: (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects General Motors. General Motors of Canada Limited to the Canadian Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: If NHTSA receives similar Government CA1-163-005 complaints, it may open an If you live in Canada, and you 1908 Colonel Sam Drive investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a safety Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 a safety defect exists in a group defect, notify Transport Canada of vehicles, it may order a recall immediately, and notify General and remedy campaign. Motors of Canada Limited. Call However, NHTSA cannot Transport Canada at become involved in individual 1-800-333-0510 or write to: problems between you, your Transport Canada dealer, or General Motors. Road Safety Branch 80 rue Noel Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
372 Customer Information Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a better understanding of the Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur. Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to Note The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near EDR data are recorded by your computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air vehicle only if a non-trivial crash about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is data (e.g., name, gender, age, and transmission performance, to designed to record data related to monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, enforcement, could combine the crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR data with the type of antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your investigation. technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR, about how the vehicle is operated, . Whether or not the driver and special equipment is required, and such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the information if they have access to . How fast the vehicle was traveling. the vehicle or the EDR. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Customer Information 373
GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar consent of the vehicle owner or, website. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information consent of the lessee; in response 0 378. to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System the discovery process; or, as Using the navigation system may required by law. Data that GM result in the storage of destinations, collects or receives may also be addresses, telephone numbers, and used for GM research needs or may other trip information. See the be made available to others for infotainment manual for information research purposes, where a need is on stored data and for deletion shown and the data is not tied to a instructions. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. OnStar® If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar® and has an active subscription, additional data may be collected through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features; and, in certain situations, the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
374 OnStar OnStar Overview Conditions and Privacy Statement OnStar for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) OnStar Overview or www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 374 The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the OnStar Services status light is: Emergency ...... 375 Security ...... 375 . Solid Green: System is ready. Navigation ...... 375 = Voice Command Button . Flashing Green: On a call. Connections ...... 376 Q Blue OnStar Button Diagnostics ...... 378 . Red: Indicates a problem. > Emergency Button Q OnStar Additional Information . Off: System is off. Press OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a twice to speak with an OnStar Information ...... 378 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor. that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Navigation, Connections, and (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Diagnostics Services. OnStar Advisor. services may require a paid Press = to: subscription. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and electrical . Make a call, end a call, system, cellular service, and GPS or answer an incoming call. satellite signals to be available and . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling operating. OnStar acts as a link to voice commands. existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn information about you and your Navigation voice commands. vehicle, including location information. See OnStar’s Terms & GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
OnStar 375 . Obtain the Wi-Fi® hotspot name OnStar Services Security or SSID and password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these Emergency services: Press Q to connect to an OnStar Emergency Services require . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Advisor to: a specific OnStar subscription plan. OnStar Advisors can use GPS to . Verify account information or With Automatic Crash Response, in pinpoint the vehicle and help update contact information. many crashes, built-in sensors can authorities quickly recover it. automatically alert a specially . Get driving directions. . With Remote Ignition Block, trained OnStar Advisor who is . Receive a Diagnostic check of if equipped, OnStar can block immediately connected to the the engine from being started. the vehicle's key operating vehicle to help. systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Press > for a priority connection to . Receive Roadside Assistance. if equipped, OnStar can work an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down. if equipped. them to your exact location, and relay important information. Press > to get a priority connection Navigation to an OnStar Advisor available With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially OnStar navigation requires a 24/7 to: trained Advisors are available specific OnStar subscription plan. 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to . Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn . Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a directions or have them sent to the respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. . Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider Turn-by-Turn Navigation and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank. 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
376 OnStar
2. Request directions to be 2. Say “Repeat.” System Connections downloaded to the vehicle. responds with the last direction given, then responds with The following OnStar services help 3. Follow the voice-guided with staying connected. commands. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Get My Destination For coverage maps, see Using Voice Commands www.onstar.com (U.S.) or During a Planned Route 1. Press =. System responds: www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar ready, then a tone. Cancel Route “ ” OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) 2. Say “Get my destination.” The vehicle may have a built-in 1. Press =. System responds: System responds with the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access address and distance to the to the Internet and web content at 2. Say “Cancel route.” System destination, then responds with 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile responds: “Do you want to “OnStar ready,” then a tone. devices can be connected. A data cancel directions?” Destination Download plan is required. Use the in-vehicle controls only when it is safe to 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: Subscribers can have directions OK, request completed, thank do so. “ sent to the vehicle’s navigation you, goodbye.” screen, if equipped. 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Route Preview information, press =, wait for Press Q, then ask the Advisor to the prompt, then say Wi-Fi = download directions to the vehicle s “ 1. Press . System responds: ’ settings.” On some vehicles, “OnStar ready,” then a tone. navigation system, if equipped. After touch Wi-Fi Settings on the the call ends, press the Go button screen. 2. Say “Route preview.” System on the navigation screen to begin responds with the next three driving directions. Routes that are 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display maneuvers. sent to the navigation screen can the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), Repeat only be canceled through the password, and on some navigation system. vehicles, the connection type 1. Press =. System responds: See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or OnStar ready, then a tone. “ ” www.onstar.ca (Canada). GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
OnStar 377
(no Internet connection, 3G, . Locate the vehicle on a map 2. Say “Call.” System responds: 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (U.S. market only). “Call. Please say the name or (poor, good, excellent). . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot number to call.” 3. To change the SSID or on/off, manage settings, and 3. Say the entire number without password, press Q or call monitor data consumption, pausing, including a “1” and the 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect if equipped. area code. System responds: with an Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information “OK, calling.” OnStar RemoteLink® Mobile App and compatibility, see Calling 911 Emergency (If Equipped) www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). 1. Press =. System responds: Download the OnStar RemoteLink “OnStar ready.” mobile app to select Apple®, Remote Services ® 2. Say Call. System responds: Android™, BlackBerry , “ ” ® Contact an OnStar Advisor to Call. Please say the name or or Windows mobile devices. “ unlock the doors or sound the horn number to call.” OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps. following services from a mobile 3. Say “911” without pausing. device: OnStar AtYourService System responds: “911.” . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, OnStar Advisors can provide 4. Say “Call.” System responds: if factory-equipped. savings offers from restaurants and “OK, dialing 911.” retailers on your route, help locate . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped hotels, or book a room. Retrieve My Number with automatic locks. 1. Press =. System responds: . Activate the horn and lamps. OnStar Hands-Free Calling “OnStar ready.” . Check the vehicle s fuel level, oil Make and receive calls with the ’ 2. Say My number. System life, or tire pressure, built-in wireless calling service. “ ” responds: Your OnStar if factory-equipped with the Tire “ Make a Call Hands-Free Calling number is, Pressure Monitor System. ” 1. Press =. System responds: then says the number. . Send directions to the vehicle. “OnStar ready.” GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
378 OnStar End a Call OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent Owners Press =. System responds: “Call Information ended.” Press Q and follow the prompts to In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as Verify Minutes and Expiration Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update Press = and say “Minutes” then information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar service options. “Verify” to check how many minutes . Prior to vehicle purchase. remain and their expiration date. Press Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works Diagnostics . With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics can Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle perform a check of the vehicle's key . After change in ownership and Diagnostics, Remote Services, operating systems through a at 90 days. Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn monthly diagnostics report, through Transferring Service Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling real time alerts or by pressing Q. are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar can also monitor tire Press Q to request account transfer all OnStar services are available pressure, if equipped with a Tire eligibility information. The Advisor everywhere or on all vehicles. For Pressure Monitor System. can cancel or change account more information, a full description information. of OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar terms and Selling/Transferring the conditions: Vehicle . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar services if . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). the vehicle is disposed of, sold, . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). transferred, or if the lease ends. . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
OnStar 379
. Press Q to speak with an See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification 0 Advisor. 370. Number (PIN) OnStar services cannot work unless Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some the vehicle is in a place where Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need OnStar has an agreement with a to be changed the first time when Advisors provide services to help wireless service provider for service speaking with an Advisor. To Subscribers with physical disabilities in that area. The wireless service change the OnStar PIN, contact an and medical conditions. provider must also have coverage, OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or network capacity, reception, and Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. technology compatible with OnStar services. Service involving location . Locate a gas station with an Warranty attendant to pump gas. information about the vehicle cannot OnStar equipment may be work unless GPS signals are . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle available, unobstructed, and that meets accessibility needs. warranty. compatible with the OnStar . Provide directions to the closest hardware. OnStar services may not Languages hospital or pharmacy in urgent work if the OnStar equipment is not situations. The vehicle can be programmed to properly installed or it has not been respond in multiple languages. properly maintained. If equipment or TTY Users Q software is added, connected, Press and ask for an Advisor. or modified, OnStar services may OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, not work. Other problems beyond communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired the control of OnStar — such as languages may vary by country. customers while in the vehicle. The hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, Potential Issues electrical system design and available dealer-installed TTY architecture of the vehicle, damage system can provide in-vehicle OnStar cannot perform Remote to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance after the vehicle has Turn-by-Turn Navigation. jamming — may prevent service. been off continuously for five days without an ignition cycle. If the GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
380 OnStar
vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas Add-on Electrical Equipment five days, OnStar can contact Cellular reception is required for The OnStar system is integrated Roadside Assistance or a locksmith OnStar to send remote signals to into the electrical architecture of the to help gain access to the vehicle. the vehicle. Do not place items over vehicle. Do not add any electrical Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent equipment. See Add-On Electrical System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal Equipment 0 259. Added electrical reception. equipment may interfere with the . Obstruction of the GPS can operation of the OnStar system and occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar cause it to not operate. buildings; in parking garages; Message around airports; in tunnels and Vehicle Software Updates If there is limited cellular coverage underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached OnStar or GM may remotely deliver very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message software updates or changes to the are not available, the OnStar may come on. Press Q to try the vehicle without further notice or system should still operate to consent. These updates or changes call OnStar. However, OnStar call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area. may enhance or maintain safety, could have difficulty identifying security, or the operation of the the exact location. Vehicle and Power Issues vehicle or the vehicle systems. . In emergency situations, OnStar Software updates or changes may OnStar services require a vehicle can use the last stored GPS affect or erase data or settings that electrical system, wireless service, location to send to emergency are stored in the vehicle, such as and GPS satellite technologies to be responders. OnStar Hands-Free Calling name available and operating for features tags, saved navigation destinations, A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems or pre-set radio stations. Neither loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is OnStar nor GM is responsible for Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. Advisor may give a verbal route or any affected or erased data or may ask for a call back after the settings. These updates or changes vehicle is driven into an open area. may also collect personal information. Such collection is described in the OnStar privacy GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
OnStar 381
statement or separately disclosed at may unlawfully intercept or access above copyright notice and this the time of installation. These transmissions and private permission notice appear in all updates or changes may also cause communications without consent. copies. a system to automatically THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED communicate with GM servers to OnStar - Software Acknowledgements “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF collect information about vehicle ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR system status, identify whether Certain OnStar components include IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT updates or changes are available, libcurl and unzip software and other LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES or deliver updates or changes. An third party software. Below are the OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS active OnStar agreement constitutes notices and licenses associated with FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE consent to these software updates libcurl and unzip and for other third AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF or changes and agreement that party software please see http:// THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO either OnStar or GM may remotely www.lg.com/global/support/ EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR deliver them to the vehicle. opensource/index and https:// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE Privacy www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, getdocuments.html DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, The complete OnStar Privacy libcurl: WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Statement may be found at CONTRACT, TORT OR www.onstar.com (U.S.), COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We NOTICE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION recommend that you review it. If you Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE have any questions, call Stenberg,
382 OnStar
unzip: This software is provided “as is,” self-extracting archive; that is This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential or disabled. damages arising out of the use of or license.html indefinitely. 3. Altered versions–including, but inability to use this software. Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All not limited to, ports to new rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic, and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following versions–must be plainly Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: marked as such and must not Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code be misrepresented as being Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright the original source. Such Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer, altered versions also must not Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions. be misrepresented as being Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Info-ZIP releases–including, Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, 2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, (compiled executables) must the altered versions with the Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, reproduce the above copyright names “Info-ZIP” (or any Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai and this list of conditions in not limited to, different Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, documentation and/or other capitalizations), “Pocket Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, materials provided with the UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
OnStar 383
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s). 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” and “MacZip” for its own source and binary releases. GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
384 Index Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Accessories and When Should an Airbag Modifications ...... 262 Inflate? ...... 76 Accessory Power ...... 203 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 75 Active Fuel Management® ...... 205 Airbags Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 224 Adding Equipment to the Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 259 Vehicle ...... 84 Additional Information Passenger Status Indicator . . . 127 OnStar® ...... 378 Readiness Light ...... 127 Additional Maintenance Servicing Airbag-Equipped and Care ...... 350 Vehicles ...... 84 Adjustable Throttle and System Check ...... 73 Brake Pedal ...... 198 Alarm Adjustments Vehicle Security ...... 41 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 54 Alert Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 269 Lane Change ...... 238 Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 238 Compartment ...... 179 All-Season Tires ...... 298 Air Vents ...... 179 All-Terrain Tires ...... 299 Airbag System Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 216 Check ...... 85 Warning Light ...... 131 How Does an Airbag Appearance Care Restrain? ...... 78 Exterior ...... 334 Passenger Sensing System . . . .80 Interior ...... 339 What Makes an Airbag Assistance Program, Inflate? ...... 78 Roadside ...... 364 What Will You See after an Assistance Systems for Airbag Inflates? ...... 78 Driving ...... 234 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Index 385
Assistance Systems for Brakes ...... 276 Capacities and Parking and Backing ...... 231 Antilock ...... 216 Specifications ...... 358 Automatic Assist ...... 217 Carbon Monoxide Dimming Mirrors ...... 45 Fluid ...... 277 Engine Exhaust ...... 206 Door Locks ...... 35 Parking ...... 217 Liftgate ...... 36 Headlamp System ...... 167 System Messages ...... 144 Winter Driving ...... 191 Level Control ...... 221 Braking ...... 183 Cargo Transmission ...... 207 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 198 Cover ...... 108 Transmission Fluid ...... 268 Bulb Replacement ...... 287 Tie-Downs ...... 108 Automatic Transmission Back-up Lamps ...... 285 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 3 Manual Mode ...... 209 Fog Lamps ...... 169, 285 Center Console Storage ...... 107 Shift Lock Control Function Headlamp Aiming ...... 284 Chains, Tire ...... 316 Check ...... 282 Headlamps ...... 284 Charging Axle, Front ...... 279 High Intensity Discharge Wireless ...... 118 Axle, Rear ...... 280 (HID) Lighting ...... 284 Charging System Light ...... 128 B License Plate Lamps ...... 286 Check Buying New Tires ...... 311 Malfunction Indicator Battery Engine Light ...... 129 Load Management ...... 171 C Child Restraints Power Protection ...... 172 Calibration ...... 114 Infants and Young Children . . . . .87 Voltage and Charging California Lower Anchors and Tethers Messages ...... 143 Fuel Requirements ...... 243 for Children ...... 92 Battery - North America . . . .278, 326 Perchlorate Materials Older Children ...... 86 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 282 Requirements ...... 261 Securing ...... 100, 103 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 45 California Systems ...... 90 Brake Proposition Child-View Mirror ...... 47 Pedal and Adjustable 65 Warning ...... 261, 278, 326 Cleaning Throttle ...... 198 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Exterior Care ...... 334 System Warning Light ...... 130 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
386 Index
Cleaning (cont'd) Courtesy Transportation Distracted Driving ...... 182 Interior Care ...... 339 Program ...... 366 Dome Lamps ...... 170 Climate Control Systems Cover Door Dual Automatic ...... 174 Cargo ...... 108 Ajar Light ...... 136 Rear ...... 178 Cruise Control ...... 221 Ajar Messages ...... 145 Clock ...... 115 Light ...... 136 Delayed Locking ...... 35 Cluster, Instrument ...... 120 Messages ...... 144 Locks ...... 34 Collision Damage Repair ...... 367 Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 224 Power Locks ...... 34 Compartments Cupholders ...... 106 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 359 Storage ...... 106 Customer Assistance ...... 363 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 231 Compass ...... 114 Offices ...... 362 Driver Information Messages ...... 144 Text Telephone (TTY) Center (DIC) ...... 137 Connections Users ...... 363 Driving OnStar® ...... 376 Customer Information Assistance Systems ...... 234 Control Service Publications Characteristics and Traction and Electronic Ordering Information ...... 369 Towing Tips ...... 246 Stability ...... 218 Customer Satisfaction Defensive ...... 183 Control of a Vehicle ...... 183 Procedure ...... 360 Drunk ...... 183 Convenience Net ...... 108 D For Better Fuel Economy ...... 24 Convex Mirrors ...... 44 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 191 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 367 Coolant If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 192 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 3 Engine ...... 271 Loss of Control ...... 185 Data Recorders, Event ...... 372 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 124 Off-Road ...... 185 Daytime Running Engine Temperature Off-Road Recovery ...... 184 Lamps (DRL) ...... 166 Warning Light ...... 133 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 194 Defensive Driving ...... 183 Cooling System ...... 270 Wet Roads ...... 190 Delayed Locking ...... 35 Engine Messages ...... 146 Winter ...... 191 Diagnostics OnStar® ...... 378 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Index 387
Dual Automatic Climate Engine (cont'd) Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 168 Control System ...... 174 Drive Belt Routing ...... 359 Flat Tire ...... 316 Exhaust ...... 206 E Changing ...... 317 Fan ...... 275 Floor Mats ...... 342 Electrical Equipment, Heater ...... 202 Fluid Add-On ...... 259 Oil Life System ...... 267 Automatic Transmission ...... 268 Electrical System Oil Messages ...... 146 Brakes ...... 277 Engine Compartment Fuse Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 123 Four-Wheel Drive Block ...... 288 Oil Pressure Light ...... 134 Transfer Case ...... 213 Fuses ...... 287 Overheating ...... 273 Washer ...... 275 Instrument Panel Fuse Power Messages ...... 147 Fog Lamps Block ...... 291, 294 Running While Parked ...... 206 Bulb Replacement ...... 169, 285 Overload ...... 287 Starting ...... 201 Forward Collision Alert Rear Compartment Fuse Entry Lighting ...... 171 (FCA) System ...... 234 Block ...... 296 Equipment, Towing ...... 251 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 213, 278 Emergency Event Data Recorders ...... 372 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 131 OnStar® ...... 375 Exit Lighting ...... 171 Frequency Statement Engine Extender, Safety Belt ...... 72 Radio ...... 370 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 269 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 165 Front Automatic Braking Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 166 (FAB) System ...... 236 Soon Light ...... 129 Front Axle ...... 279 Compartment Overview ...... 264 F Front Fog Lamp Coolant ...... 271 Fan Light ...... 136 Coolant Temperature Engine ...... 275 Front Seats Gauge ...... 124 Features Heated and Cooled ...... 57 Coolant Temperature Memory ...... 11 Fuel ...... 242 Warning Light ...... 133 Filter, Additives ...... 243 Cooling System ...... 270 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 269 Economy Driving ...... 24 Cooling System Messages . . . 146 Flash-to-Pass ...... 166 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
388 Index
Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd) Filling a Portable Fuel Tachometer ...... 122 High-Beam On Light ...... 135 Container ...... 245 Transmission Temperature . . . . 125 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166 Filling the Tank ...... 244 Trip Odometer ...... 122 Lamps On Reminder ...... 136 Foreign Countries ...... 243 Voltmeter ...... 125 Heated Gauge ...... 122 Warning Lights and Rear Seats ...... 58 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 135 Indicators ...... 119 Steering Wheel ...... 111 Management, Active ...... 205 General Information Heated and Cooled Front Requirements, California . . . . . 243 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343 Seats ...... 57 System Messages ...... 147 Towing ...... 246 Heated Mirrors ...... 45 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 325 Vehicle Care ...... 261 Heater Fuses ...... 287 Glass Replacement ...... 283 Engine ...... 202 Engine Compartment Fuse Glove Box ...... 106 High-Beam On Light ...... 135 Block ...... 288 GM Mobility Reimbursement High-Speed Operation ...... 305 Instrument Panel Fuse Program ...... 364 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 191 Block ...... 291, 294 H Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 218 Rear Compartment Fuse Hood ...... 263 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 168 Block ...... 296 Horn ...... 112 Head Restraints ...... 52 How to Wear Safety Belts G Head-up Display ...... 140 Properly ...... 66 Garage Door Opener ...... 162 Headlamps Programming ...... 162 Aiming ...... 284 I Gauges Automatic ...... 167 Ignition Positions ...... 199 Engine Coolant Bulb Replacement ...... 284 Immobilizer ...... 43 Temperature ...... 124 Daytime Running Indicator Engine Oil Pressure ...... 123 Lamps (DRL) ...... 166 Vehicle Ahead ...... 132 Fuel ...... 122 Flash-to-Pass ...... 166 Infants and Young Children, Odometer ...... 122 High Intensity Discharge Restraints ...... 87 Speedometer ...... 122 (HID) Lighting ...... 284 Infotainment ...... 173 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Index 389
Infotainment System ...... 373 Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Instrument Cluster ...... 120 Reading ...... 170 Cruise Control ...... 136 Instrument Panel Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 238 Door Ajar ...... 136 Storage Area ...... 106 Lane Departure Engine Coolant Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 46 Warning (LDW) ...... 240 Temperature Warning ...... 133 Introduction ...... 2 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 240 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 134 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 132 Flash-to-Pass ...... 166 J Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 67 Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 131 Jump Starting - North LATCH System Front Fog Lamp ...... 136 America ...... 326 Replacing Parts after a High-Beam On ...... 135 K Crash ...... 100 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166 Key and Lock Messages ...... 147 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Low Fuel Warning ...... 135 Keyless Entry Tethers for Children ...... 92 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 126 Remote (RKE) System ...... 27 LED Lighting ...... 285 Security ...... 135 Keys ...... 25 Level Control StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 133 L Automatic ...... 221 Tire Pressure ...... 134 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 299 Liftgate ...... 36 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 132 Lighting Traction Control System Lamps ® Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 166 Entry ...... 171 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 133 Dome ...... 170 Exit ...... 171 Traction Off ...... 132 Exterior Controls ...... 165 Illumination Control ...... 169 Locking Rear Axle ...... 220 Exterior Lamps Off LED ...... 285 Locks Reminder ...... 166 Lights ...... 132 Automatic Door ...... 35 License Plate ...... 286 Airbag Readiness ...... 127 Delayed Locking ...... 35 Malfunction Indicator ...... 129 Antilock Brake System Door ...... 34 Messages ...... 148 (ABS) Warning ...... 131 Lockout Protection ...... 35 On Reminder ...... 136 Brake System Warning ...... 130 Power Door ...... 34 Charging System ...... 128 Safety ...... 35 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
390 Index
Loss of Control ...... 185 Messages (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd) Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 135 Door Ajar ...... 145 Tilt in Reverse ...... 46 Low-Profile Tires ...... 299 Engine Cooling System ...... 146 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 46 Lower Anchors and Tethers Engine Oil ...... 146 Monitor System, Tire for Children (LATCH Engine Power ...... 147 Pressure ...... 305 System) ...... 92 Fuel System ...... 147 N Lumbar Adjustment ...... 54 Key and Lock ...... 147 Navigation Front Seats ...... 54 Lamp ...... 148 OnStar® ...... 375 Object Detection System . . . . . 148 M Net, Convenience ...... 108 Ride Control System ...... 150 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 220 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 198 Security ...... 151 Maintenance Noise Control System ...... 280 Starting the Vehicle ...... 151 Records ...... 356 Steering System ...... 151 O Maintenance and Care Tire ...... 152 Object Detection System Additional ...... 350 Transmission ...... 152 Messages ...... 148 Maintenance Schedule ...... 344 Vehicle ...... 143 Odometer ...... 122 Recommended Fluids and Vehicle Reminder ...... 154 Trip ...... 122 Lubricants ...... 353 Washer Fluid ...... 155 Off-Road ...... 185 Transfer Case ...... 213 Mirror Driving ...... 185 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 129 Child-View ...... 47 Recovery ...... 184 Manual Mode ...... 209 Mirrors Oil Memory Features ...... 11 Automatic Dimming ...... 45 Engine ...... 265 Memory Seats ...... 55 Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System ...... 267 Messages Rearview ...... 46 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 123 Airbag System ...... 151 Blind Spot ...... 45 Messages ...... 146 Battery Voltage and Convex ...... 44 Pressure Light ...... 134 Charging ...... 143 Heated ...... 45 Older Children, Restraints ...... 86 Brake System ...... 144 Power ...... 44 Online Owner Center ...... 363 Compass ...... 144 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Index 391
OnStar ...... 373 Passenger Compartment Air R OnStar® Additional Filter ...... 179 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 370 Information ...... 378 Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 80 Reading Lamps ...... 170 OnStar® Connections ...... 376 Perchlorate Materials Rear Axle ...... 280 OnStar® Diagnostics ...... 378 Requirements, California ...... 261 Locking ...... 220 OnStar® Emergency ...... 375 Personalization Rear Climate Control System . . . 178 OnStar® Navigation ...... 375 Vehicle ...... 155 Rear Seats OnStar® Overview ...... 374 Power Heated ...... 58 OnStar® Security ...... 375 Door Locks ...... 34 Rear Storage ...... 107 Ordering Mirrors ...... 44 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 114 Service Publications ...... 369 Outlets ...... 116 Rearview Mirrors Outlets Protection, Battery ...... 172 Automatic Dimming ...... 46 Power ...... 116 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 203 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 54 Overheating, Engine ...... 273 Seat Adjustment ...... 53 Recommended Fluids and P Windows ...... 47 Lubricants ...... 353 Power Assist Steps ...... 40 Park Records Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 71 Shifting Into ...... 203 Maintenance ...... 356 Privacy Shifting Out of ...... 204 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 330 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 372 Parking Reimbursement Program, Program Brake ...... 217 GM Mobility ...... 364 Courtesy Transportation ...... 366 Brake and P (Park) Remote Keyless Entry Proposition Mechanism Check ...... 282 (RKE) System ...... 26, 27 65 Warning, Over Things That Burn ...... 205 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 33 California ...... 261, 278, 326 Parking or Backing Replacement Assistance Systems ...... 231 Glass ...... 283 Passenger Airbag Status Replacement Bulbs ...... 287 Indicator ...... 127 Replacement Parts Airbags ...... 85 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
392 Index
Replacement Parts (cont'd) Running the Vehicle While Second Row Seats ...... 59 Maintenance ...... 354 Parked ...... 206 Securing Child Replacing Airbag System ...... 85 S Restraints ...... 100, 103 Replacing LATCH System Security Safety Belts ...... 65 Parts after a Crash ...... 100 Light ...... 135 Care ...... 72 Replacing Safety Belt System Messages ...... 151 Extender ...... 72 Parts after a Crash ...... 73 OnStar® ...... 375 How to Wear Safety Belts Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle ...... 41 Properly ...... 66 Canadian Government ...... 371 Vehicle Alarm ...... 41 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 67 General Motors ...... 371 Service ...... 180 Reminders ...... 126 U.S. Government ...... 371 Accessories and Replacing after a Crash ...... 73 Restraints Modifications ...... 262 Use During Pregnancy ...... 71 Where to Put ...... 91 Doing Your Own Work ...... 262 Safety Defects Reporting Retained Accessory Engine Soon Light ...... 129 Canadian Government ...... 371 Power (RAP) ...... 203 Maintenance Records ...... 356 General Motors ...... 371 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 46 Maintenance, General U.S. Government ...... 371 Ride Control Systems Information ...... 343 Safety Locks ...... 35 Magnetic ...... 220 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 357 Safety System Check ...... 72 Messages ...... 150 Publications Ordering Scheduling Appointments ...... 366 Roads Information ...... 369 Seats Driving, Wet ...... 190 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 366 Head Restraints ...... 52 Roadside Assistance Services Heated, Rear ...... 58 Program ...... 364 Special Application ...... 350 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 54 Roof Servicing the Airbag ...... 84 Memory ...... 55 Sunroof ...... 50 Shift Lock Control Function Power Adjustment, Front ...... 53 Roof Rack System ...... 109 Check, Automatic Reclining Seatbacks ...... 54 Rotation, Tires ...... 309 Transmission ...... 282 Second Row ...... 59 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 359 Third Row Seat ...... 63 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Index 393
Shifting Storage Areas Throttle, Adjustable ...... 198 Into Park ...... 203 Cargo Cover ...... 108 Time ...... 115 Out of Park ...... 204 Center Console ...... 107 Tires ...... 297 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 238 Convenience Net ...... 108 All-Season ...... 298 Signals, Turn and Glove Box ...... 106 All-Terrain ...... 299 Lane-Change ...... 168 Instrument Panel ...... 106 Buying New Tires ...... 311 Special Application Services . . . . 350 Roof Rack System ...... 109 Chains ...... 316 Specifications and Sunglasses ...... 107 Changing ...... 317 Capacities ...... 358 Storage Compartments ...... 106 Designations ...... 300 Speedometer ...... 122 Stuck Vehicle ...... 192 Different Size ...... 313 StabiliTrak Sun Visors ...... 49 Full-Size Spare ...... 325 OFF Light ...... 133 Sunglass Storage ...... 107 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 316 Start Assist, Hills ...... 218 Sunroof ...... 50 Inspection ...... 309 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 33 Symbols ...... 3 Low Profile ...... 299 Starter Switch Check ...... 281 System Messages ...... 152 Starting the Engine ...... 201 Forward Collision Pressure ...... 305 Starting the Vehicle Alert (FCA) ...... 234 Pressure Light ...... 134 Messages ...... 151 Infotainment ...... 173, 373 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 306 Steering ...... 184 Noise Control ...... 280 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 305 Heated Wheel ...... 111 Roof Rack ...... 109 Rotation ...... 309 Wheel Adjustment ...... 111 Systems Sidewall Labeling ...... 299 Wheel Controls ...... 111 Driver Assistance ...... 231 Terminology and Definitions . . 301 Steering System Messages . . . . . 151 T Uniform Tire Quality Steps Grading ...... 313 Tachometer ...... 122 Power Assist ...... 40 Wheel Alignment and Tire Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 363 Storage Balance ...... 315 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 43 Rear ...... 107 Wheel Replacement ...... 315 Immobilizer ...... 43 Third-Row Seats ...... 63 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
394 Index
Tires (cont'd) Transmission (cont'd) Vehicle Care When It Is Time for New Temperature Gauge ...... 125 Tire Pressure ...... 303 Tires ...... 310 Transportation Program, Vehicle Data Recording and Winter ...... 298 Courtesy ...... 366 Privacy ...... 372 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 212 Trip Odometer ...... 122 Ventilation, Air ...... 179 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 132 Turn and Lane-Change Visors ...... 49 Towing Signals ...... 168 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 125 Driving Characteristics ...... 246 U W Equipment ...... 251 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 313 Warning General Information ...... 246 Universal Remote System ...... 162 Brake System Light ...... 130 Recreational Vehicle ...... 330 Operation ...... 164 Caution and Danger ...... 3 Trailer ...... 248 Programming ...... 162 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 240 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 258 Using This Manual ...... 2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle ...... 330 Indicators ...... 119 Traction V Warnings Control System (TCS)/ Vehicle Hazard Flashers ...... 168 StabiliTrak® Light ...... 133 Alarm System ...... 41 Washer Fluid ...... 275 Off Light ...... 132 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Messages ...... 155 Traction Control/Electronic Control ...... 183 Wheels Stability Control ...... 218 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 357 Alignment and Tire Balance . . 315 Trailer Load Limits ...... 194 Different Size ...... 313 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 258 Messages ...... 143 Replacement ...... 315 Towing ...... 248 Personalization ...... 155 When It Is Time for New Transfer Case ...... 213 Reminder Messages ...... 154 Tires ...... 310 Transmission Remote Start ...... 33 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 91 Automatic ...... 207 Security ...... 41 Windows ...... 47 Fluid, Automatic ...... 268 Towing ...... 330 Power ...... 47 Messages ...... 152 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 132 GMC Yukon Denali/Yukon XL Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-9159308) - 2016 - crc - 6/2/15
Index 395
Windshield Replacement ...... 284 Wiper/Washer ...... 112 Winter Driving ...... 191 Winter Tires ...... 298 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 282 Wipers Rear Washer ...... 114 Wireless Charging ...... 118